Rehabilitation and Expansion of the Existing Wastewater ... - UNDP
Rehabilitation and Expansion of the Existing Wastewater ... - UNDP
Rehabilitation and Expansion of the Existing Wastewater ... - UNDP
You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles
YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.
Palestinian National Authority<br />
Ministry Of Local Government<br />
Jenin Municipality<br />
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong><br />
<strong>Wastewater</strong> Treatment Plant in Jenin City<br />
VOLUME III: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS<br />
FINAL<br />
September 2007<br />
This Project is funded by KfW
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
Table <strong>of</strong> Contents<br />
A- Scope <strong>of</strong> Work<br />
1. Study Area .......................................................................................................................................... ii<br />
2. Recommended Réhabilitation <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> Mesures ..................................................................... ii<br />
3. Implementation <strong>of</strong> Works .................................................................................................................. vi<br />
4. Summary <strong>of</strong> Geotechnical Survey .................................................................................................... viii<br />
B- Technical Specifications – Civil Works<br />
1. General Conditions ............................................................................................................................. 8<br />
2. Excavation <strong>and</strong> Earthworks .............................................................................................................. 13<br />
3. Concrete Work ................................................................................................................................. 17<br />
4. Block Work ...................................................................................................................................... 32<br />
5. Ro<strong>of</strong>ing ............................................................................................................................................. 35<br />
6. Plaster Work ..................................................................................................................................... 38<br />
7. Wall <strong>and</strong> Floor Tiling Works ........................................................................................................... 44<br />
8. Carpentry <strong>and</strong> Joinery ...................................................................................................................... 50<br />
9. Ironmongery .................................................................................................................................... 54<br />
10.Metal Works ................................................................................................................................... 56<br />
11. Painting And Décoration ................................................................................................................ 59<br />
12. Asphalt Works ................................................................................................................................ 64<br />
C- Technical Specifications – Mechanical Works<br />
1.General Conditions <strong>and</strong> Material Stipulations…………………………………………………... .. 76<br />
2. Mechanical Cleaned Bar Screens…………………………………………………………………..87<br />
3. Screening Compactor………………………………………………………………………………92<br />
4. Grit Collection Equipment………………………………………...……………………… ………99<br />
5. Aeration Basin <strong>and</strong> Aeration Equipment ....................................................................................... 109<br />
6. Submersible Portable Pumps .......................................................................................................... 111<br />
7. Sluice Gates, Slide Gates, <strong>and</strong> Shear Gates .................................................................................... 113<br />
8. Sewer Pipe Installation <strong>and</strong> Testing ............................................................................................... 119<br />
9. Laboratory Equipment & Supplies…………………....…………………………………….…….124<br />
10. Fuel Oil Storage Tanks…………………………………………………………………………..128<br />
11. Flow Measuring Device……………………………..……………………………………......….134<br />
12. Air Blower System……………………………………………………………………………… 136<br />
13. Reinforced Concrete Cylinder Pipe…………………………………………………………….. 140<br />
D- Technical Specifications – Electrical Works<br />
1. General Specifications ................................................................................................................... 144<br />
2. Conduit <strong>and</strong> Fittings ....................................................................................................................... 147<br />
3. Wires <strong>and</strong> Cables ............................................................................................................................ 148<br />
4. Wiring Devices ............................................................................................................................... 149<br />
5. Electrical Distribution Boards ........................................................................................................ 151<br />
6. Grounding (Earthing System) ........................................................................................................ 153<br />
7. Emergency Power Supply .............................................................................................................. 154<br />
8. Low Voltage AC Induction Motors……………………………………………………...156<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
i<br />
Table <strong>of</strong> Contents
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong><br />
WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Summary on Modified BOQ for <strong>the</strong><br />
Implementation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Recommended <strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong><br />
<strong>Expansion</strong> Works<br />
Brief<br />
In executing <strong>the</strong> recommended rehabilitation <strong>and</strong> expansion works <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
existing WWTP in Jenin City, <strong>the</strong> continuity <strong>of</strong> operation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> non-rehabilitated<br />
parts shall continue until <strong>the</strong> head works, <strong>the</strong> two aerated lagoons, <strong>the</strong><br />
stabilization pond, <strong>the</strong> Septage discharge points, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> pipes to be replaced<br />
are installed.<br />
To guarantee <strong>the</strong> continuity <strong>of</strong> work, three phases were put so that rehabilitation<br />
works will start in early stage while <strong>the</strong> second <strong>and</strong> third will cover <strong>the</strong><br />
commencing <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> expansion stage <strong>and</strong> l<strong>and</strong>scaping.<br />
As per Client’s request dated February 22, 2008, <strong>the</strong> BOQ was modified to<br />
include <strong>the</strong> implementation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> first <strong>and</strong> second phase. The third phase will<br />
be implemented in a later stage. In preparing <strong>the</strong> modified BOQ <strong>the</strong><br />
following was considered;<br />
• Second train <strong>of</strong> new Aerated lagoons <strong>and</strong> stabilization pond was<br />
eliminated<br />
• Chlorination basins <strong>and</strong> dosing system were eliminated<br />
• Concrete works for <strong>the</strong> re-embankment <strong>of</strong> existing pond <strong>and</strong><br />
embankment <strong>of</strong> new Pond 1 was replaced with basecoarse layers to<br />
achieve <strong>the</strong> required bottom levels.<br />
• 1.5 mm thick HDPE liner is applied for existing <strong>and</strong> new pond.<br />
• Wall around existing <strong>and</strong> new pond was eliminated<br />
• Road works was eliminated.<br />
• Total number <strong>of</strong> aerators was reduced from 18 to 10.<br />
The following construction items were considered as provisions:<br />
• RC Wall around existing <strong>and</strong> new pond for both C15 <strong>and</strong> C30 concrete<br />
works<br />
• RC Re embankment <strong>of</strong> existing pond <strong>and</strong> embankment <strong>of</strong> new pond 1<br />
• Riprap along wadi<br />
• Road works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
SECTION 1<br />
GENERAL CONDITIONS<br />
1-1 General<br />
These specifications are to specify <strong>the</strong> quality <strong>of</strong> materials, level <strong>of</strong> workmanship, <strong>and</strong> methods to be<br />
followed <strong>and</strong> respected in <strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> Works for <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin<br />
City that owned by Ministry <strong>of</strong> Local Government- Jenin Municipality- Palestine.<br />
1-2 Drawings<br />
The contractor shall be provided with a list <strong>of</strong> drawings included in this bid. All expenses borned by<br />
<strong>the</strong> contractor, to execute <strong>the</strong> conditions included in this section, on <strong>the</strong> contractor own cost <strong>and</strong> his<br />
unit rates in <strong>the</strong> bills <strong>of</strong> quantity shall be deemed to include all costs <strong>and</strong> expenses.<br />
In case <strong>the</strong> contractor asks for additional copy <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> project drawings, he shall be provided with <strong>the</strong><br />
copy at a cost <strong>of</strong> (…..….) EUR, payable to <strong>the</strong> municipality <strong>of</strong> Jenin.<br />
1-3 Bidding Documents<br />
The bidding documents complete each o<strong>the</strong>r <strong>and</strong> to consider <strong>the</strong> case which gives <strong>the</strong> higher quality in<br />
executing as <strong>the</strong> Engineers decides. The contractor is to consider this when he prices <strong>the</strong> bills.<br />
The contractor who participates in <strong>the</strong> bed must returns all bedding document, drawings <strong>and</strong> addenda<br />
including <strong>the</strong> pre-bed meeting, signed <strong>and</strong> stamped from his behalf. If <strong>the</strong> contractor didn’t return any<br />
<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se documents with his <strong>of</strong>fer, <strong>the</strong> bedding committee has <strong>the</strong> right to reject his <strong>of</strong>fer.<br />
1-4 Shop Drawings<br />
If during executing <strong>the</strong> works or before, <strong>the</strong> Engineer found that <strong>the</strong> contractor needs shop drawings to<br />
execute a certain task, <strong>the</strong> contractor must prepare <strong>the</strong>se drawings <strong>and</strong> submit it to <strong>the</strong> Engineer for<br />
approval. The Engineer has <strong>the</strong> right to instruct <strong>the</strong> contractor at any time to submit shop drawings,<br />
which <strong>the</strong> Engineer consider necessary for executing a certain task. The contractor is to abide by this<br />
instruction <strong>and</strong> don’t proceed with <strong>the</strong> task before <strong>the</strong> Engineer approves <strong>the</strong> shop drawings.<br />
The shop drawings must be fully detailed with a suitable scale <strong>and</strong> unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise specified be<br />
submitted in four copies.<br />
The Engineer shall within reasonable time from receiving <strong>the</strong> shop drawings approve <strong>the</strong> drawings. If<br />
<strong>the</strong> Engineer return <strong>the</strong> drawings with notes, <strong>the</strong> contractor shall adjust <strong>the</strong> drawings as instructed by<br />
<strong>the</strong> Engineer <strong>and</strong> resubmit to <strong>the</strong> Engineer for approval <strong>and</strong> he must point out <strong>the</strong> adjustment made to<br />
<strong>the</strong> first drawing according to st<strong>and</strong>ard procedure.<br />
1-5 As – Built Drawings<br />
The contractor, at his own cost, shall adjust <strong>the</strong> drawing copies with him as necessary during execution<br />
<strong>of</strong> works. The contractor is required to obtain <strong>the</strong> Engineers approval on <strong>the</strong>se adjustments. When <strong>the</strong><br />
contractor h<strong>and</strong>s over <strong>the</strong> works, he shall prepare a new set <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> drawings for <strong>the</strong> project as executed<br />
with all adjustments (if any) <strong>and</strong> submit it to <strong>the</strong> Engineer for approval. When <strong>the</strong> Engineer approves<br />
<strong>the</strong> As-Built drawings <strong>the</strong> contractor shall submit one calc copy <strong>and</strong> two copies <strong>and</strong> one computer<br />
diskette copy (prepared for AutoCAD 14 or 2000) written on it <strong>the</strong> project name <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> phrase<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
8<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
.”المخططات آما تم تنفيذها “ AS – BUILT DRAWINGS<br />
The final payment to <strong>the</strong> contractor shall be paid according to <strong>the</strong> works actually executed as recorded<br />
in <strong>the</strong> AS-BUILT drawings mentioned above.<br />
1-6 Scaffolding<br />
The contractor shall provide. Erect <strong>and</strong> maintain <strong>the</strong> needed scaffoldings to execute <strong>the</strong> works <strong>of</strong> this<br />
project. Upon completion <strong>the</strong> contractor shall remove <strong>the</strong>m. The contractor is to take all necessary<br />
safety measures related to <strong>the</strong>se scaffoldings <strong>and</strong> repair any damages caused by <strong>the</strong> scaffoldings to<br />
<strong>the</strong> permanent works during execution period.<br />
1-7 Protection Of Works<br />
The contractor, in <strong>the</strong> course <strong>of</strong> completing his obligation according to contract conditions, is to<br />
protect <strong>and</strong> maintain <strong>the</strong> existing borders <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> area (steel angles). In case <strong>the</strong>y are moved or removed,<br />
because <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> contractor usage <strong>of</strong> his equipment or any o<strong>the</strong>r reason, <strong>the</strong> contractor is return <strong>the</strong>se<br />
angles to its correct position as per <strong>the</strong> coordinate provided by <strong>the</strong> Engineer. The contractor is to cover<br />
<strong>and</strong> protect <strong>the</strong> works from <strong>the</strong> climatic conditions or misuse or negligence … etc, by providing proper<br />
barrier, covers according to <strong>the</strong> Engineer’s approval. The contractor, at his own expenses, shall repair<br />
any damages to <strong>the</strong> works caused by his negligence, or not fulfilling his obligation, according to <strong>the</strong><br />
Engineer’s instruction <strong>and</strong> satisfaction.<br />
1-8 Materials And Its Equivalent<br />
All materials <strong>and</strong> goods must be according to technical specification. The contractor is submit <strong>the</strong><br />
specification <strong>and</strong> description <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> materials that he intend to supply with all necessary information to<br />
<strong>the</strong> Engineer to investigate before supplying. These information include, but not limited to, trade<br />
name, manufacturer address <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> contractor is to submit samples if asked by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
Wherever a trade name or catalogue number to any material or any item <strong>of</strong> work in <strong>the</strong> specification or<br />
bills <strong>of</strong> quantities or drawings, this is necessary to specify <strong>the</strong> level <strong>of</strong> specification required. The<br />
contractor can suggest alternatives for <strong>the</strong>se materials provided it is with <strong>the</strong> same level <strong>of</strong><br />
specification, <strong>and</strong> to obtain <strong>the</strong> Engineers approval.<br />
When alternative materials, o<strong>the</strong>r than mentioned in <strong>the</strong> contract, are approved <strong>and</strong> it was not in <strong>the</strong><br />
same level <strong>of</strong> specification, <strong>the</strong> Engineer has <strong>the</strong> right to make suitable deduction to <strong>the</strong> unit rate <strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>the</strong>se materials. No increase to <strong>the</strong> contractor prices should be made if better materials were provided<br />
(compared to <strong>the</strong> required specification).<br />
Wherever, in <strong>the</strong> bills <strong>of</strong> quantity or specification or drawings, a trade name is mentioned or materials<br />
known by its manufacturer company or distributing company or catalogue number, it is to be<br />
automatically understood that <strong>the</strong> required is <strong>the</strong>se materials or equivalent even if <strong>the</strong> phrase “or<br />
equivalent” is not mentioned.<br />
1-9 Samples<br />
The contractor must be always ready to submit samples for materials <strong>and</strong> workmanship according to<br />
Engineer’s instruction. The Engineer shall test <strong>and</strong> inspect <strong>the</strong>se samples to determine its compliance<br />
with <strong>the</strong> technical specification <strong>and</strong> contract documents. The contractor shall execute <strong>the</strong> works<br />
according to <strong>the</strong> accepted samples <strong>and</strong> following conditions: -<br />
1. The cost <strong>of</strong> all samples shall be borned by <strong>the</strong> contractor.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
9<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
1-10 Materials’ Testing<br />
2. The contractor is to submit samples before a reasonable time <strong>of</strong> starting <strong>the</strong> work to<br />
give <strong>the</strong> Engineer time to inspect <strong>the</strong> samples <strong>and</strong> make <strong>the</strong> required tests.<br />
3. The samples shall be submitted with a letter containing all <strong>the</strong> needed information to<br />
obtain <strong>the</strong> Engineers approval.<br />
4. The samples shall be kept at <strong>the</strong> Engineers <strong>of</strong>fice in <strong>the</strong> site.<br />
The Engineer has <strong>the</strong> right to ask <strong>the</strong> contractor to accompany <strong>the</strong> required materials with a testing<br />
certificate from <strong>the</strong> source ei<strong>the</strong>r from <strong>the</strong> manufacturer or a laboratory approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
The Engineer has <strong>the</strong> right to test samples from any material supplied to <strong>the</strong> site, <strong>and</strong> whenever<br />
needed, ei<strong>the</strong>r in <strong>the</strong> lab specified by <strong>the</strong> Engineer inside <strong>the</strong> country or outside. Any materials that<br />
don’t pass <strong>the</strong> test shall be rejected.<br />
The contractor is to make for <strong>the</strong> Engineer <strong>and</strong> his assistants all necessary assistance <strong>and</strong> services to<br />
test <strong>the</strong> materials brought to site <strong>and</strong> taking samples <strong>and</strong> checking measurements <strong>and</strong> weighs <strong>and</strong><br />
provide on his own expenses whatever need from labor, tools, materials …etc.<br />
1-11 The Construction specified For The Use Of The Supervision Staff<br />
The cost <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>of</strong>fices for <strong>the</strong> Engineer’s use shall be included in <strong>the</strong> contractor’s prices in <strong>the</strong> bills <strong>of</strong><br />
quantity as described in <strong>the</strong> tender documents <strong>and</strong> conditions “ Condition Of Contract - Part II<br />
(Special conditions).<br />
The contractor should complete constructing <strong>the</strong> Engineer <strong>and</strong> inspectors <strong>of</strong>fices within 30 days <strong>of</strong><br />
receiving <strong>the</strong> order to start works, <strong>and</strong> during this period, <strong>the</strong> contractor must provide temporary<br />
movable <strong>of</strong>fices for <strong>the</strong> use <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer <strong>and</strong> supervision staff. If <strong>the</strong> contractor didn’t provide <strong>the</strong><br />
above or didn’t provide <strong>the</strong> required services, <strong>the</strong> Engineer has <strong>the</strong> right to deduct a penalty <strong>of</strong> EUR<br />
60/day for every day <strong>the</strong> contractor delays in providing <strong>the</strong> above. The Engineer shall also have <strong>the</strong><br />
right to provide <strong>the</strong>se services <strong>and</strong> needs on <strong>the</strong> contractor expenses. And all sums shall be deducted<br />
from <strong>the</strong> contractor payment <strong>and</strong> insurance whatever sum it reach.<br />
The contractor shall during <strong>the</strong> execution <strong>of</strong> works provides all <strong>the</strong> required services for <strong>the</strong> abovementioned<br />
<strong>of</strong>fices including maintenance, cleaning, keeping <strong>and</strong> guarding <strong>the</strong> <strong>of</strong>fices <strong>and</strong> its content at<br />
all times.<br />
The contractor shall be responsible for all <strong>the</strong> costs <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> needed services <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer <strong>and</strong><br />
inspectors <strong>of</strong>fices <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>ir maintenance including electricity, water, telephone, cleaning <strong>the</strong> sewage<br />
pit, providing drinking water <strong>and</strong> all needed papers, books, files, … for <strong>the</strong> works according to<br />
Engineer’s approval.<br />
The required <strong>of</strong>fices shall be erected in <strong>the</strong> place approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer, <strong>and</strong> shall stay during <strong>the</strong><br />
execution <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> works.<br />
1-12 Temporary Construction For The Contractor’s Use<br />
The contractor must, from <strong>the</strong> day <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> order to start works, has an existence in <strong>the</strong> site in a movable<br />
or temporary <strong>of</strong>fice for <strong>the</strong> use <strong>of</strong> his staff to receive <strong>the</strong> Engineer’s instruction when needed. The<br />
<strong>of</strong>fice shall be in <strong>the</strong> size suitable for <strong>the</strong> contractor’s needs <strong>and</strong> requirements <strong>and</strong> he must obtain <strong>the</strong><br />
prior approval <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer on this <strong>of</strong>fice.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
10<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
The warehouses needed for <strong>the</strong> contractor use sufficient to store all construction materials needed for<br />
<strong>the</strong> project including equipment <strong>and</strong> tools. These warehouses must have all <strong>the</strong> conditions required to<br />
protect <strong>the</strong> materials from <strong>the</strong> environmental conditions.<br />
The contractor shall be responsible to guard <strong>and</strong> maintain all <strong>the</strong> above-mentioned temporary<br />
constructions that are used by <strong>the</strong> contractor. He shall also be responsible to provide <strong>the</strong> required<br />
services for <strong>the</strong>se constructions.<br />
The contractor shall bear all <strong>the</strong> costs <strong>of</strong> constructing <strong>the</strong>se temporary constructions.<br />
1-13 Removing The Temporary Constructions<br />
All temporary constructions for <strong>the</strong> contractor use shall be kept in all times in a good condition until<br />
all stages <strong>of</strong> works are completed <strong>and</strong> finally h<strong>and</strong>ed over. Afterwards, <strong>the</strong> contractor shall remove all<br />
<strong>the</strong>se constructions <strong>and</strong> its residuals <strong>and</strong> cleaning its locations properly so that <strong>the</strong>y leave no trace. If<br />
<strong>the</strong> contractor didn’t fulfill this obligation, <strong>the</strong> Engineer has <strong>the</strong> right to execute <strong>the</strong>se tasks on <strong>the</strong><br />
contractor’s account <strong>and</strong> deduct all <strong>the</strong> expenses from <strong>the</strong> contractor’s payment <strong>and</strong> insurance with <strong>the</strong><br />
owner, whatever sum it reach without any legal procedure.<br />
1-14 Temporary And Permanent Services<br />
The contractor shall, at his own expense, redirect public services if exist (like electricity, water,) which<br />
he found during work <strong>and</strong> according to Engineer’s directions <strong>and</strong> approval. If existing services is<br />
connected to, related to, or related to <strong>the</strong> works, <strong>the</strong> contractor shall maintain <strong>and</strong> keep in place until<br />
h<strong>and</strong>ing over <strong>the</strong> works.<br />
The contractor shall, on his own cost, repair any damages to <strong>the</strong> public services like telephone,<br />
electrical, sewage <strong>and</strong> water services for <strong>the</strong> concerned authorities or a third party.<br />
If <strong>the</strong> concerned authority or <strong>the</strong> third party decided to repair <strong>the</strong> damages by itself, or asking any <strong>of</strong><br />
its representatives to do so, <strong>the</strong> contractor shall born <strong>the</strong> cost <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se repairs don by <strong>the</strong> concerned<br />
authority or <strong>the</strong> third party. The owner, according to <strong>the</strong> contract conditions, shall not be responsible<br />
for any claims for such actions.<br />
1-15 Contradiction In The Contract Documents<br />
The contract documents complete each o<strong>the</strong>r <strong>and</strong> in case <strong>of</strong> contradiction or ambiguity in <strong>the</strong> contract<br />
documents <strong>the</strong> contractor shall raise it to <strong>the</strong> Engineer’s attention. The Engineer shall make <strong>the</strong><br />
appropriate decision <strong>and</strong> inform <strong>the</strong> contractor. In case <strong>of</strong> contradiction or ambiguity, as mentioned<br />
above, <strong>the</strong> contractor price shall be as recorded in <strong>the</strong> bills <strong>of</strong> quantities. In case any material or work<br />
needed to execute <strong>the</strong> works is not mentioned in <strong>the</strong> bills <strong>of</strong> quantities, <strong>the</strong> contractor has to execute<br />
<strong>the</strong>se materials or works <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>ir cost shall be deemed to be automatically included in <strong>the</strong> contractor’s<br />
price for <strong>the</strong> related item. The contractor has no right to claim any differences as a result <strong>of</strong> this.<br />
1-16 Site Meetings<br />
During executing <strong>the</strong> works <strong>and</strong> on periodical bases, site meetings shall be held every week or<br />
whenever needed for <strong>the</strong> purposes to coordinate <strong>the</strong> works <strong>and</strong> to be sure that it is properly executed<br />
according to contract conditions <strong>and</strong> technical specification. Minutes <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> meetings shall be prepared<br />
by <strong>the</strong> Engineer or his representative <strong>and</strong> distributed to all parties <strong>and</strong> it shall be followed.<br />
The contractor shall present in <strong>the</strong> meeting detailed <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> works intended to be executed in <strong>the</strong> next<br />
week, which shall be discussed <strong>and</strong> proper instruction shall be given, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>se instructions <strong>and</strong><br />
approval issued in <strong>the</strong> meeting shall be followed by <strong>the</strong> contractor.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
11<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
1-17 Daily Reports<br />
The contractor shall submit to <strong>the</strong> Engineer (or his representative) a daily report containing <strong>the</strong><br />
required information on <strong>the</strong> labor (No’s & types), equipment <strong>and</strong> materials arrived to <strong>the</strong> site <strong>and</strong><br />
works executed in that day.<br />
1-18 Photographs <strong>of</strong> Progress <strong>of</strong> Works<br />
The contractor at his own expense shall submit once a month, or as <strong>the</strong> Engineers find suitable,<br />
suitable number <strong>of</strong> colored photographs in three copies (size 10x15 cm) for <strong>the</strong> executed works or<br />
works under progress as directed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer. The original film negative <strong>and</strong> all copies shall be<br />
<strong>the</strong> ownership <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> owner, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> photos can’t be use without his approval.<br />
1-19 Work Schedule<br />
The contractor shall prepare (in 3 copies) <strong>and</strong> submit schedule <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> work including all tasks <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
subcontractors any works in <strong>the</strong> contract condition. The contractor shall keep a copy in his site <strong>of</strong>fice<br />
<strong>and</strong> submit 2 copies to <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
The contractor has to make monthly (or as <strong>the</strong> Engineers see necessary) adjustment to <strong>the</strong> schedule<br />
according to site conditions <strong>and</strong> progress <strong>of</strong> works. Two copies <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> revised schedule shall be<br />
submitted to <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
1-20 H<strong>and</strong>ing Over Works And Removing Residuals<br />
The contractor must h<strong>and</strong> over all works clean <strong>and</strong> insure removing all materials or construction<br />
residuals or rejected materials or remains in <strong>the</strong> site in general or in <strong>the</strong> buildings or nearby. The<br />
completion <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> works as explained here shall be on <strong>the</strong> contractor’s expense <strong>and</strong> according to <strong>the</strong><br />
Engineer’s approval. If <strong>the</strong> contractor didn’t fulfill this obligation, <strong>the</strong> Engineer has <strong>the</strong> right to<br />
execute <strong>the</strong>se works on <strong>the</strong> contractor expense <strong>and</strong> deduct it from <strong>the</strong> contractor payments or<br />
insurance.<br />
1-21 Measurement Of Works<br />
The Engineering measurement shall be made for all works; all openings <strong>and</strong> intersection shall be<br />
deducted. Actual net distances shall be calculated but not exceeding <strong>the</strong> measurement reported in <strong>the</strong><br />
drawings.<br />
1-21 Codes And St<strong>and</strong>ards<br />
Where ever B.S. is mentioned it should be read as follows:-<br />
All building materials <strong>and</strong> equipment should be registered with an international recognized norm<br />
institution or correspond to an international recognized norm. The st<strong>and</strong>ards used shall be DIN, ISO,<br />
<strong>and</strong> B.S. or approved equivalent.<br />
END OF SECTION<br />
SECTION 2<br />
EXCAVATION AND EARTHWORKS<br />
1-1 Clearing The Site<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
12<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
This item “Clearing” shall consist <strong>of</strong> clearing <strong>and</strong> grubbing <strong>the</strong> disposal <strong>of</strong> materials, <strong>of</strong> all areas<br />
within <strong>the</strong> limits designated on <strong>the</strong> drawings or as directed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
Prior to <strong>the</strong> general clearing <strong>and</strong> grubbing operations <strong>the</strong> contractor shall clear <strong>the</strong> site to <strong>the</strong> intent<br />
required by <strong>the</strong> Engineer for checking <strong>the</strong> setting out <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> works <strong>and</strong> for <strong>the</strong> implementation <strong>of</strong> preexcavation<br />
survey. Such clearing <strong>and</strong> grubbing shall be to <strong>the</strong> approval <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
In areas designated to be cleared <strong>and</strong> grubbed <strong>the</strong> surface <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> ground shall be cleared <strong>of</strong> all trees,<br />
stumps, down timber, logs, brush, under growth, heavy growth <strong>of</strong> grass or weeds, fences, minor<br />
structures, debris, <strong>and</strong> rubbish <strong>of</strong> any nature, natural obstruction or such materials which in <strong>the</strong><br />
opinion <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer are unsuitable for <strong>the</strong> foundation <strong>of</strong> embankments or o<strong>the</strong>r required structures<br />
including <strong>the</strong> grubbing <strong>of</strong> stumps roots <strong>and</strong> matted roots.<br />
All unsuitable materials shall become property <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Contractor <strong>and</strong> shall be satisfactorily disposed <strong>of</strong><br />
as approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
Holes resulting from clearing shall be filled with acceptable materials, moistened <strong>and</strong> properly<br />
compacted according to <strong>the</strong> relevant specifications.<br />
1-2 Demolition, Dismantling <strong>and</strong> Relocation <strong>of</strong> Utilities<br />
The Contractor shall demolish, dismantle <strong>and</strong>/or remove any miscellaneous existing structures,<br />
buildings or parts <strong>the</strong>re<strong>of</strong> which occupy or obstruct <strong>the</strong> Permanent Works, or relocate existing utilities,<br />
all as shown on <strong>the</strong> drawings, described in <strong>the</strong> “Scope <strong>of</strong> Works” or as directed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
Unsuitable materials from demolishing <strong>and</strong> dismantling remain <strong>the</strong> property <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Contractor <strong>and</strong> shall<br />
be disposed <strong>of</strong> in a manner <strong>and</strong> at location to be approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
Where partly demolition <strong>of</strong> structures is required <strong>the</strong> Contractor shall take <strong>the</strong> utmost care not to<br />
damage any part <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> structure, which is to remain in place. If any such damage may occur <strong>the</strong><br />
Contractor shall repair <strong>and</strong> make good <strong>the</strong> damage at his own expense.<br />
Unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise directed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer holes or openings shall be backfilled compacted conform<br />
“Backfill for Structures”.<br />
1-3 Datum And Nature Of Excavation<br />
The Contractor shall be responsible for setting up <strong>and</strong> maintaining a site datum level. The Engineer<br />
shall give ‘Zero’ datum on <strong>the</strong> site, unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise noted on <strong>the</strong> Drawings.<br />
Information pertaining to <strong>the</strong> nature <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> ground may be given to <strong>the</strong> contractor, when available, but<br />
without any guarantee <strong>of</strong> correctness or accuracy.<br />
1-4 Setting Out<br />
Each Benchmark (B.M.) or centreline for <strong>the</strong> building <strong>and</strong>/or o<strong>the</strong>r constructions to be under this<br />
contract, shall be properly set out by <strong>the</strong> Contractor as shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings <strong>and</strong> inspected <strong>and</strong><br />
approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer prior to commencing excavations.<br />
1-5 Surface Levelling<br />
All earth works on Site shall be completed before any fill is deposited. Excavations over areas <strong>of</strong> Site<br />
or filling with approved material shall be carried out where required to <strong>the</strong> levels shown on <strong>the</strong><br />
Drawings or to such o<strong>the</strong>r levels as may be directed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
13<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
1-6 Sizes And Depth Of Excavation<br />
Excavation shall be cut to <strong>the</strong> size <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> foundation shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings <strong>and</strong> taken down to <strong>the</strong><br />
foundation levels shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings. If, without <strong>the</strong> Engineer's written instructions, <strong>the</strong><br />
Contractor goes down below <strong>the</strong> foundation level specified, he shall fill up <strong>the</strong> part so excavated with<br />
concrete <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> same type <strong>and</strong> grade as that required for <strong>the</strong> piles as defined in Concrete Works <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
Bill <strong>of</strong> Quantities at his own expense.<br />
1-7 Shoring Excavations And Dewatering<br />
The sides <strong>of</strong> excavations shall be supported as necessary to maintain a vertical face <strong>and</strong>/or to prevent<br />
caving-in <strong>of</strong> any nature, especially during subsequent operations. The Contractor shall be responsible<br />
for <strong>the</strong> design, supply, fixing, safety <strong>and</strong> removal <strong>of</strong> all planking, strutting <strong>and</strong> shoring required to <strong>the</strong><br />
side <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> excavation. The Contractor is responsible on <strong>the</strong> type nd nature os soil to be excavated, also<br />
he is to use any equipment, including dewatering equipment, to carry out <strong>the</strong> work required by this<br />
Contract.<br />
1-8 Types Of Excavations<br />
Excavations shall be classified according to <strong>the</strong> nature <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> materials to be removed ei<strong>the</strong>r as<br />
excavation in rock or as excavation in earth. Excavation in rock shall be classified as including all<br />
excavations in hard <strong>and</strong> consolidated materials, which cannot be removed, by normal excavation tools<br />
<strong>and</strong> equipment, <strong>and</strong> which require drilling or o<strong>the</strong>r special means for <strong>the</strong>ir removal. All excavation,<br />
which is not in rock, shall be defined as excavation in earth.<br />
1-9 Required Bearing Capacity<br />
The Contractor shall notify <strong>the</strong> Engineer <strong>and</strong> obtain instructions if <strong>the</strong> required bearing capacity:<br />
(1) is obtained at a lesser depth than that shown on <strong>the</strong> drawings.<br />
(2) is not obtained at <strong>the</strong> depth shown on <strong>the</strong> drawings.<br />
Excavation bottoms are to be approved before new work is laid on <strong>the</strong>m. The Contractor is to inform<br />
<strong>the</strong> Engineer when excavations are ready for inspection. If, after approval, surfaces become unsuitable<br />
due to flooding or o<strong>the</strong>r causes, <strong>the</strong> Contractor shall excavate fur<strong>the</strong>r, backfill with approved filling<br />
material <strong>and</strong> compact to approval at no extra cost to <strong>the</strong> owner.<br />
Should <strong>the</strong> soil condition, after <strong>the</strong> Engineer has been informed <strong>the</strong> excavations are ready for<br />
inspection, be such that <strong>the</strong> Engineer deems it necessary to carry out tests, <strong>the</strong> Contractor shall perform<br />
such tests to <strong>the</strong> satisfaction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer. Any expenses incurred in <strong>the</strong> performance <strong>of</strong> such tests<br />
are deemed to be included by <strong>the</strong> Contractor in his tender.<br />
1-10 Preparations And Inspection Of Excavation<br />
1-11 Filling<br />
All excavations shall be kept free <strong>of</strong> water arising from whatever source, <strong>and</strong> shall be properly cleaned<br />
out <strong>of</strong> all loose <strong>and</strong> foreign matter, levelled <strong>and</strong> rammed. The Contractor is to report to <strong>the</strong> Engineer<br />
when excavations are ready for inspection <strong>and</strong> all excavations are to be approved before any fur<strong>the</strong>r<br />
work is done.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
14<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
The Engineer shall approve all filling materials before being placed in position. Approved earth, s<strong>and</strong>,<br />
or any o<strong>the</strong>r suitable material free from rubbish shall be used to make up levels as shown on <strong>the</strong><br />
Drawings. The material shall be placed in successive layers each having a finished thickness not<br />
exceeding 250 mm before compaction, watered <strong>and</strong> compacted to at least 98% compaction ratio <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
maximum dry density <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Modified Proctor test (ASTM D-1557) prior to <strong>the</strong> placement <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
succeeding layer.<br />
Any exposed side or edge <strong>of</strong> fill shall be properly <strong>and</strong> evenly graded to a slope as directed or specified.<br />
When <strong>the</strong> required quantities <strong>of</strong> approved fill are not found on Site <strong>the</strong> Contractor shall, at his own<br />
expense, obtain <strong>the</strong>m from locations approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
Filling to make up levels under building shall be executed with approved suitable material from<br />
existing ground levels up to underside <strong>of</strong> ground floor slab, <strong>and</strong> shall be placed in successive layers<br />
each having a finished thickness not exceeding 250 mm, watered <strong>and</strong> compacted to at least 98%<br />
compaction ratio <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> maximum dry density <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Modified Proctor test (ASTM D-1557) prior to<br />
<strong>the</strong> placement <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> succeeding layer.<br />
The ground surrounding <strong>the</strong> building <strong>and</strong> pavements shall be filled with approved material, fine s<strong>and</strong><br />
<strong>and</strong> coarse materials, free <strong>of</strong> foreign materials, debris, clay lumps, organic <strong>and</strong> vegetation.<br />
A) Coarse materials:<br />
Such as s<strong>and</strong>y gravel, gravely s<strong>and</strong>, …etc., which is <strong>the</strong> material retained on sieve no. 4, <strong>and</strong> consists<br />
<strong>of</strong> crushed rock. It shall be clean, hard, tough <strong>and</strong> free from deleterious substance.<br />
B) Fine S<strong>and</strong> Materials<br />
Shall consist <strong>of</strong> that portion <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> total aggregate/fines passes no.4 sieve, such as s<strong>and</strong>, silty s<strong>and</strong>, etc.<br />
The fill materials shall consists <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> combination <strong>of</strong> coarse <strong>and</strong> fine s<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> conform to <strong>the</strong><br />
following grading:<br />
Sieve Size 1/ 2 " 3/8" # 4 # 10 # 30 # 60 # 200<br />
% 90-100 80-90 58-72 42-50 28-38 8-18 2-5<br />
70-100 60-85 50-75 30-60 20-40 10-25 0-10<br />
Pass 100 90-100 65-85 35-45 20-30 15-30 3-8<br />
The fine s<strong>and</strong> shall conform to <strong>the</strong> following grading:-<br />
Sieve Size # 4 # 30 # 60 # 200<br />
% 100 80-100 30-50 4-8<br />
90-100 80-90 20-30 0-10<br />
Pass 100 90-100 40-90 5-15<br />
In addition, shall conform to <strong>the</strong> following physical requirements:<br />
- Minimum CBR 35 % coarse materials, Kurkar<br />
25 % fine s<strong>and</strong>, S<strong>and</strong><br />
1-12 Disposal <strong>of</strong> Surplus Material<br />
All surplus excavated material not used in backfilling or levelling shall be loaded <strong>and</strong> transported<br />
elsewhere on <strong>the</strong> Site as required by <strong>the</strong> Engineer or, if not required on <strong>the</strong> Site, shall be loaded <strong>and</strong><br />
carted away from <strong>the</strong> Site to a dump to be selected by <strong>the</strong> Contractor <strong>and</strong> approved by <strong>the</strong> Municipality<br />
at <strong>the</strong> Contractor's own expense.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
15<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
All rubbish arising from <strong>the</strong> Works shall be cleared away <strong>and</strong> removed from <strong>the</strong> Site as it accumulates<br />
according to <strong>the</strong> Engineer's instructions <strong>and</strong> also on completion <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Works.<br />
END OF SECTION<br />
1-1 General<br />
SECTION 3<br />
CONCRETE WORK<br />
All materials shall be subject to such tests as <strong>the</strong> Engineer may direct <strong>and</strong> provision for such tests<br />
shall be included in <strong>the</strong> price for such materials inserted in <strong>the</strong> Bill <strong>of</strong> Quantities or Schedule <strong>of</strong> Rates<br />
unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise provided for. In case such tests required by <strong>the</strong> Engineer, an independent <strong>and</strong><br />
<strong>of</strong>ficially authorized lab shall carry out such tests <strong>and</strong> sampling.<br />
Properly representative samples <strong>of</strong> all materials to be used in <strong>the</strong> works shall be submitted by <strong>the</strong><br />
Contractor for <strong>the</strong> Engineer's approval when required.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
16<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
Where tests are required by <strong>the</strong> Engineer, <strong>the</strong> Contractor shall take samples <strong>and</strong> send to a firm<br />
experienced in analysis <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> material. Reports shall be submitted to <strong>the</strong> Engineer. The Contractor<br />
shall bear all expenses consequent to <strong>the</strong> provision, taking <strong>and</strong> cartage, etc. <strong>of</strong> samples, in addition to<br />
<strong>the</strong> costs <strong>of</strong> performing <strong>the</strong> tests <strong>and</strong> reporting <strong>the</strong> results.<br />
The Engineer reserves <strong>the</strong> right to reject any material, which, in his opinion is objectionable in any<br />
respect, not withst<strong>and</strong>ing its apparent compliance with <strong>the</strong> relevant St<strong>and</strong>ards. Any such rejected<br />
material shall be removed from <strong>the</strong> site at <strong>the</strong> Contractor's expense at once.<br />
1-2 Formwork for Concrete<br />
The Contractor shall supply, design, erect, strike <strong>and</strong> remove <strong>the</strong> formwork <strong>and</strong> be entirely<br />
responsible for its stability <strong>and</strong> safety so that it will carry <strong>the</strong> fresh concrete <strong>and</strong> all incidental loadings<br />
<strong>and</strong> preserve it from damage <strong>and</strong> distortion during its placing, vibration, ramming, setting <strong>and</strong> curing.<br />
It shall be so constructed as to leave <strong>the</strong> finished concrete to <strong>the</strong> dimensions shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings<br />
<strong>and</strong> <strong>of</strong> a material capable <strong>of</strong> providing <strong>the</strong> surface finish specified. In any event, <strong>the</strong> maximum<br />
permissible deflection under all loads shall not exceed 2mm or 1/600 <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> free span, whichever is<br />
less.<br />
Formwork shall be <strong>of</strong> timber <strong>and</strong> / or metal <strong>and</strong> shall include all temporary concrete moulds <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>ir<br />
supports. Bolts to be used for fixing <strong>the</strong> formwork shall be approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer before staring<br />
<strong>the</strong> work.<br />
For concrete surfaces which are to remain exposed wrought formwork shall be used . Wrought<br />
formwork shall be <strong>of</strong> timber or steel framing lined with 12mm thick smooth-faced plywood or an<br />
equal lining approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer, or <strong>of</strong> metal, suitable to obtain a fair face finish on <strong>the</strong><br />
concrete. All external angles or fair faced in-situ concrete shall have chamfers formed with 15x15mm<br />
(5/8"x5/8") wrought hardwood angle fillets planted in <strong>the</strong> angles <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> formwork, unless larger<br />
chamfers are shown on <strong>the</strong> drawings.<br />
Formwork ready to receive concrete shall be thoroughly clean <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> internal faces properly painted<br />
with approved shutter oil or o<strong>the</strong>r preparation. Joints shall be tight to prevent leakage.<br />
Wherever required <strong>and</strong> prior to placing <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> reinforcement <strong>the</strong> internal surfaces <strong>of</strong> all formwork<br />
shall be treated with approved mould oil.<br />
All formwork shall be inspected <strong>and</strong> approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer prior to concreting. This approval,<br />
however, does not relieve <strong>the</strong> Contractor <strong>of</strong> any <strong>of</strong> his responsibilities.<br />
The striking <strong>of</strong> all formwork shall be carried out with <strong>the</strong> greatest <strong>of</strong> care to avoid damage to concrete.<br />
The formwork to vertical surfaces such as walls, columns <strong>and</strong> sides <strong>of</strong> beams may be removed in<br />
accordance with <strong>the</strong> table below although care must be taken to avoid damage to <strong>the</strong> concrete,<br />
especially to arises <strong>and</strong> features.<br />
Minimum periods in days for striking o<strong>the</strong>r formwork should be in accordance with <strong>the</strong> following<br />
table, or as directed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer<br />
Ordinary Portl<strong>and</strong> cement<br />
Concrete<br />
Slabs 14<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
17<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
Beam s<strong>of</strong>fits 14<br />
Walls, columns <strong>and</strong> sides <strong>of</strong> beams 3<br />
Formwork, shuttering, props, or any o<strong>the</strong>r means <strong>of</strong> temporary or semi-permanent support shall not<br />
be removed from <strong>the</strong> concrete until <strong>the</strong> concrete is sufficiently strong to carry safely <strong>the</strong> load (dead<br />
<strong>and</strong> temporary).<br />
The Contractor shall inform <strong>the</strong> Engineer when he is ready to strike <strong>the</strong> formwork, or remove any<br />
form <strong>of</strong> temporary support, <strong>and</strong> shall obtain his written consent before proceeding.<br />
The times given for <strong>the</strong> removal <strong>of</strong> props are based on <strong>the</strong> assumption that <strong>the</strong> total live plus dead<br />
weight to be supported at <strong>the</strong> time <strong>of</strong> removal is not more than one half <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> total design load.<br />
For horizontal members where <strong>the</strong> loading is to be a higher proportion <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> total design load <strong>the</strong>se<br />
times may need to be increased.<br />
The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to <strong>the</strong> concrete work caused by or arising from<br />
<strong>the</strong> removal <strong>and</strong> striking <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> forms <strong>and</strong> supports Any advice, permission or approval by <strong>the</strong><br />
Engineer relative to <strong>the</strong> removal <strong>and</strong> striking <strong>of</strong> forms <strong>and</strong> supports shall not relieve <strong>the</strong> Contractor<br />
from this responsibility.<br />
Any work showing signs <strong>of</strong> damage through premature loading is to be entirely reconstructed at <strong>the</strong><br />
Contractor's expense.<br />
The Contractor shall confirm positions <strong>and</strong> details <strong>of</strong> all<br />
(a) Permanent fixings<br />
(b) Pipes <strong>and</strong> conduit<br />
(c) Holes <strong>and</strong> chases<br />
to ensure that alterations are not made without <strong>the</strong> knowledge <strong>and</strong> approval <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
The Contractor shall fix inserts or box out as required to correct positions before placing concrete,<br />
<strong>and</strong> shall form all holes <strong>and</strong> chases. He shall not cut hardened concrete without approval.<br />
1-3 Reinforcement for Concrete<br />
Steel reinforcement shall generally be hot rolled mild, medium or high yield steel smooth round or<br />
deformed bars complying with BS 4449 or similar approved st<strong>and</strong>ard.<br />
In case any o<strong>the</strong>r type <strong>of</strong> reinforcement is required, it shall comply with <strong>the</strong> requirements <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
Particular Specification.<br />
All reinforcement shall be free from rust <strong>and</strong> mill scale <strong>and</strong> any coating such as oil, clay, paint etc that<br />
might impair <strong>the</strong> bond with <strong>the</strong> concrete.<br />
Manufacturer's test certificates for all classes <strong>of</strong> reinforcement shall be supplied when required.<br />
Specimens sufficient for three tensile tests <strong>and</strong> three cold-bending tests per ten tons <strong>of</strong> bars or fraction<br />
<strong>the</strong>re<strong>of</strong> <strong>and</strong> for each different size <strong>of</strong> bar shall be sampled under <strong>the</strong> supervision <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
Testing shall be in accordance with BS 4449 or o<strong>the</strong>r approved st<strong>and</strong>ard <strong>and</strong> batches shall be rejected<br />
if <strong>the</strong> average results for each batch are not in accordance with <strong>the</strong> specification. All tests should be<br />
made on <strong>the</strong> Contractor's expense.<br />
All steel is to be totally free from dirt, paint, loose rust or scale when in position ready for concreting.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
18<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
The Contractor shall cut <strong>and</strong> bend bars to BS 4466 <strong>and</strong> to schedule provided unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise<br />
instructed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
Straight sections <strong>of</strong> bars must be kept out <strong>of</strong> winding. The internal radius <strong>of</strong> bends shall in no case be<br />
less than four times <strong>the</strong> diameter <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> bar, except for stirrups, column binders, <strong>and</strong> wall shear bars<br />
which are to be bent to fit closely around <strong>the</strong> main bars.<br />
Great care is to be taken to bend stirrups <strong>and</strong> columns binders separately <strong>and</strong> to <strong>the</strong> sizes shown.<br />
All bars will be cut <strong>and</strong> bent cold using approved machines.<br />
Leng<strong>the</strong>ning <strong>of</strong> bars by welding, <strong>and</strong> rebinding <strong>of</strong> incorrectly bent bars will not be permitted, except<br />
where requested by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
The Contractor shall provide on site facilities for h<strong>and</strong> bending to deal with minor adjustments.<br />
Unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise allowed for in <strong>the</strong> particular specification splices in reinforcing bars shall be formed<br />
by lapping. Such laps in bars in any member shall be staggered. Except as o<strong>the</strong>rwise indicated on <strong>the</strong><br />
drawings <strong>the</strong> minimum overlap <strong>of</strong> lapped splices shall be 50 bar diameters or 400mm whichever is<br />
greater.<br />
The steel is to be fixed in position exactly as indicated, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> bars are to be securely wired toge<strong>the</strong>r<br />
with 1.6 or 1.4mm s<strong>of</strong>t iron wire or approved spring steel clips wherever necessary to prevent any<br />
displacement during concreting.<br />
Spacers, chairs <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> like, temporary or permanent, are to be used as required to ensure that <strong>the</strong> steel<br />
has <strong>the</strong> exact amount <strong>of</strong> cover indicated. No permanent spacers may show on a surface where a fair<br />
faced concrete finish or brushed aggregate finishes are required. The Engineer shall approve type <strong>of</strong><br />
spacers before starting <strong>the</strong> work.<br />
Unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise indicated, <strong>the</strong> minimum cover to <strong>the</strong> reinforcing bars is to be as listed below or<br />
equal to <strong>the</strong> diameter <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> bar, whichever is greater.<br />
Position<br />
Minimum cover - mm<br />
Main bars <strong>of</strong><br />
Columns <strong>and</strong> beams 30<br />
Main bars in floor slabs <strong>and</strong> 20<br />
S<strong>of</strong>fits <strong>of</strong> ro<strong>of</strong> slabs<br />
Main bars in top <strong>of</strong> ro<strong>of</strong> slabs 20<br />
Outermost bars in internal faces<br />
<strong>of</strong> walls 20<br />
Outermost bars in external faces <strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>of</strong> walls 25<br />
Bars in top <strong>of</strong> ground slabs 20<br />
Bars near faces in contact with soil 40<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
19<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
The placing <strong>of</strong> all reinforcement will be checked by <strong>the</strong> Engineer <strong>and</strong> in no case is concrete to be<br />
poured around any steel that has not been passed by him. The Contractor is to ensure that no steel is<br />
displaced from its position during <strong>the</strong> placement <strong>of</strong> concrete <strong>and</strong> until <strong>the</strong> concrete is set.<br />
The insertion <strong>of</strong> bars into or removal <strong>of</strong> bars from concrete already placed will not be permitted.<br />
Reinforcement temporarily left projecting from <strong>the</strong> concrete at <strong>the</strong> joints shall not be bent without <strong>the</strong><br />
prior approval <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
Secondary reinforced concrete members for which no reinforcement details are given in <strong>the</strong> drawings<br />
or <strong>the</strong> Particular Specifications shall have a minimum ratio <strong>of</strong> reinforcement area to concrete area <strong>of</strong><br />
0.33 %.<br />
1-4 Concreting<br />
Cement<br />
The cement used shall be Portl<strong>and</strong> Cement conforming in all respects to ASTM St<strong>and</strong>ard<br />
Specification C150, Type I. Sulphate Resisting Cement shall conform in all respects to ASTM<br />
Portl<strong>and</strong> Cement, C50 Type V. , or to BS 12 , unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise required , bags shall contain 50kg net<br />
+ 1%.<br />
If cements o<strong>the</strong>r than <strong>the</strong> above are required <strong>the</strong>y shall be covered fully by <strong>the</strong> Particular<br />
Specification.<br />
The Contractor shall at all times furnish <strong>the</strong> Manufacturer's statement <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> above St<strong>and</strong>ard<br />
Specifications toge<strong>the</strong>r with <strong>the</strong> date <strong>of</strong> manufacture, certified by an independent agency in <strong>the</strong><br />
country <strong>of</strong> origin approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
The cement shall be delivered to <strong>the</strong> site by <strong>the</strong> Contractor in <strong>the</strong> original sealed <strong>and</strong> br<strong>and</strong>ed bags or<br />
containers <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> manufacturer in batches not exceeding 100 tons <strong>and</strong> shall be stored in a proper<br />
manner <strong>of</strong>f <strong>the</strong> ground to prevent deterioration. Each batch shall be stacked separately <strong>and</strong> used in <strong>the</strong><br />
order <strong>of</strong> delivery. No cement shall be used which has been manufactured more than twelve months<br />
prior to its proposed use on site.<br />
All cements whe<strong>the</strong>r stored in bulk, bags, or containers in warehouses or on site shall be sampled for<br />
testing according to ASTM C183 (Methods <strong>of</strong> Sampling Hydraulic Cements). Test samples over <strong>and</strong><br />
above those specified shall be taken at any time if so requested by <strong>the</strong> Engineer. Testing <strong>of</strong> cement<br />
shall be in accordance with <strong>the</strong> methods required by ASTM C150 <strong>and</strong> C175 or BS 12 or any o<strong>the</strong>r<br />
accepted by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
Aggregates<br />
This specification covers fine <strong>and</strong> coarse aggregates o<strong>the</strong>r than lightweight aggregates for use in <strong>the</strong><br />
production <strong>of</strong> concrete.<br />
When lightweight aggregates are required <strong>the</strong>y shall be defined in <strong>the</strong> Particular Specification.<br />
The aggregates shall be crushed gravel or stone <strong>and</strong> shall comply with BS 882 for graded or single<br />
size aggregate <strong>and</strong> shall be obtained from any quarry in <strong>the</strong> mountains approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer. For<br />
convenience part <strong>of</strong> Clause 5 <strong>of</strong> BS 882 (grading) including Tables 1, 2 <strong>and</strong> 3 are reproduced herein.<br />
Coarse aggregate: <strong>the</strong> grading <strong>of</strong> coarse aggregate, when analysed by <strong>the</strong> method given for sieve<br />
analysis in BS 812 shall be within <strong>the</strong> limits given in Table 1.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
20<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
Fine aggregate: <strong>the</strong> grading <strong>of</strong> a fine aggregate, when analysed by <strong>the</strong> method <strong>of</strong> sieve analysis<br />
described in BS 812, shall be within <strong>the</strong> limits <strong>of</strong> one <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> grading zones given in Table 2, except<br />
that a total tolerance <strong>of</strong> up to 5 per cent may be applied to <strong>the</strong> percentages under-lined. This tolerance<br />
may be split up; for example, it could be 1 per cent on each <strong>of</strong> three sieves <strong>and</strong> 2 per cent on ano<strong>the</strong>r,<br />
or 4 per cent on one sieve <strong>and</strong> 1 per cent on ano<strong>the</strong>r.<br />
The fine aggregate shall be described as fine aggregate <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> grading zone into which it falls, e.g. BS<br />
882, Grading Zone 1.<br />
NOTE: It is intended that individual zones should not be specified in contract documents relating to<br />
concrete but that <strong>the</strong> concrete mixes should be modified to make <strong>the</strong> best use <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> materials readily<br />
available.<br />
If approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer. Single-sized aggregate to BS 882 Table 1 may only be used for<br />
reinforced concrete when combined in two or more sizes to provide a well-graded mixture approved<br />
by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
Sampling <strong>and</strong> testing <strong>of</strong> aggregates shall be as required by BS 882 <strong>and</strong> in accordance with BS 812<br />
'Methods for Sampling <strong>and</strong> Testing<br />
<strong>of</strong> Mineral Aggregates , S<strong>and</strong>s <strong>and</strong> Fillers' . All sampling shall be done by or under <strong>the</strong> supervision <strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
The combined percentage <strong>of</strong> sulphates <strong>and</strong> chlorides by weight in coarse <strong>and</strong> fine aggregates shall not<br />
exceed 0.05 per cent (500ppm) <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> combined weight <strong>of</strong> total aggregates.<br />
Just before use <strong>the</strong> aggregate will be washed down with potable water to reduce <strong>the</strong> content <strong>of</strong><br />
sulphates, chlorides <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r extraneous material.<br />
Table 1: Coarse Aggregate<br />
BS 410<br />
Test<br />
Sieve<br />
mm<br />
Percentage by weight passing BS sieves<br />
Nominal size <strong>of</strong> Nominal size <strong>of</strong><br />
Graded aggregate Single-sized aggregate<br />
400mm 200mm 14mm 63mm 40mm 20mm 14mm 14mm<br />
to 5mm to 5mm to 5mm<br />
75.0 100 - - 100 - - - -<br />
63.0 - - - 85-100 100 - - -<br />
37.5 95-100 100 - 0-30 85-100 100 - -<br />
20.0 35-70 95-100 100 0-5 0-25 85-100 100 -<br />
14.0 - - 90-100 - - 0 85-100 100<br />
10.0 10-40 30-60 50-85 - 0-5 0-25 0-50 85-100<br />
5.0 0-5 0-10 0-10 - - 0-5 0-10 0-25<br />
2.36 - - - - - - - 0-25<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
21<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
Table 2: Fine Aggregate<br />
BS 410<br />
Test<br />
Sieve<br />
Percentage by weight passing BS sieves<br />
Grading Zone 1 Grading Zone 2 Grading Zone 3 Grading Zone 4<br />
mm<br />
10.00 100 100 100 100<br />
5.00 90-100 90-100 90-100 95-100<br />
2.36 60-95 75-100 85-100 95-100<br />
1.18 30-70 55-90 75-100 90-100<br />
microns<br />
600 15-34 35-59 60-79 80-100<br />
300 5-20 8-30 12-40 15-50<br />
150 0-10 0-10 0-10 0-15<br />
H<strong>and</strong>ling Aggregates<br />
The choice <strong>and</strong> preparation <strong>of</strong> sites for stockpiling <strong>of</strong> aggregates, <strong>the</strong> number <strong>and</strong> sizes <strong>of</strong> stockpiles<br />
<strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> methods adopted to prevent segregation <strong>of</strong> component sizes shall be agreed with <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
Coarse aggregate shall be stockpiled in three separate gradings: 38-19mm, 19-10mm, 10-5mm . When<br />
aggregates <strong>of</strong> different gradings are stockpiled close toge<strong>the</strong>r bulkheads shall separate <strong>the</strong> stockpiles.<br />
Stockpiles are to be on concrete or o<strong>the</strong>r hard surface sufficiently sloped so that water is not retained in<br />
<strong>the</strong> base <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> stockpiles.<br />
All aggregates are to be h<strong>and</strong>led from <strong>the</strong> stockpile in such a manner as to secure a typical grading <strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>the</strong> material, care being taken to avoid crushing <strong>the</strong> aggregates <strong>and</strong> contamination with extraneous<br />
matter.<br />
Aggregates need not be stockpiled when a crushing-screening plant is used in t<strong>and</strong>em with a batching<br />
plant properly equipped with several bins for different sized aggregates having <strong>the</strong> appropriate<br />
weighing scales at such bin such that a mix <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> desired gradation is obtained consistently <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
whole operation is conducted to <strong>the</strong> satisfaction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
Water<br />
Unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise authorised in writing by <strong>the</strong> Engineer, only water from potable supply system may be<br />
used for mixing concrete <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r products containing cement.<br />
Similarly only potable water may be used for curing concrete <strong>and</strong> cement products during <strong>the</strong> first 24<br />
hours after pouring. Later, fresh water, or o<strong>the</strong>r water containing not more than 4750 ppm dissolved<br />
solids <strong>of</strong> which not more than 1000 ppm may be chlorides, may be used for curing.<br />
No additives <strong>of</strong> any kind shall be used in <strong>the</strong> concrete without <strong>the</strong> express approval in writing <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
Engineer.<br />
Quality Of Concrete<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
22<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
Concrete shall be a mixture <strong>of</strong> cement aggregates <strong>and</strong> water as covered respectively by 4.01 to 4.23<br />
above.<br />
Where air-entrainment is required, <strong>the</strong> method to be used shall be specified in <strong>the</strong> Particular<br />
Specification.<br />
The mix proportions, workability <strong>and</strong> strengths <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> various types <strong>of</strong> concrete shall conform to Table<br />
4.<br />
The terms contained in Table 4 are defined as follows: WATER/CEMENT RATIO: <strong>the</strong> term<br />
water/cement ratio means <strong>the</strong> ratio by weight <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> water to <strong>the</strong> cement in <strong>the</strong> mix, expressed as a<br />
decimal fraction. The water is that which is free to combine with <strong>the</strong> cement in <strong>the</strong> mix.<br />
This includes free water in <strong>the</strong> aggregate but excludes water absorbed or to be absorbed by <strong>the</strong><br />
aggregate. The aggregate for this purpose shall be taken in a saturated surface-dry condition.<br />
The absorption <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> aggregates shall be determined in accordance with Section 4 <strong>of</strong> BS 812 or any<br />
o<strong>the</strong>r method approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
The strengths specified are for ordinary Portl<strong>and</strong> cement to BS 12 or Type 1 Cement to ASTM C150;<br />
if o<strong>the</strong>r types <strong>of</strong> cement are specified, <strong>the</strong> required strength shall be defined in <strong>the</strong> Particular<br />
Specification<br />
Table 4: Mix Proportions, Workability <strong>and</strong> Strength Grades <strong>of</strong> Concrete<br />
Grade Minimum Works cube<br />
Strength kg/cm 2<br />
Max.<br />
Agg<br />
mm<br />
Limits <strong>of</strong> agg./<br />
Cement ration by<br />
weight<br />
Use <strong>of</strong> concrete if not<br />
o<strong>the</strong>rwise specified<br />
At 7 days At 28 days Max. Min.<br />
(A) 150 200 20 7:1 5:1 RC structures in general<br />
B-200 150 200 37 8:1 6:1 RC Foundations<br />
(B) 175 250 20 5.5:1 4:1 High load columns<br />
B-250 175 250 37 6.5:1 4.5:1 High load foundations<br />
( C) 200 300 20 5:1 3:1 High load columns<br />
B-300 200 300 37 5:1 3:1 High load foundations<br />
(D) 100 150 20 10:1 8:1 Plain concrete foundations<br />
B-150 100 150 37 10:1 8:1 Blinding layer under RC<br />
Foundations<br />
(E) 75 100 20 14:0 12:1 Mass lean<br />
B-100 75 100 37 14:1 12:1 Concrete filling<br />
Table 4: Mix Proportions, Workability <strong>and</strong> Strength St<strong>and</strong>ard Mixes<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
23<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
Grade <strong>of</strong><br />
Concrete<br />
Minimum<br />
works<br />
Cube<br />
Strength<br />
Kg/cm 2<br />
7<br />
days<br />
28<br />
days<br />
Weight<br />
<strong>of</strong> dry<br />
s<strong>and</strong> per<br />
50 k <strong>of</strong><br />
cement<br />
20mm max. size 37mm max. size<br />
Low Med. High Low Med. High<br />
Max.<br />
desigm<br />
W/C<br />
ratio<br />
kg kg Kg kg kg kg kg<br />
B-200 150 200 91 193 159 136 226 193 170 0.55<br />
B-250 175 250 80 170 136 113 204 170 147 0.50<br />
B-300 200 300 68 147 113 91 170 136 113 0.45<br />
Table 4 : Mix Proportions , Workability <strong>and</strong> Strength Workability<br />
Degree<br />
<strong>of</strong><br />
Workabi<br />
lity<br />
20 mm Max. size<br />
aggregate<br />
Weight <strong>of</strong> dry coarse aggregate per 50 kg <strong>of</strong> cement<br />
Workability<br />
37 mm Max. size<br />
aggregate<br />
Use for which Concrete is<br />
suitable<br />
Slump<br />
Mm<br />
Compacting<br />
Factor<br />
Slump<br />
mm<br />
Compacting<br />
Factor<br />
Low 13-25 0.82-0.88 13-50 0.82-0.88 Simple reinforced sections<br />
with vibration<br />
Medium 25-50 0.88-0.94 50-101 0.88-0.94 Heavily reinforced sections<br />
with vibration<br />
High 50-127 0.94-0.97 101-117 0.94-0.97 Sections with heavily<br />
congested reinforcement<br />
where vibration is difficult<br />
In case cylinders are used for determination <strong>of</strong> concrete compressive strength in accordance with<br />
ASTM C 39, <strong>the</strong> corresponding cube strength shall be obtained by using a multiplication factor <strong>of</strong> 1.2.<br />
AGGREGATE/CEMENT RATIO: <strong>the</strong> term aggregate/cement ratio means <strong>the</strong> ratio by weight <strong>of</strong><br />
aggregate to cement in <strong>the</strong> mix. For this purpose <strong>the</strong> aggregate is taken in a saturated surface-dry<br />
condition as for <strong>the</strong> water/cement ratio above.<br />
FINE/TOTAL AGGREGATE RATIO: <strong>the</strong> term fine/total aggregate ratio means <strong>the</strong> ratio by weight<br />
<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> fine aggregate to <strong>the</strong> total aggregate in <strong>the</strong> mix expressed as a percentage. For this purpose<br />
<strong>the</strong> aggregate is also taken in a saturated surface-dry condition as for <strong>the</strong> water/cement ratio above.<br />
VOLUME OF AIR ENTRAINED: <strong>the</strong> air content expressed as a percentage by volume <strong>of</strong> concrete<br />
shall be determined by ASTM C231, 'Air Content <strong>of</strong> Freshly Mixed Concrete by <strong>the</strong> Pressure<br />
Method ' . At least one test for each 120 cubic metres <strong>of</strong> concrete shall be made.<br />
SLUMP: <strong>the</strong> slump <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> freshly mixed concrete shall be determined in accordance with Part 2 <strong>of</strong><br />
BS 1881 or ASTM C143. At least one morning <strong>and</strong> one afternoon test shall be made <strong>and</strong><br />
whenever directed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
STRENGTH OF CONCRETE: Preliminary Test Cubes shall be taken from <strong>the</strong> trial mixes designed<br />
to select <strong>the</strong> job mix <strong>and</strong> shall be made <strong>and</strong> tested in accordance with Parts 3 <strong>and</strong> 4 <strong>of</strong> BS 1881.<br />
SAMPLING FOR COMPLIANCE TESTING: Works Test Cubes shall be those used for control<br />
during construction <strong>and</strong> shall be made <strong>and</strong> tested in accordance with BS 5328 PART 4:1990.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
24<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
Recommended Minimum Rates Sampling<br />
Average Rate o Sampling<br />
One Sample (6 cubes) per<br />
10 m 3 or<br />
10 batches<br />
20 m 3 or<br />
20 batches<br />
50 m 3 or<br />
50 batches<br />
Maximum quantity <strong>of</strong> concrete at<br />
risk under any one decision<br />
40 m 3<br />
80 m 3<br />
200 m 3<br />
The Contractor when tendering having knowledge <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> source <strong>and</strong> types <strong>of</strong> cement, aggregate, plant<br />
<strong>and</strong> method <strong>of</strong> placing he intends to use shall allow for <strong>the</strong> aggregate/cement ratio <strong>and</strong> water/cement<br />
ratio which he considers will achieve <strong>the</strong> strength requirements specified <strong>and</strong> will produce a<br />
workability which will enable <strong>the</strong> concrete to be properly compacted to its full depth <strong>and</strong> finished to<br />
<strong>the</strong> dimensions <strong>and</strong> within <strong>the</strong> tolerances shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings <strong>and</strong> required by <strong>the</strong> Particular<br />
Specification . In any event <strong>the</strong> aggregate/cement ratio <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> water/cement ratio shall not exceed <strong>the</strong><br />
upper limits specified in Table 4 for each type <strong>of</strong> concrete. Fur<strong>the</strong>rmore, <strong>the</strong> quantity <strong>of</strong> cement per<br />
cubic metre <strong>of</strong> concrete shall in no case be less than <strong>the</strong> minimum specified in Table 4.<br />
As soon as possible after signature <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Contract, <strong>the</strong> Contractor shall prepare such trial mixes as<br />
required to satisfy <strong>the</strong> Engineer that <strong>the</strong> specified concrete strengths will be obtained using <strong>the</strong><br />
materials <strong>and</strong> mix proportions in accordance with <strong>the</strong> above clauses. The proportion <strong>of</strong> cement shall be<br />
increased if necessary to obtain <strong>the</strong> strengths required.<br />
From each trial mix, six Preliminary Test Cubes shall be made <strong>and</strong> tested at 7 days <strong>and</strong> four at 28 days,<br />
<strong>the</strong> test at 7 days being intended to give <strong>and</strong> early indication <strong>of</strong> possible variation from <strong>the</strong> required<br />
strength. If <strong>the</strong> difference between <strong>the</strong> highest <strong>and</strong> lowest test results from any one trial mix is more<br />
than 15 per cent <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> average <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> strength test results, <strong>the</strong> test is to be discarded <strong>and</strong> a fur<strong>the</strong>r trial<br />
mix made, unless all test results so obtained are above <strong>the</strong> required strength. Separate trial mixes are<br />
required for each type <strong>of</strong> concrete. The trial mix or mixes agreed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer shall be designated<br />
job mixes <strong>and</strong> used as a basis for actual concrete production.<br />
Batching And Mixing Of Concrete<br />
All concrete shall be batched by weight <strong>and</strong> mixed mechanically. H<strong>and</strong> mixing shall not be allowed<br />
except only upon <strong>the</strong> written permission <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
Concrete may ei<strong>the</strong>r be batched <strong>and</strong> mixed on site or outside <strong>the</strong> site <strong>and</strong> transported <strong>the</strong>reto.<br />
When mixed outside <strong>the</strong> site <strong>and</strong> transported to it, batching <strong>and</strong> mixing shall be in accordance with<br />
ASTM Specification C94, 'St<strong>and</strong>ard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete’.<br />
When mixed on site , batching <strong>and</strong> mixing shall be as follows :<br />
BATCHING BY WEIGHT: The cement <strong>and</strong> each size <strong>of</strong> aggregate shall be measured by weight. The<br />
water may be measured by weight or volume. The weight-batching machines used shall be <strong>of</strong> a type<br />
approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer <strong>and</strong> shall be kept in good condition while in use on <strong>the</strong> Works. Checks are to<br />
be made as required by <strong>the</strong> Engineer to determine that <strong>the</strong> weighing devices are registering correctly.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
25<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
BATCHING AGGREGATE BY VOLUME: When batching aggregates by volume is allowed as <strong>and</strong><br />
when required, <strong>the</strong> cement shall be batched by weight <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> water by weight or volume. Each size <strong>of</strong><br />
aggregate shall be measured in metallic containers <strong>the</strong> depth <strong>of</strong> which is at least equal to <strong>the</strong>ir greatest<br />
width. The containers shall be <strong>of</strong> such shape that <strong>the</strong>ir volume can be easily checked by measurement.<br />
MIXING CONCRETE: <strong>the</strong> location <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> batching <strong>and</strong> mixing plant shall be agreed with <strong>the</strong><br />
Engineer.<br />
The amount <strong>of</strong> concrete mixed in any one batch is not to exceed <strong>the</strong> rated capacity <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> mixer .The<br />
whole <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> batch is to be removed before materials for a fresh batch enter <strong>the</strong> drum.<br />
On cessation <strong>of</strong> work, including all stoppages exceeding 20 minutes, <strong>the</strong> mixers <strong>and</strong> all h<strong>and</strong>ling plant<br />
shall be washed with clean mixing water. If old concrete deposits remain in <strong>the</strong> mixer drum, <strong>the</strong>y shall<br />
be rotated with clean aggregate <strong>and</strong> water prior to production <strong>of</strong> new concrete.<br />
Concrete mixed as above is not to be modified by <strong>the</strong> addition <strong>of</strong> water or in any o<strong>the</strong>r manner to<br />
facilitate h<strong>and</strong>ling or for any o<strong>the</strong>r reason.<br />
Work In Cold Or Hot Wea<strong>the</strong>r<br />
Concrete is not to be mixed or placed at a shade air temperature below 2 deg .C on a rising<br />
<strong>the</strong>rmometer or at a shade air temperature below 3 deg .C on a falling <strong>the</strong>rmometer.<br />
When <strong>the</strong> shade air temperature is 37 deg .C <strong>and</strong> rising, special precautions shall be taken during<br />
concerting operations, such as shading <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> aggregates <strong>and</strong> plant, cooling <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> mixing water or<br />
o<strong>the</strong>r methods approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer, so that <strong>the</strong> temperatures <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> concrete when placed shall<br />
not be in excess <strong>of</strong> 39 deg .C.<br />
Fresh concrete placed at <strong>the</strong>se temperatures shall be shaded from <strong>the</strong> direct rays <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> sun to <strong>the</strong><br />
satisfaction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer for a period <strong>of</strong> at least 24 hours.<br />
Placing<br />
Concrete shall be conveyed from <strong>the</strong> mixer to its final position in any suitable manner, provided <strong>the</strong>re<br />
is no segregation, loss <strong>of</strong> ingredients or contamination.<br />
It shall be placed in its final position before initial setting takes place <strong>and</strong> within 20 minutes <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
addition <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> water to <strong>the</strong> mixer without using any additives. In case additives will be used, <strong>the</strong><br />
manufacturer specifications <strong>of</strong> such additives must be h<strong>and</strong>ed over to <strong>the</strong> Engineer to be approved<br />
before using it.<br />
The order <strong>of</strong> placing concrete shall be such as to prevent water from collecting at <strong>the</strong> ends, corners <strong>and</strong><br />
along <strong>the</strong> faces <strong>of</strong> forms. It shall not be placed in large quantities at a given point <strong>and</strong> allowed to run or<br />
be worked over a long distance in <strong>the</strong> form.<br />
Whenever possible concrete shall be placed <strong>and</strong> compacted in even layers with each batch adjoining<br />
<strong>the</strong> previous one.<br />
The thickness <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> layers shall be between 150 <strong>and</strong> 300mm for reinforced concrete <strong>and</strong> up to 450mm<br />
for plain (non -reinforced) concrete, <strong>the</strong> thickness depending on <strong>the</strong> width <strong>of</strong> forms, <strong>the</strong> amount <strong>of</strong><br />
reinforcement <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> need to place each layer before <strong>the</strong> previous one stiffens.<br />
Concrete shall not be allowed to drop freely for more than 2 metres. To convey <strong>the</strong> concrete as near as<br />
possible to its final position, drop chutes <strong>of</strong> rubber or metal shall be used for small sections <strong>and</strong> bottom<br />
dump buckets or o<strong>the</strong>r suitable vessels for large sections.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
26<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
Concrete shall be carefully compacted when placed to ensure a dense <strong>and</strong> uniform mass free from air<br />
holes <strong>and</strong> cavities. Concrete type "A”, "B"& "C" shall be compacted by vibration, whereas type 'D' <strong>and</strong><br />
'E' concrete may be vibrated or rammed, tamped <strong>and</strong> rodded. Mechanical or electro -mechanical<br />
vibrators shall perform vibration. The vibrators shall be <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> plunger (poker) type for insertion in <strong>the</strong><br />
concrete: except that plate type vibrators (external) shall be used if requested by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
The plunger (poker) type vibrators shall have a diameter compatible with <strong>the</strong> lowest spacing <strong>of</strong><br />
reinforcement, a sufficiently high frequency <strong>and</strong> be properly h<strong>and</strong>led by experienced personnel. They<br />
hall be immersed at regular intervals close enough to vibrate all <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> concrete, but not too close to<br />
affect previously vibrated <strong>and</strong> partially set concrete. Each immersion shall continue until shortly after<br />
air bubbles cease to appear on <strong>the</strong> surface <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> concrete, but shall not last more than 30 seconds. The<br />
vibrators shall be withdrawn gradually <strong>and</strong> vertically to ensure that no air pockets are formed.<br />
When external vibrators are used as directed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer, <strong>the</strong>y shall be clamped to <strong>the</strong> forms<br />
whenever possible to avoid large impact during h<strong>and</strong>ling, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> forms shall be so constructed as to<br />
withst<strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> additional vibrations.<br />
All vibrations, compaction <strong>and</strong> finishing operations shall be completed within 15 minutes from <strong>the</strong><br />
time <strong>of</strong> placing <strong>the</strong> concrete in its final position. Until it has hardened sufficiently to carry weight<br />
without distortion, workers shall not be allowed to walk over freshly placed concrete.<br />
Concreting <strong>of</strong> any one part or section <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> work shall be carried out in one continuous operation, <strong>and</strong><br />
no interruption <strong>of</strong> concreting work will be allowed without <strong>the</strong> approval <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer. Where beams<br />
<strong>and</strong> slabs toge<strong>the</strong>r form an integral part <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> structure <strong>the</strong>y shall be poured in one operation.<br />
A record is to be kept by <strong>the</strong> Contractor on site <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> time <strong>and</strong> date <strong>of</strong> placing <strong>the</strong> concrete in each<br />
portion <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> works <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> number <strong>and</strong> identification <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Works Test Cubes, corresponding to<br />
<strong>the</strong>se portions. Such records are to be h<strong>and</strong>ed to <strong>the</strong> Engineer weekly during <strong>the</strong> progress <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> work.<br />
If placing <strong>of</strong> concrete by pumping is required it shall be specified in <strong>the</strong> Particular Specification.<br />
Admixtures<br />
No admixtures <strong>of</strong> any type shall be used in <strong>the</strong> preparation <strong>of</strong> concrete or concrete products unless so<br />
required by <strong>the</strong> Particular Specification or unless so directed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer. In case any such<br />
admixtures are used <strong>the</strong> rates <strong>and</strong> methods <strong>of</strong> application shall be strictly in accordance with <strong>the</strong><br />
manufacturer's instructions, which must be approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer before using it.<br />
Curing<br />
Freshly placed concrete shall be protected from rain, dust storms, chemical attack <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> harmful<br />
effects <strong>of</strong> heat, wind, flowing water, vibrations <strong>and</strong> shocks. This protection shall continue until <strong>the</strong><br />
concrete is sufficiently set such that it is no longer damaged by <strong>the</strong>se factors.<br />
The Engineer shall determine when <strong>the</strong> protection is no longer required, but in any case this shall not<br />
be less than 24 hours after <strong>the</strong> time <strong>of</strong> placing.<br />
Concrete shall be cured for at least seven days <strong>and</strong> as required by <strong>the</strong> Engineer. Curing shall be<br />
effected by <strong>the</strong> direct application <strong>of</strong> water to <strong>the</strong> surface <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> concrete or by o<strong>the</strong>r approved curing<br />
methods or curing compounds applied in accordance with <strong>the</strong> manufacturers specifications. In case <strong>the</strong><br />
application <strong>of</strong> such curing compounds is delayed for any reason, <strong>the</strong> concrete shall be kept moist until<br />
<strong>the</strong> application is made.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
27<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
Timber formwork covering <strong>the</strong> concrete shall be moistened with water at frequent intervals to keep it<br />
from drying during <strong>the</strong> curing period. Metal formwork exposed to <strong>the</strong> sun must be shaded from its<br />
direct rays, painted white or o<strong>the</strong>rwise protected during <strong>the</strong> curing period.<br />
Formed Finishes<br />
1 - Basic finish<br />
General requirements:<br />
(a) Produce an even finish with a sheet material.<br />
(b) Arrange panels in a regular pattern.<br />
(c) Blowholes not more than about 10mm in diameter will be permitted but o<strong>the</strong>rwise<br />
surface is to be free from voids honey combing <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r large defects.<br />
(d) Variation in colour resulting from <strong>the</strong> use <strong>of</strong> a from discoloration due to contamination<br />
or grout leakage.<br />
The finish will be left as struck, making good or small defects will normally be permitted but only<br />
after inspection by <strong>the</strong> Engineer. All blowholes shall be filled with a matching mortar to an approved<br />
sample unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise instructed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer. All faces shall be protected from damage,<br />
especially arrisses .<br />
All faces shall be protected from rust marks <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r surface disfigurements. Form tie holes shall be<br />
filled with a matching mortar to an approved sample accepted by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
2 - Fine finish (Fair Face)<br />
General Requirements:<br />
a) Produce a smooth even finish with an impervious sheet metal.<br />
b) Make panels as large as is practicable <strong>and</strong> arrange to approval.<br />
c) Blowhole not more than about 5mm in diameter will be permitted but o<strong>the</strong>rwise<br />
surface is to be free from voids, honey combing <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r defects.<br />
d) Variation in colour resulting from <strong>the</strong> use <strong>of</strong> an impervious form lining will be<br />
permitted, but <strong>the</strong> surface is to be free from discoloration due to contamination or grout leakage.<br />
e) Concrete cover spacers shall be used only if approved.<br />
The finish is to be left as struck. Making good will not normally be permitted. All form tie holes are to<br />
be filled with a matching mortar to an approved sample. Wire form ties shall not be used. Approval <strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>the</strong> Engineer for <strong>the</strong> position <strong>of</strong> tie holes is to be obtained before use.<br />
Quality Control Testing Etc.<br />
Prior to commencing <strong>the</strong> work <strong>the</strong> contractor shall make available on site <strong>the</strong> following minimum<br />
approved equipment kept in good condition at all times:<br />
- Six Cube moulds.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
28<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
- Slump cones.<br />
- Thermometer.<br />
- Any o<strong>the</strong>r accessories as required by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
All samples <strong>and</strong> testing shall be done in <strong>the</strong> presence <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer or his authorised representative<br />
ei<strong>the</strong>r on site or in an approved testing laboratory in <strong>the</strong> area.<br />
The frequency <strong>of</strong> testing shall be as noted in <strong>the</strong> clauses <strong>of</strong> this section <strong>and</strong> whenever required by <strong>the</strong><br />
Engineer.<br />
The works Test Cubes shall be made as follows for types <strong>of</strong> concrete (A), (B) , <strong>and</strong> (C) :<br />
(a) At least three times weekly per mixing plant.<br />
(b) At least once for three individual parts <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> structure.<br />
(c) At least once per 100 cubic meters <strong>of</strong> Concrete or fraction <strong>the</strong>re<strong>of</strong>.<br />
For types (D), <strong>and</strong> (E) concrete <strong>the</strong> rate shall be once per each 100 cubic meters or fraction <strong>the</strong>re<strong>of</strong>.<br />
At least six cubes shall be made at one time. Two <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> six cubes are to be tested at seven (7) days.<br />
The remaining four cubes are to be tested at 28 days, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>ir average strength must not fall below <strong>the</strong><br />
minimum strength specified for each type <strong>of</strong> concrete <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> lowest test result shall not be more than<br />
20% below <strong>the</strong> average <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> four cubes.<br />
When <strong>the</strong> result <strong>of</strong> 7-day test is unsatisfactory, <strong>the</strong> Contractor may elect to remove <strong>and</strong> replace <strong>the</strong><br />
defective concrete without waiting for <strong>the</strong> 28-day test. If <strong>the</strong> result <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> 28-day test is unsatisfactory<br />
all concreting shall be stopped at <strong>the</strong> Contractors expense <strong>and</strong> shall not proceed fur<strong>the</strong>r without <strong>the</strong><br />
written permission <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
The Contractor shall <strong>the</strong>n, in accordance with <strong>the</strong> instructions <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer, remove cores <strong>and</strong> test<br />
same or conduct in- insitu tests in accordance with CP 144 from or on suspect portions <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> works,<br />
under <strong>the</strong> supervision <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
Concrete judged by <strong>the</strong> Engineer to be defective shall be forthwith cut out, removed <strong>and</strong> replaced at<br />
<strong>the</strong> Contractors own expense.<br />
In <strong>the</strong> event <strong>of</strong> strengths consistently higher than those specified being obtained, a reduction in <strong>the</strong><br />
number <strong>of</strong> tests may be authorised by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
Position <strong>of</strong> Reinforcement<br />
The actual concrete cover to all steel at any point should not be smaller than <strong>the</strong> required nominal<br />
cover by more than 5mm.<br />
The effective depth <strong>of</strong> fully or nearly fully stressed tensile reinforcement should not be less than that<br />
given on <strong>the</strong> drawings by an amount exceeding 5 per cent <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> effective depth <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> section being<br />
considered or 5mm whichever is <strong>the</strong> greater.<br />
Ready Mixed Concrete<br />
Ready - mixed concrete as defined in BS 1926, batched <strong>of</strong>f <strong>the</strong> site will be used with agreement <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
Engineer <strong>and</strong> shall comply with all requirements <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Contract. The quality <strong>and</strong> strength <strong>of</strong> cements<br />
shall be determined by site tests. No test results supplied by Ready-Mix Supplier shall be accepted as<br />
pro<strong>of</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> quality <strong>and</strong> strength <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> concrete.<br />
The concrete shall be carried in purpose made agitators operating continuously, or in truck mixers. The<br />
concrete shall be compacted <strong>and</strong> in its final position within 1 hour <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> introduction <strong>of</strong> cement to <strong>the</strong><br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
29<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
aggregate or as agreed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer. The time <strong>of</strong> such introduction shall be recorded on <strong>the</strong><br />
Delivery Note toge<strong>the</strong>r with <strong>the</strong> weight <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> constituents <strong>of</strong> each mix.<br />
When truck mixed concrete is used, water shall be added under supervision ei<strong>the</strong>r at <strong>the</strong> site or at <strong>the</strong><br />
central batching plant as agreed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer but in no circumstances shall water be added in<br />
transit.<br />
Unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise agreed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer truck mixer units <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>ir mixing <strong>and</strong> discharge<br />
performance shall comply with <strong>the</strong> requirements <strong>of</strong> BS 4251. Mixing shall continue for <strong>the</strong> number<br />
<strong>and</strong> at <strong>the</strong> rate <strong>of</strong> revolutions recommended in accordance with BS 4251 or, in <strong>the</strong> absence <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
manufacturer's instructions, mixing shall continue for not less than 100 revolutions at a rate <strong>of</strong> not less<br />
than 7 revolutions per minute.<br />
Prior to any ready mixed concrete being ordered, <strong>the</strong> Contractor shall submit to <strong>the</strong> Engineer details <strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>the</strong> supplier <strong>and</strong> shall arrange for <strong>the</strong> Engineer to inspect <strong>the</strong> supplier's works if required.<br />
Truck-mixer units shall be maintained <strong>and</strong> operated strictly in accordance with <strong>the</strong> manufacturer's<br />
recommendations.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
30<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
END OF SECTION<br />
SECTION 4<br />
BLOCK WORK<br />
1-1 Manufacture<br />
Generally <strong>the</strong> blocks used shall be <strong>of</strong> local manufacture made with concrete in approved vibrated<br />
pressure machines. The fine aggregate to be used for blocks shall be clean <strong>and</strong> sharp approved s<strong>and</strong>. It<br />
shall be chemically <strong>and</strong> structurally stable <strong>and</strong> shall comply with <strong>the</strong> Table <strong>of</strong> Grading given<br />
hereunder. The cement, coarse aggregate <strong>and</strong> water to be used for blocks shall comply with <strong>the</strong><br />
requirements given for Concrete Works, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> methods <strong>of</strong> measuring <strong>and</strong> mixing <strong>the</strong> material shall<br />
be <strong>the</strong> same. The following Mixing Table shall be strictly adhered to in all cases. Water/cement ratio<br />
shall be strictly governed to produce a mix <strong>of</strong> nil - slump.<br />
Mixing Table<br />
Nominal Mix (all by volume)<br />
1 part Cement, 2 parts Fine Aggregate <strong>and</strong> 5 parts Coarse Aggregate<br />
Table Of Grading<br />
(a) Fine aggregate<br />
BS 410 Sieve No. Approximate size: mm Percentage(by weight) Passing<br />
BS sieve<br />
- 10.00 100<br />
- 5.00 90-100<br />
7 2.36 75-100<br />
14 1.18 55-90<br />
25 0.60 35-59<br />
52 0.30 8-30<br />
100 0.15 0-10<br />
b) Coarse aggregate 10mm single size aggregate.<br />
The blocks shall be hard, sound, square <strong>and</strong> clean with sharp well defined arrises <strong>and</strong> shall, unless<br />
previously approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer, be a work size <strong>of</strong> (400 x 200 x 200mm) with properly formed<br />
half blocks for bonding.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
31<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
Hollow blocks, where required, shall be similar quality <strong>and</strong> overall size to solid blocks, <strong>and</strong> shall be <strong>of</strong><br />
local manufacture made with concrete as described above in approved vibrated pressure machines. The<br />
design <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> cavities <strong>and</strong> webs shall be submitted to <strong>the</strong> Engineer for approval before manufacture.<br />
The thickness <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> membranes or solid portions <strong>of</strong> hollow blocks shall be not less than (30 mm) each<br />
<strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> combined thickness <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> solid portion shall exceed one third <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> total thickness in ei<strong>the</strong>r<br />
horizontal direction<br />
(Light weight lime - blocks can be used according to drawings, bills <strong>of</strong> quantities <strong>and</strong> Engineer’s<br />
approval)<br />
Arrises shall be sharp <strong>and</strong> true; blocks which have damaged arrises are not to be used in <strong>the</strong> works <strong>and</strong><br />
shall be discarded at <strong>the</strong> expense <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Contractor.<br />
Immediately after moulding <strong>the</strong> blocks shall be placed on clean, level, non-absorbent pallets. Blocks<br />
shall not be removed from <strong>the</strong> pallets until inspected <strong>and</strong> approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer. Blocks shall be<br />
cured by being kept thoroughly wet by means <strong>of</strong> water sprinklers or o<strong>the</strong>r approved means for a period<br />
determined by <strong>the</strong> Engineer but in all cases for not less than three days. Blocks must not be left on<br />
earth or s<strong>and</strong> during <strong>the</strong> curing process. Blocks shall be stacked in honeycomb fashion. Solid stacking<br />
will not be permitted.<br />
The average crushing strength <strong>of</strong> solid or hollow blocks shall be not less than 35 kg/cm <strong>of</strong> gross area<br />
(average <strong>of</strong> 12 blocks).<br />
1-2 Mortars<br />
The s<strong>and</strong> to be used for mortar shall be clean <strong>and</strong> sharp. It shall be chemically <strong>and</strong> structurally stable<br />
<strong>and</strong> shall comply with <strong>the</strong> Table <strong>of</strong> Gradings below. The lime if used for mortar shall be hydrated<br />
lime complying with BS 890.<br />
Where coloured mortars are required <strong>the</strong>se shall be obtained ei<strong>the</strong>r by <strong>the</strong> use <strong>of</strong> coloured cement or<br />
by addition <strong>of</strong> pigments complying with BS 1014.<br />
The cement <strong>and</strong> water to be used for mortar shall comply with <strong>the</strong> requirements given under Concrete<br />
Works Section, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> methods <strong>of</strong> measuring <strong>and</strong> mixing shall be <strong>the</strong> same. The following Mixing<br />
Table shall be strictly adhered to in all cases.<br />
Mixing Table<br />
Nominal<br />
Mix<br />
1<br />
:<br />
4<br />
Table Of Grading<br />
Cement<br />
Kilos<br />
3<br />
6<br />
0<br />
S<strong>and</strong><br />
m<br />
Lime<br />
(Dry Hydrate)<br />
Kilos<br />
1.00 As approved by<br />
The Engineer<br />
BS 410<br />
Sieve No.<br />
Approximate<br />
Size: mm<br />
S<strong>and</strong> Passing Through Sieve:<br />
percentage<br />
- 3 95-100<br />
7 2.4 80-100<br />
14 .2 60-100<br />
25 0.6 30-100<br />
52 0.3 5-65<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
32<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
100 0.15 0-15<br />
200 0.08 0-5<br />
Note: <strong>the</strong> above figures represent <strong>the</strong> limits <strong>of</strong> percentages (by weight) passing sieves<br />
<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> sizes mentioned.<br />
The mortar generally shall be cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> (1:4) mix .<br />
Where plasticiser is added to <strong>the</strong> mortar <strong>the</strong> following mixes shall be used:<br />
(a) Building mortar - cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> (1:6) <strong>and</strong><br />
(b) Mortar for pointing - cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> (according to plasticizer manufacturer<br />
recommendation)<br />
The plasticiser shall be used strictly in accordance with <strong>the</strong> manufacturer's instructions, <strong>and</strong> subject to<br />
<strong>the</strong> Engineer's approval.<br />
All mortars shall be used before <strong>the</strong> initial set has begun. Mortar shall not be remixed after <strong>the</strong> initial<br />
set has taken place. The full description given under Plaster Work Section, shall apply also to <strong>the</strong><br />
measuring, mixing etc. <strong>of</strong> mortar for block work.<br />
1-3 Construction<br />
All block work shall be set out <strong>and</strong> built to <strong>the</strong> dimensions shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings.<br />
Walls shall be carried up regularly without leaving any part more than one meter lower than ano<strong>the</strong>r<br />
unless <strong>the</strong> permission <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer is first obtained. Work, which is left at different levels, shall be<br />
racked back. In <strong>the</strong> case <strong>of</strong> cavity walls, both thicknesses shall not be carried up more than about 400<br />
mm.<br />
The courses <strong>of</strong> block work shall be properly levelled. The perpendicular joints shall be properly lined<br />
<strong>and</strong> quoins, jambs <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r angles plumbed as <strong>the</strong> work proceeds.<br />
All walls shall be thoroughly bonded in accordance with <strong>the</strong> best constructional practice <strong>and</strong> as<br />
directed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer. Broken blocks shall not be used except where required for bond (if approved<br />
by <strong>the</strong> Engineer).<br />
All concrete blocks shall be soaked with water before being used <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> tops <strong>of</strong> walls left <strong>of</strong>f shall be<br />
wetted before work is resumed. The faces <strong>of</strong> walls shall be kept clean <strong>and</strong> free from mortar droppings<br />
<strong>and</strong> splashes<br />
All blocks shall be properly spread with mortar before being laid <strong>and</strong> all joints shall be thoroughly<br />
flushed up solid through <strong>the</strong> full thickness <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> wall at each course as <strong>the</strong> work proceeds.<br />
For block walls <strong>the</strong> gauge shall be ten courses to 2100 mm.<br />
Walls to be left unplastered shall have a fair face consisting <strong>of</strong> selected blocks pointed with a neat<br />
wea<strong>the</strong>red or flush joint as <strong>the</strong> work proceeds using <strong>the</strong> same mortar mix as for jointing.<br />
Walls to be plastered shall have <strong>the</strong> horizontal joints raked out to depth <strong>of</strong> 8 mm to form a key.<br />
Block work shall be bonded to concrete columns <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> like with 200 x 60 x 6 mm non ferrous metal<br />
ties cast in concrete <strong>and</strong> subsequently bent down, ragged <strong>and</strong> built into every 2 courses <strong>of</strong> block work.<br />
Gunning ties to concrete will not be permitted (o<strong>the</strong>r ways <strong>of</strong> bond must be approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer).<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
33<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
END OF SECTION<br />
SECTION 5<br />
ROOFING<br />
1-1 Corrugated Steel Ro<strong>of</strong>s<br />
All corrugated galvanised steel sheeting (whe<strong>the</strong>r fixed to wood or steel framing) shall be <strong>of</strong> 23 or 24<br />
gauge fixed with a minimum <strong>of</strong> 50mm end laps <strong>and</strong> with a minimum <strong>of</strong> one corrugation side lap.<br />
When instructed to have a one-corrugation side lap, <strong>the</strong> sheets shall have a cover <strong>of</strong> not less than 20<br />
mm <strong>and</strong> all <strong>the</strong> lapped sides shall be turned downwards. Where practicable <strong>the</strong> exposed lapped sides<br />
shall be arranged to face away from <strong>the</strong> prevailing wind. When instructed to have a one <strong>and</strong> a half<br />
corrugations side lap <strong>the</strong> sheets shall be arranged alternatively with a cover <strong>of</strong> not less than 90mm, <strong>the</strong><br />
first sheet being fixed with <strong>the</strong> lapped sides turned upwards away from <strong>the</strong> bearer <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> cover sheet<br />
with <strong>the</strong> lapped sides turned downwards.<br />
Sheets shall be secured to purlins at centres not exceeding 300mm by galvanised self-parking screws<br />
(minimum 75mm long) with galvanised diamond shaped washers <strong>and</strong> lead sealing washers.<br />
All holes for bolts, self-parking screws etc. shall be punched from <strong>the</strong> underside <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> sheets <strong>and</strong> shall<br />
be on <strong>the</strong> crown <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> corrugations.<br />
Galvanised steel ridge capping shall be supplied <strong>and</strong> fixed to purlins as described above.<br />
1-2 Screeds<br />
Hook bolts; self-parking screws <strong>and</strong> washers shall generally comply with BS 1494.<br />
The provisions <strong>of</strong> Concrete Work section shall apply to <strong>the</strong> construction <strong>of</strong> solid reinforced concrete<br />
slab ro<strong>of</strong>s <strong>and</strong> to hollow slab ro<strong>of</strong>s. The actual finish will be specifically shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings or in<br />
<strong>the</strong> Particular Specification.<br />
Lightweight concrete screeds for obtaining falls or as an insulation layer shall be <strong>of</strong> approved type <strong>of</strong><br />
foamed concrete. The materials shall be measured, applied <strong>and</strong> cured in accordance with <strong>the</strong><br />
manufacturer's instructions <strong>and</strong> to <strong>the</strong> satisfaction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
In all cases <strong>the</strong> finished screed shall be <strong>of</strong> an approved proprietary type with a density <strong>of</strong> not less than<br />
400kg/ m2 to receive <strong>the</strong> applied ro<strong>of</strong>ing. Mixing shall take place using approved mechanical mixers.<br />
Concrete screeds for obtaining falls shall be (1:3:6) mix.<br />
All screeds shall be laid in bays not exceeding 10 square metres <strong>and</strong> formed between stop boards <strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>the</strong> correct height <strong>and</strong> cut on each side to indicate <strong>the</strong> slope required in <strong>the</strong> ro<strong>of</strong>ing. The screed shall<br />
<strong>the</strong>n be trowelled with a wooden float to true <strong>and</strong> accurate falls or cross falls up to <strong>the</strong> stop boards. A<br />
10mm side gap shall be left between each screed bay for <strong>the</strong> full depth <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> screed. The screeds shall<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
34<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
be allowed to cure thoroughly to attain maximum shrinkage. Any cracks, which appear due to<br />
shrinkage, shall be made good. The gaps between bays shall <strong>the</strong>n be filled in with cold bitumen.<br />
Where <strong>the</strong> ro<strong>of</strong> screeds are to be reinforced with one layer <strong>of</strong> galvanised wire mesh, this shall be<br />
supported on top <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> base on spacers to ensure that it is maintained at between 10mm <strong>and</strong> 15mm<br />
below <strong>the</strong> top <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> finished screeds. It shall be at least 100mm wide, securely wired toge<strong>the</strong>r. It shall<br />
be stopped 20mm from <strong>the</strong> edge <strong>of</strong> each bay.<br />
1-3 Insulation<br />
1-4 Tiling<br />
When an asphalt sheet is used on <strong>the</strong> top <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> screeds, it should have <strong>the</strong> following<br />
properties:<br />
− Asphalt sheets should be supplied in rolls <strong>of</strong> 1-1.2m width <strong>and</strong> 4mm thick.<br />
− Top surface should have a layer <strong>of</strong> medium size white aggregates (2-3mm)<br />
Applying asphalt sheets should be made according to <strong>the</strong> manufacturer instructions.<br />
Top surface <strong>of</strong> screeds should be cleaned <strong>and</strong> a suitable prime should be sprayed before using asphalt<br />
sheets.<br />
An overlap <strong>of</strong> 15-20cm should be made on sheets.<br />
Hot asphalt should be sprayed before erecting <strong>the</strong> sheets, which should be heated<br />
(bottom side).<br />
Sheets should have at least 15cm vertical edges, all around <strong>the</strong> ro<strong>of</strong> (a special groove should be made<br />
in <strong>the</strong> ro<strong>of</strong> parapet to erect <strong>the</strong> vertical side <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> sheets)<br />
During erecting asphalt sheets, contractor should prevent air pockets entrained under <strong>the</strong> sheets, which<br />
will be full flame applied.<br />
Tiled finishing to ro<strong>of</strong>s shall be manufactured <strong>and</strong> laid as described in Section P (Plasterwork etc.)<br />
Tilted tiled skirting shall include a triangular fillet <strong>of</strong> screed material <strong>and</strong> pointing at top with<br />
polysulphide mastic.<br />
1-5 <strong>Expansion</strong> Joints<br />
The expansion joints shall generally be <strong>of</strong> 10mm thick fibreboard impregnated with bitumen<br />
accurately cut, with butt joints <strong>and</strong> fixed vertical <strong>and</strong> straight .The top 10mm <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> joint shall be<br />
filled with a grey polyurethane gun grade sealant, which confirms with BS 4254.<br />
<strong>Expansion</strong> joints shall continue into <strong>the</strong> tilted tile, skirting <strong>and</strong> fillets.<br />
1-6 Felt Ro<strong>of</strong>ing<br />
Felt ro<strong>of</strong>ing, below tiling, shall be two-ply, tropical grade, fibre- based bituminous ro<strong>of</strong>ing felt<br />
weighing not less than 1.8kg /m2 <strong>and</strong> shall comply generally with BS 747 (Class 1 Type 16) <strong>and</strong> shall<br />
be executed by an approved specialist.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
35<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
The felt shall be thoroughly bonded to <strong>the</strong> ro<strong>of</strong> or screed <strong>and</strong> between layers. Care shall be taken to<br />
ensure that all surfaces upon which felt is to be laid are dry, smooth <strong>and</strong> clean.<br />
The bonding shall be by means <strong>of</strong> bitumen (60 /70 penetration) applied hot as a continuous coating to<br />
an average thickness <strong>of</strong> not less than 1.5mm <strong>and</strong> not more than 2mm, so as to give a complete coat<br />
over <strong>the</strong> whole area at <strong>the</strong> rate <strong>of</strong> not less than 1.5kg /m2 <strong>and</strong> not more than 2.0kg /m2 for each<br />
bonding coat.<br />
The felt shall be laid with 150mm side <strong>and</strong> end laps, which shall be staggered.<br />
The felt shall be carried up <strong>the</strong> walls etc., over fillets to from a skirting continuous with <strong>the</strong> ro<strong>of</strong><br />
covering. The skirting shall be bonded to <strong>the</strong> fillets <strong>and</strong> walls <strong>and</strong> shall be not less that 150mm in<br />
vertical height.<br />
Application <strong>of</strong> materials shall conform in all respects with <strong>the</strong> British St<strong>and</strong>ard CP 144: Part 1, ‘Ro<strong>of</strong><br />
Coverings, built-up bitumen felt', or any st<strong>and</strong>ards approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
The felt shall be dressed <strong>and</strong> bonded into rainwater outlets <strong>and</strong> under flashings.<br />
1-7 Bitumen Ro<strong>of</strong>ing<br />
Where ro<strong>of</strong> finishing’s are required to be <strong>of</strong> a bitumen <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> mix this shall be composed <strong>of</strong> a mix<br />
to <strong>the</strong> following proportion (by weight) :<br />
Bitumen 60 /70 penetration 13 %<br />
Filler (passing 200 sieve) 11 %<br />
S<strong>and</strong> 76 %<br />
Mixing shall be carried out in an approved machine until all materials are thoroughly mixed. The<br />
mixing temperature shall be between 163OC <strong>and</strong> 191OC <strong>and</strong> it shall be applied at a temperature<br />
sufficient to maintain <strong>the</strong> workability <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> mix. The covering shall be laid in one coat to give a<br />
consolidated thickness <strong>of</strong> 20mm after rolling with a light h<strong>and</strong> roller. 150x150mm angle fillets shall<br />
be laid at edges <strong>of</strong> ro<strong>of</strong>s against parapets etc., properly bonded to <strong>the</strong> ro<strong>of</strong> covering <strong>and</strong> with top<br />
edges turned into joints <strong>of</strong> walls. The covering shall also be pressed into rainwater outlets <strong>and</strong> under<br />
flashings.<br />
1-8 Asphalt<br />
An approved specialist using mastic asphalt to BS 988 shall execute asphalt ro<strong>of</strong>ing <strong>and</strong> tanking.<br />
The asphalt shall be applied in <strong>the</strong> thickness <strong>and</strong> number <strong>of</strong> coats described in <strong>the</strong> Particular<br />
Conditions, with each successive coat breaking joints at least 300mm (12") <strong>and</strong> with properly formed<br />
angles, double angle fillets <strong>and</strong> fair edges.<br />
Joints <strong>of</strong> block work shall be raked out <strong>and</strong> all vertical surfaces hacked for key.<br />
Horizontal work shall be laid on a layer <strong>of</strong> stout sheathing felt.<br />
1-9 Completion<br />
On completion all ro<strong>of</strong>s etc are to be left sound, water- tight <strong>and</strong> in clean condition before h<strong>and</strong>ing<br />
over.<br />
END OF SECTION<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
36<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
SECTION 6<br />
PLASTER WORK<br />
1-1 General<br />
The British St<strong>and</strong>ards (BS) governs <strong>the</strong> work covered in this section.<br />
1-2 Materials<br />
Portl<strong>and</strong> cement, fine aggregate <strong>and</strong> water shall be as previously specified in Concrete Work section.<br />
The colour pigments shall be <strong>of</strong> an approved manufacture, lime pro<strong>of</strong> <strong>and</strong> non-fading.<br />
The s<strong>and</strong> for plastering shall be clean fine s<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> shall be chemically <strong>and</strong> structurally stable. The<br />
s<strong>and</strong> shall be sieved <strong>and</strong> graded in accordance with <strong>the</strong> Table <strong>of</strong> Grading given below.<br />
Table Of Grading<br />
BS 410<br />
Sieve No.<br />
Approximate Size<br />
mm<br />
S<strong>and</strong> Passing Through Sieve<br />
Percentage :<br />
UNDERCOAT FINISH COAT<br />
7 2.4 95-100 100<br />
14 1.2 80-95 95-100<br />
25 0.6 30-55 30-85<br />
52 0.3 5-50 5-50<br />
100 0.15 0-10 0-10<br />
Note: <strong>the</strong> above figures represent <strong>the</strong> limits <strong>of</strong> percentages (by weight) passing sieves <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> sizes<br />
mentioned.<br />
Imported lime shall be <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> hydrate type complying with BS 890.<br />
Bonding agents where required shall be <strong>of</strong> a type approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer, <strong>and</strong> shall be used as<br />
recommended by <strong>the</strong> manufacturer<br />
The Contractor shall ensure that supplies <strong>of</strong> materials are sufficient to give consistent <strong>and</strong> uniform<br />
colour to surface finishes which are not to be painted.<br />
1-3 Mixing<br />
The methods <strong>of</strong> measuring <strong>and</strong> mixing shall be as laid down under Concrete Work section, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
proportions shall be in accordance with <strong>the</strong> Mixing Table given below.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
37<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
Mixing Table<br />
Nominal mix Ratio Cement/ Kg Fine Aggregate or<br />
S<strong>and</strong> /m3<br />
(I)(dry hydrate )<br />
kg<br />
1:5 cement 289 1.00 -<br />
1:4 cement 361 1.00 -<br />
1:3 cement 476 1.00 -<br />
1:2 ½ cement 577 1.00 -<br />
1:2 cement 721 1.00 -<br />
1:1 cement 1442 1.00 -<br />
1:5 cement with 1:5:1 289 1.00 124<br />
20 % (I)<br />
1:4 (I) cement with<br />
10 %<br />
1:10:2 1/2 145 1.00 161<br />
* I = Imported Li<br />
With regard to <strong>the</strong> lime mortars gauged with cement, <strong>the</strong> addition just before use <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> cement to<br />
small quantities <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> lime/s<strong>and</strong> mix shall preferably take place in a mechanical mixer <strong>and</strong> mixing<br />
shall continue for such time as will ensure uniform distribution <strong>of</strong> materials <strong>and</strong> uniform colour <strong>and</strong><br />
consistency. It is important to note that quantity <strong>of</strong> water used shall be carefully controlled.<br />
1-4 Plastering And Similar In-Situ Finishing’s And Backings<br />
All plastering shall be executed in a neat workmanlike manner. All faces except circular work shall be<br />
true <strong>and</strong> flat <strong>and</strong> angles shall be straight <strong>and</strong> level or plumb.<br />
Plastering shall be neatly made good up to metal or wooden frames <strong>and</strong> skirting <strong>and</strong> around pipes or<br />
fittings. Angles shall be rounded to 5mm radius.<br />
Surfaces <strong>of</strong> undercoats shall be well scratched to provide a key for finishing coats. Screed marks or<br />
making good on undercoats shall not show through <strong>the</strong> finishing coats.<br />
Surfaces described, as trowelled smooth shall be finished with a steel trowel to a smooth flat surface<br />
free from trowel marks.<br />
Surfaces described as floated shall be finished with a wooden or felt float to a flat surface free from<br />
trowel marks.<br />
All tools, implements, vessels <strong>and</strong> surfaces shall at all times be kept scrupulously clean <strong>and</strong> strict<br />
precautions shall be taken to prevent <strong>the</strong> plaster or o<strong>the</strong>r materials from being contaminated by pieces<br />
<strong>of</strong> partially set material which would tend to retard or accelerate <strong>the</strong> setting time.<br />
Coating work shall not be started until all:<br />
a) required openings, chases or o<strong>the</strong>r apertures have been cut<br />
b) pipes, fixtures, fixing pads <strong>and</strong> plugs have been fixed<br />
c) making good has been completed .<br />
The Contractor shall protect all existing work <strong>and</strong> approaches, with boards, dust sheets etc. All<br />
droppings onto finished work shall be cleaned <strong>of</strong>f immediately.<br />
The Contractor shall ensure that all plant <strong>and</strong> tools are kept clean <strong>and</strong> free from previous mixes.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
38<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
The Contractor shall make good defective or damaged coatings before starting decoration works.<br />
1-5 Preparation For Plaster etc.<br />
All surfaces to be plastered shall be clean <strong>and</strong> free from dust, loose mortar <strong>and</strong> all traces <strong>of</strong> salts.<br />
Projections <strong>and</strong> concrete fins shall be hacked <strong>of</strong>f. Traces <strong>of</strong> mould oil, paint, grease, dust <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r<br />
incompatible materials shall be removed by scrubbing with water containing detergent.<br />
Where cement plaster is to be applied <strong>the</strong> surfaces shall first be wetted <strong>and</strong> dashed with a mixture <strong>of</strong><br />
Portl<strong>and</strong> cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> (1:2) mix to form a key. This should be kept wet with a fine water spray<br />
until set, <strong>and</strong> allowed to harden before applying undercoat for a minimum <strong>of</strong> 3 days.<br />
All surfaces shall be thoroughly sprayed with water <strong>and</strong> all free water allowed to disappear before<br />
plaster is applied.<br />
Bonding agents where required shall be applied in accordance with <strong>the</strong> manufacturer's instructions<br />
<strong>and</strong> must be approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
Before plastering is commenced all junctions between differing materials shall be reinforced in<br />
accordance with clause 9.21.<br />
1-6 Curing Of Plaster etc.<br />
Each coat <strong>of</strong> plaster should be kept damp for <strong>the</strong> first three days. Care must be taken to prevent too<br />
rapid drying out during hot wea<strong>the</strong>r <strong>and</strong> in drying winds.<br />
The Contractor shall <strong>the</strong>refore provide a protective covering <strong>of</strong> plastic or similar impervious sheeting,<br />
which must be hung so that it is clear <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> finished surface.<br />
Any cracking, discoloration or o<strong>the</strong>r defects caused by inadequate protection shall be remedied at <strong>the</strong><br />
Contractor's expense.<br />
1-7 Uses Of Plaster etc.<br />
The type, mix <strong>and</strong> thickness <strong>of</strong> plaster for each location shall be as stated in <strong>the</strong> Particular<br />
Specification or shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings, <strong>and</strong> shall generally be selected from <strong>the</strong> Schedule <strong>of</strong> Plasters<br />
given in Table P1.<br />
Table P1 : Schedule Of Plasters<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
39<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
DESCRIPTION Render And<br />
Spray<br />
Cement <strong>and</strong> S<strong>and</strong><br />
Total<br />
Thicknes<br />
s<br />
Plain Face<br />
Cement <strong>and</strong> S<strong>and</strong><br />
Walls 13 15 13<br />
Ceilings 10 10 10<br />
Gauged Plastering Lime<br />
<strong>and</strong> S<strong>and</strong> with Cement<br />
Underco Mix 1:4 Floated 1:4 Scratched 1:10:2.5 Scratched<br />
ats<br />
Thicknes<br />
Surface<br />
Walls 10 as required as required<br />
s (mm) Ceilings 7 as required as required<br />
Finishing Mix 1:1 Sprayed 1:4 trowelled or floated 1:10:2.5 trowelled or<br />
Thicknes Surface<br />
floated<br />
s (mm) Walls 3 as required as required<br />
Ceilings 3 as required as required<br />
Remarks External use External or internal use<br />
may be applied in one<br />
coat to ceiling only if<br />
Internal use may be applied<br />
in one coat if finished<br />
thickness is 12mm <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
finished thickness is required surface finish is<br />
12mm <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> required obtained.<br />
surface finish is obtained.<br />
1-8 Application Of Plaster etc.<br />
After preparation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> surfaces <strong>the</strong> undercoat shall be applied to <strong>the</strong> required thickness between<br />
screeds laid, ruled <strong>and</strong> plumbed as necessary when nearly set <strong>the</strong> surface <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> undercoat shall be<br />
scratched. The undercoat shall be allowed to set hard <strong>and</strong> shall be cured. Where plastering is applied<br />
in one coat or where roughcast is to be applied <strong>the</strong> scratching should be omitted.<br />
The finishing coat shall be applied to <strong>the</strong> required thickness by means <strong>of</strong> a laying - on trowel <strong>and</strong><br />
finished to give <strong>the</strong> required surface.<br />
The surfaces shall be finished to a true plane to correct line <strong>and</strong> level, with all angles <strong>and</strong> corners to a<br />
right angle unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise specified, <strong>and</strong> with walls <strong>and</strong> reveals plumb <strong>and</strong> square. The surfaces<br />
shall be finished to within 3 mm <strong>of</strong> a straight edge 1.80m long placed on face <strong>of</strong> plaster.<br />
Undercoat shall be worked well into <strong>the</strong> interstices <strong>of</strong> metal work to obtain maximum key.<br />
Each coat shall be applied firmly to achieve good adhesion, <strong>and</strong> ruled to an even surface.<br />
Each coat shall be applied to each wall <strong>and</strong> ceiling surface in one continuous operation.<br />
Each coat shall be applied at full thickness down to floor level or skirting lath.<br />
All undercoats shall be cross scratched to provide key for next coat .<br />
Cement based undercoats shall be allowed to dry out thoroughly to ensure that drying shrinkage is<br />
substantially complete before applying subsequent coat.<br />
50 mm each side <strong>of</strong> angle bead to be finished with neat Keene’s cement before plaster finishing coat<br />
is applied. Where angle beads are not specified, angles shall be formed with pencil round arris.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
40<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
Smooth Finish<br />
Finished with a steel-laying trowel to an even surface.<br />
Wood Float Or Plain Finish<br />
Finished with a dry wooden float as soon as wet sheen has disappeared from surface to give overall<br />
even texture.<br />
Rough Textured Finish<br />
Finished with a cork or carpet float to provide a rough but open-textured surface.<br />
Scraped finish<br />
Finished with laying trowel to uniform thickness <strong>and</strong> after coat has set but before it is too hard,<br />
aggregate exposed by scraping surface <strong>of</strong> skin to approved texture.<br />
Rough Cast Finish<br />
Thrown on while wet with trowel or scooped to an even texture <strong>and</strong> left as cast.<br />
Dry Dash Finish<br />
Topcoat <strong>of</strong> rendering finished to uniform thickness; while coating is plastic, aggregate thrown on to<br />
cover surface <strong>and</strong> particles pressed lightly into mortar to ensure adhesion.<br />
Sprayed Finish<br />
The sprayed finish shall be applied with an approved machine to give a finish <strong>of</strong> even texture <strong>and</strong><br />
thickness. The sprayed finish shall be applied in three separate coats allowing time for drying between<br />
coats.<br />
Application in one continuous operation to build up a thick layer will not be permitted. The total<br />
finished thickness <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> four-sprayed coats shall be not less than 3 mm. The sprayed finish shall not<br />
be applied until all repairs <strong>and</strong> making good to <strong>the</strong> undercoat are completed. Rainwater pipes, fittings<br />
<strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> like shall first be fitted, <strong>the</strong>n removed during <strong>the</strong> spraying process <strong>and</strong> refitted <strong>and</strong> jointed<br />
afterwards. Any plaster, which adheres to o<strong>the</strong>r pipes, doors, windows <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> like, shall be carefully<br />
removed before it has set. Curing shall take place after <strong>the</strong> application <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> fourth coat.<br />
1-9 Steel Mesh Lathing, Stops And Beads<br />
Steel mesh lathing shall be galvanized type weighing 1.6kg/m.<br />
Steel rods for distancing shall be hot rolled mild steel round bars to BS 4449, diameter to approval,<br />
galvanized to BS 729 or bitumen coated.<br />
Steel clout nails shall be to BS 1202: Part 1, Table 3, galvanized to BS 729.<br />
Galvanized steel angle bead with 50 mm galvanized exp<strong>and</strong>ed metal mesh on both sides <strong>of</strong> bead.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
41<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
Mesh lathing shall be fixed with <strong>the</strong> long way <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> mesh at right angles to supports.<br />
In horizontal work it shall be fixed with all mesh str<strong>and</strong>s sloping in <strong>the</strong> same direction.<br />
In vertical work it shall be fixed with all mesh str<strong>and</strong>s sloping inwards <strong>and</strong> downwards from face <strong>of</strong><br />
coating.<br />
Lathing shall be fixed from <strong>the</strong> center outwards so that it is taut.<br />
Lathing shall not be lapped within 100mm <strong>of</strong> angles or curves.<br />
Junctions <strong>of</strong> lathing shall be reinforced at corners with 75 x 75 mm angled plain mesh, fixed to rails<br />
with tying wire at not more than 100mm centers.<br />
Ends <strong>of</strong> wire shall be bent away from face <strong>of</strong> coating.<br />
Beads <strong>and</strong> stops shall be fixed plumb, square <strong>and</strong> true to line <strong>and</strong> level.<br />
Metal angle beads shall be fixed to solid backgrounds with plaster dabs, <strong>and</strong> shall be fixed to timber<br />
supports with 28mm clout nails. Both types <strong>of</strong> fixing shall be on each side <strong>of</strong> angle at not more than<br />
600mm centers .<br />
At junctions between dissimilar solid backgrounds in <strong>the</strong> same plane <strong>and</strong> with <strong>the</strong> same coating, steel<br />
lathing shall be fixed with 38 mm clout nails or with staples. They shall be driven into drilled <strong>and</strong><br />
plugged holes or into fixing bricks or plugs built in or cast in:<br />
(a) At single junctions, lathing to be not less than 450mm wide, fixed each edge at 100 mm centers<br />
.<br />
(b) At columns, lathing to extend not less than 150mm beyond each junction, fixed each<br />
edge centrally at 100 mm centers .<br />
Side edges <strong>of</strong> lathing shall be lapped not less than 25mm, <strong>and</strong> secure with tying wire at not more than<br />
100mm centers .<br />
Ends <strong>of</strong> lathing shall be lapped 40mm at supports <strong>and</strong> 50mm between supports, <strong>and</strong> secured with<br />
tying wire at not more than 100m centers.<br />
Lathing fixed to metal supports shall be fixed with hair-pin shaped tying wire ties at not more than<br />
100mm centers, passed over <strong>the</strong> support with both ends through mesh, twisted tight, ends cut <strong>of</strong>f <strong>and</strong><br />
bent flat.<br />
Concrete, block work or masonry backgrounds shall be drilled <strong>and</strong> plugged at not more than<br />
100x400mm centres <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> lathing shall be fixed with 38mm clout nails or wire staples driven at an<br />
angle to tauten <strong>the</strong> mesh.<br />
END OF SECTION<br />
1-1 General<br />
SECTION 7<br />
WALL AND FLOOR TILING WORKS<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
42<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
The British St<strong>and</strong>ards (BS) govern <strong>the</strong> work covered in this section.<br />
1-2 Materials<br />
Portl<strong>and</strong> cement, fine aggregate <strong>and</strong> water shall be as previously specified in Concrete Work section.<br />
The marble chipping shall be <strong>of</strong> an approved quality in irregular pieces varying from 2 mm to 10 mm<br />
in size depending on <strong>the</strong> effect required. The pieces should preferably be roughly cubical in shape<br />
where flaky shaped pieces shall not be used.<br />
The granite chipping shall be <strong>of</strong> an approved quality graded from 12 mm down with not more than 5<br />
percent fine material passing a No.100 sieve.<br />
Marble <strong>and</strong> granite aggregates shall comply generally with <strong>the</strong> Table <strong>of</strong> Gradings. In connection with<br />
marble aggregates <strong>the</strong> percentages are approximate only. The actual grading should be selected to<br />
produce <strong>the</strong> surface effects required.<br />
Table Of Gradings<br />
BS 410<br />
Approximate Size Percentage <strong>of</strong> Aggregate<br />
Sieve No.<br />
mm<br />
Passing Through Sieve<br />
GRANITE<br />
MARBLE<br />
- 13 100 -<br />
- 10 95-100 95-100<br />
- 5 30-60 25-60<br />
7 2.4 20-50 5-30<br />
14 1.2 15-40 0-10<br />
25 0.6 10-30 -<br />
59 0.3 5-15 -<br />
100 0.15 0-5 -<br />
NOTE: <strong>the</strong> above figures represent <strong>the</strong> limits <strong>of</strong> percentages (by weight) passing sieves <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> sizes<br />
mentioned.<br />
1-3 Cement And S<strong>and</strong> Tiles<br />
Cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> tiles shall be formed with a (1:2) mix <strong>of</strong> white or coloured cement, or in white<br />
cement with a colour pigment added, <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> applied as a facing not less than 7.5mm thick to a<br />
Portl<strong>and</strong> cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> (1:5) mix backing.<br />
The tiles shall be cast in heavy moulds under pressure to <strong>the</strong> proportions <strong>and</strong> sizes shown in <strong>the</strong><br />
following table.<br />
Cement And S<strong>and</strong> Tile Dimensions<br />
Size mm Size tolerances mm Minimum total thickness<br />
mm<br />
200x200 ± 0.5 20<br />
250x250 ± 0.5 25<br />
300x300 ± 1.0 25<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
43<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
400x400 ± 1.0 30<br />
Coloured cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> skirting to match tiles, 100mm or 200mm with chamfered top edges shall<br />
be produced in <strong>the</strong> same way as <strong>the</strong> tiles using <strong>the</strong> same mixes.<br />
All cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> tiles shall be cured by totally immersing <strong>the</strong>m, after <strong>the</strong> initial set has taken<br />
place, in a tank <strong>of</strong> clean water for at least 24 hours.<br />
Cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> tiles shall be laid <strong>and</strong> bedded direct onto a concrete sub-floor on a cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong><br />
(1:4) mix screed. This screed shall be 25mm thick in <strong>the</strong> case <strong>of</strong> 25mm tiles <strong>and</strong> 30mm thick in <strong>the</strong><br />
case <strong>of</strong> 20mm tiles. The total thickness <strong>of</strong> cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> screed <strong>and</strong> tiles shall not exceed 50mm.<br />
All tiles shall be laid with square joints.<br />
All tiling shall be grouted up on completion, care being taken to fill all joints completely. The grout<br />
shall consist <strong>of</strong> neat cement <strong>of</strong> a colour to match <strong>the</strong> tiling. Any surplus grout shall be cleaned <strong>of</strong>f <strong>the</strong><br />
face <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> tiling <strong>and</strong> surrounding surfaces immediately <strong>and</strong> all tiling shall be carefully cleaned <strong>of</strong>f.<br />
1-4 Terrazzo Tiles<br />
Terrazzo tiles shall be formed with a (1:2 1/2) mix <strong>of</strong> white or coloured cement or white cement with<br />
a colour pigment added <strong>and</strong> granular marble chippings applied as a facing not less than 5 mm thick to<br />
a Portl<strong>and</strong> cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> (1:5)) mix backing.<br />
The tiles shall be cast in heavy metal moulds under pressure to <strong>the</strong> proportions <strong>and</strong> sizes shown in <strong>the</strong><br />
following table.<br />
Terrazzo Tile Dimensions<br />
Size mm Size tolerances mm Minimum total<br />
thickness mm<br />
200x200 ± 0.5 20<br />
250x250 ± 0.5 25<br />
300x300 ± 1.0 25<br />
400x400 ± 1.0 30<br />
Tiles shall be cured as for cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> tiles <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>n ground, filled <strong>and</strong> polished before<br />
distribution to site.<br />
Grinding shall be done wet by means <strong>of</strong> a No. 80 carborundum stone. Filling shall be carried out with<br />
a neat cement grout <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> same colour, as <strong>the</strong> facing mix <strong>and</strong> this shall be worked into <strong>the</strong> surface<br />
with a wooden shaper to fill all voids <strong>and</strong> air holes.<br />
Surplus grout shall be removed with a dry cloth. After a minimum period <strong>of</strong> 24 hours polishing shall<br />
be carried out wet by means <strong>of</strong> a No. 140 carborundum stone.<br />
Terrazzo skirting 100 mm or 200 mm high with chamfered top edges shall be produced in <strong>the</strong> same<br />
way as for tiles using <strong>the</strong> same mixes.<br />
Terrazzo tiles shall be laid <strong>and</strong> bedded direct onto a s<strong>and</strong> layer with a cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> (1:4) mix<br />
mortar. This mortar shall be 25mm thick in <strong>the</strong> case <strong>of</strong> 25mm tiles <strong>and</strong> 30mm thick in <strong>the</strong> case <strong>of</strong><br />
20mm tiles. The total thickness <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> screed <strong>and</strong> tiles shall not exceed 50 mm .<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
44<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
All tiling shall be grouted up on completion ; care being taken to fill all joints completely . The grout<br />
shall consist <strong>of</strong> neat cement <strong>of</strong> a colour to match <strong>the</strong> tiling . Any surplus grout shall be cleaned <strong>of</strong>f <strong>the</strong><br />
face <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> tiling <strong>and</strong> surrounding surfaces immediately <strong>and</strong> all tiling shall be carefully cleaned <strong>of</strong>f .<br />
All terrazzo surfaces shall be polished on completion. Large areas such as floors shall be wet polished<br />
by means <strong>of</strong> approved machines using No. 140 carborundum wheel. Any surface too small for<br />
convenient machine polishing may be polished by h<strong>and</strong> using a No.140 carborundum stone <strong>and</strong> water<br />
Care must be taken during any polishing operation not to damage any <strong>of</strong> angles or arrises.<br />
Terrazzo covering to items such as sills, treads <strong>and</strong> risers to steps, skirting etc., shall generally be<br />
applied in accordance with <strong>the</strong> foregoing specification except that <strong>the</strong> thickness <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> facing shall be<br />
at least 10 mm (marble can be used if approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer).<br />
1-5 Marble Paving<br />
Marble pavings shall generally be 30 mm thick <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> size, type <strong>and</strong> pattern shall be as stated in <strong>the</strong><br />
Particular Specification <strong>and</strong>/or shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings. The marble slabs shall be fixed solid on a<br />
bed <strong>of</strong> cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> (1:4) mix 30 mm thick with tight joints grouted in lime putty. Protective<br />
slurry <strong>of</strong> lime putty at least 3 mm thick shall be applied to <strong>the</strong> marble paving <strong>and</strong> subsequently<br />
cleaned <strong>of</strong>f.<br />
Treads shall be 30mm thick fixed solid on a bed <strong>of</strong> cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> (1:4) mix 30mm thick. Risers to<br />
stairs shall be 20mm thick fixed solid on a backing <strong>of</strong> cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> (1:4) mix 30 mm thick.<br />
Windowsills shall be 40mm thick bedded hollow on<br />
plaster<br />
slabs. Skirting shall be 10mm thick, in lengths <strong>of</strong> about 1.5 meters, fixed solid on a backing <strong>of</strong> cement<br />
<strong>and</strong> to coincide with joints in adjacent paving. Rounded arrises, nosing <strong>and</strong> mouldings shall be<br />
adequately protected by means <strong>of</strong> timber casings. Treads, risers, skirting <strong>and</strong> windowsills shall be<br />
grouted <strong>and</strong> protected in a manner similar to paving.<br />
The exposed faces <strong>and</strong> edges <strong>of</strong> all marble shall be polished smooth <strong>and</strong> be free from scratches or<br />
o<strong>the</strong>r defects. Concealed faces <strong>of</strong> marble shall be treated with shellac or bituminous paint.<br />
1-6 Marble Lining<br />
Marble lining to walls, columns <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> like shall generally be 20 mm thick <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> size, type <strong>and</strong><br />
pattern shall be as stated in <strong>the</strong> Particular Specifications <strong>and</strong>/or as shown on <strong>the</strong> drawings.<br />
The marble slabs shall be cut square <strong>and</strong> true <strong>and</strong> shall be uniform in shape <strong>and</strong> thickness. Patterns<br />
<strong>and</strong> mouldings shall be accurately formed in accordance with <strong>the</strong> Drawings.<br />
Exposed edges <strong>and</strong> mouldings shall be protected by means <strong>of</strong> timber casing or lime putty coating. The<br />
exposed edges <strong>and</strong> faces <strong>of</strong> all marble shall be polished smooth <strong>and</strong> shall be free from scratches or<br />
o<strong>the</strong>r defects.<br />
1-7 Ceramic, Glazed And Quarry Tiling<br />
Clay floor quarries <strong>and</strong> fittings shall be in accordance with BS 1286<br />
type A <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> thickness <strong>and</strong> size shall be as stated in <strong>the</strong> Particular Specification or on <strong>the</strong> Drawings.<br />
Ceramic floor tiles <strong>and</strong> fittings shall be in accordance with BS 1286 type B , vitrified or fully vitrified<br />
<strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> thickness <strong>and</strong> size shall be as stated in <strong>the</strong> Particular Specification or on <strong>the</strong> Drawings .<br />
Glazed ceramic floor tiling shall be <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> type, thickness <strong>and</strong> size as stated in <strong>the</strong> Particular<br />
Specification or on <strong>the</strong> Drawings.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
45<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
The tiles shall be true to shape, flat <strong>and</strong> free from flaws, cracks <strong>and</strong> crazing <strong>and</strong> keyed on <strong>the</strong> reverse<br />
side <strong>and</strong> shall be <strong>of</strong> a manufacture approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
Bedding mortar shall be cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> all in accordance with <strong>the</strong> materials stated in Concrete Work<br />
<strong>and</strong> Block work sections.<br />
Any admixtures to <strong>the</strong> mortar must be approved before use.<br />
Grout pointing shall be white or coloured cement.<br />
Cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> mortar bed <strong>of</strong> not more than 20 mm or thickness <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> tile shall be laid.<br />
Tiles shall be firmly tamped into mortar to form a level surface.<br />
The Contractor shall ensure that when fixing tiles with thin bed<br />
adhesive<br />
, <strong>the</strong> base to receive tiles is clean, level <strong>and</strong> dry, with no loose <strong>and</strong> friable areas <strong>and</strong> surface dusting.<br />
Cement-based adhesive shall be prepared <strong>and</strong> used in accordance with <strong>the</strong> manufacturer's<br />
recommendations to form a bed not more than 3 mm thick.<br />
Tiles shall be laid dry <strong>and</strong> tamped well down into <strong>the</strong> adhesive to ensure a proper bond with base <strong>and</strong><br />
a level surface.<br />
When bedding tiles on thick bed, semi-dry cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> (1:4) mortar bed shall be spread not less<br />
than 25 mm thick.<br />
Before <strong>the</strong> compacted bed has set a cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> slurry (1:1) about 3mm thick shall be spread<br />
over <strong>the</strong> surface.<br />
The tiles shall be laid dry <strong>and</strong> tamped into <strong>the</strong> slurry to form a level surface.<br />
Joints shall be even <strong>and</strong> not more than 3mm wide, in both directions.<br />
Joints shall be continuous both horizontally <strong>and</strong> vertically.<br />
The tiles shall be grouted up with white or coloured cement mortar (1:1) worked well into joints when<br />
bed is sufficiently firm to prevent disturbances <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> tiles; surplus grout shall be cleaned <strong>of</strong>f from<br />
faces <strong>of</strong> tiles.<br />
Movement joints shall be provided not less than 6 mm wide where shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings or as<br />
directed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
Movement joints shall be carried through <strong>the</strong> depth <strong>of</strong> tile <strong>and</strong> bedding <strong>and</strong> partially filled with filling<br />
strip <strong>and</strong> finished flush with sealant to manufacturer's recommendations.<br />
Where tiling abuts against wood or metal frames or o<strong>the</strong>r tiling at angles <strong>and</strong> around pipes etc. , it<br />
shall be carefully cut <strong>and</strong> fitted to form a close neat joint . Open irregular joints filled with cement<br />
<strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> or plaster will not be permitted.<br />
Tiles shall be cleaned <strong>of</strong>f <strong>and</strong> polished at completion.<br />
Water shall not be allowed on new tiling until bedding <strong>and</strong> grouting have completely set.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
46<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
No traffic shall be allowed on <strong>the</strong> floor until 4 days after completion <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>n only light traffic for a<br />
fur<strong>the</strong>r 10 days.<br />
1-8 Glazed Ceramic Wall Tiling<br />
Glazed ceramic wall tiles shall be in accordance with BS 1281 with or without cushioned edges <strong>and</strong><br />
spacer lugs <strong>and</strong> shall be white or coloured as stated in <strong>the</strong> Particular Specification.<br />
Glazed ceramic tile fittings shall be rounded edge or angle bead type to match plain tiles.<br />
The tiles shall be true to shape, flat <strong>and</strong> free form flaws, cracks <strong>and</strong> crazing <strong>and</strong> keyed on <strong>the</strong> reverse<br />
side <strong>and</strong> shall be <strong>of</strong> a manufacture approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
Bedding mortar shall be cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> (1:3) all in accordance with <strong>the</strong> materials stated in Concrete<br />
Work <strong>and</strong> Block work sections<br />
Any admixtures to <strong>the</strong> mortar must be approved before use.<br />
Mastic adhesives shall be <strong>of</strong> an approved manufacture <strong>and</strong> shall comply with <strong>the</strong> performance<br />
requirements <strong>of</strong> CP 212: Part 1, if approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
Grout pointing shall be neat white or coloured cement.<br />
The Contractor shall ensure that <strong>the</strong> cement render backing is at least 14 days old , firmly bonded to<br />
its background , free from dust, with surfaces plumb <strong>and</strong> true to 3mm in any 1800 mm .<br />
Fixing Tiles With Cement And S<strong>and</strong> Mortar<br />
The tiles shall be immersed in water for 6 hours or until saturated <strong>the</strong>n stacked tightly toge<strong>the</strong>r to<br />
drain with end tiles turned glaze outwards. Tiles shall be fixed as soon as surface water has drained.<br />
The render coat shall be wetted sufficiently to prevent it absorbing water from <strong>the</strong> bedding coat.<br />
Mortar bedding shall be applied to render background to an even thickness <strong>of</strong> approximately 10 mm .<br />
Each tile shall be buttered evenly with mortar <strong>and</strong> tapped firmly into position so that <strong>the</strong> bed is solid<br />
throughout.<br />
Thickness <strong>of</strong> finished bed shall be not less than 6mm or more than 12 mm.<br />
Any necessary adjustment to tiles shall be made within ten minutes <strong>of</strong> fixing <strong>and</strong> tiles cleaned <strong>of</strong>f<br />
after not less than two hours.<br />
Fixing Tiles With Adhesive<br />
The tiles shall be fixed in accordance with <strong>the</strong> recommendations <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> adhesive manufacturer.<br />
Adhesive shall be applied not more than 1sq.m at a time to avoid premature drying out.<br />
Adhesive shall be applied as a continuous screed to a thickness <strong>of</strong> approximately 3mm on <strong>the</strong> surface<br />
to be tiled.<br />
Dry tiles shall be pressed on to <strong>the</strong> adhesive <strong>and</strong> tapped firmly into position to ensure solid bedding<br />
without voids .<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
47<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
Any necessary adjustment to tiles shall be made immediately after bedding .<br />
Tiles shall be cleaned <strong>of</strong>f as soon as bedding is complete .<br />
Joints shall be even <strong>and</strong> not more than 2mm wide using spacer lug tiles or spacer pegs .<br />
Joints shall be continuous both horizontally <strong>and</strong> vertically .<br />
Tiles shall be fixed to a finished surface that is plumb <strong>and</strong> true to 2mm in any 2m .<br />
Joints shall be grouted up not less than 24 hours after fixing tiles to porous surfaces <strong>and</strong> not less than<br />
3 days after fixing to impervious surfaces .<br />
Tiles shall be grouted by pressing mix firmly into joints, working in areas <strong>of</strong> not more than 1sq.m.<br />
Surplus grout shall be cleaned <strong>of</strong>f as <strong>the</strong> work proceeds.<br />
Where tiling abuts against wood or metal frames or o<strong>the</strong>r tiling at angles <strong>and</strong> around pipes etc., it shall<br />
be carefully cut <strong>and</strong> fitted to form a close neat joint. Open irregular joints filled with cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong><br />
or plaster will not be permitted.<br />
Tiles shall be cleaned <strong>of</strong>f <strong>and</strong> polished on completion.<br />
External tiling shall be protected from inclement wea<strong>the</strong>r until grouting is completely set.<br />
No water is to be allowed on new tiling until bedding <strong>and</strong> grouting have completely set.<br />
1-9 Protection<br />
All floor, wall <strong>and</strong> ceiling finishes shall be protected from damage during subsequent work, <strong>and</strong> shall<br />
be thoroughly cleaned before h<strong>and</strong>ing over <strong>the</strong> works.<br />
END OF SECTION<br />
1-1 Timber<br />
SECTION 8<br />
CARPENTRY AND JOINERY<br />
All s<strong>of</strong>twood for carpentry <strong>and</strong> joinery work shall be well seasoned sound, bright, free form shakes,<br />
large loose or dead knots , waney edges , warp , incipient decay , stained sapwood or o<strong>the</strong>r defects <strong>and</strong><br />
shall be to <strong>the</strong> approval <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer .<br />
Timber for carpentry work shall be carefully sawn square <strong>and</strong> shall hold <strong>the</strong> full dimensions shown on<br />
<strong>the</strong> Drawings.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
48<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
The hardwood for joinery work shall be to <strong>the</strong> approval <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer, well seasoned; close grained<br />
<strong>and</strong> free form all defects. Hardwood for polishing or clear treatment shall be selected <strong>and</strong> kept clean.<br />
The Engineer shall approve any preservative treatment.<br />
The Contractor shall allow for all necessary cutting <strong>of</strong> timber to size <strong>and</strong> shape, for preparation <strong>of</strong><br />
surfaces, for all fixings, for properly jointing <strong>and</strong> putting toge<strong>the</strong>r including farming, gluing, doweling<br />
screwing <strong>and</strong> mortising, for all cutting <strong>and</strong> waste, notching, sinking, scribing, mitres, ends, short<br />
lengths <strong>and</strong> any o<strong>the</strong>r sundry items <strong>of</strong> like nature <strong>and</strong> for priming all concealed surfaces <strong>of</strong> joinery.<br />
Aluminium primer shall be applied to concealed surfaces <strong>of</strong> all joinery timber.<br />
All sizes <strong>and</strong> dimensions shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings are finished sizes unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise<br />
stated.<br />
Timber for joinery work shall be finished work to <strong>the</strong> exact sizes shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings with pencil<br />
rounded exposed arrises <strong>and</strong> no joinery shall be built in until inspected <strong>and</strong> approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
The whole <strong>of</strong> hardwood joinery shall be rubbed down to a smooth surface <strong>and</strong> left clean <strong>and</strong> ready to<br />
receive any oiled or o<strong>the</strong>r finish<br />
Where screw fixings would show on <strong>the</strong> surface <strong>of</strong> hardwood, <strong>the</strong> heads shall be countersunk 6mm<br />
below timber surface <strong>and</strong> grain matched fillets not less than 6mm thick <strong>and</strong> traped <strong>and</strong> cut from<br />
matching timber shall be glued in <strong>and</strong> finished <strong>of</strong>f flush with <strong>the</strong> face. This will apply equally to<br />
hardwood, which is to be painted.<br />
1-2 Moisture Content Of Timber<br />
The s<strong>of</strong>twood generally shall have maximum moisture content <strong>of</strong> 12%.<br />
The hardwood shall have maximum moisture content <strong>of</strong> 10% <strong>and</strong> shall have been kiln<br />
dried.<br />
The whole <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> timber for joinery work shall be properly stacked <strong>and</strong> protected from<br />
rain <strong>and</strong> ground moisture.<br />
1-3 Plywood<br />
The minimum thickness shall be 5mm.<br />
The Engineer shall approve plywood face veneers.<br />
Plywood adhesives shall be approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
The Contractor shall not be permitted to make up <strong>the</strong> required thickness by gluing toge<strong>the</strong>r sheets <strong>of</strong><br />
thinner plywood.<br />
1-4 Timber Face Veneers<br />
All timber face veneers that are exposed shall be selected to <strong>the</strong> approval <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer <strong>and</strong> shall be<br />
hard, durable <strong>and</strong> capable <strong>of</strong> being finished easily to a smooth surface.<br />
They shall be free from knots, worm <strong>and</strong> beetle holes, splits , glue stains , filling or inlaying <strong>of</strong> any<br />
kind , or defects .<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
49<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
Timber for face veneers shall be as described in <strong>the</strong> Particular Specification or as shown on <strong>the</strong><br />
Drawings.<br />
1-5 Fixing And Jointing<br />
S<strong>of</strong>twood in carpentry work shall be put toge<strong>the</strong>r with steel nails except where described as framed<br />
when it shall be properly jointed <strong>and</strong> held toge<strong>the</strong>r with glue <strong>and</strong> steel screws. Fixings shall be stout<br />
steel nails <strong>and</strong> screws.<br />
Joinery work shall be carefully put toge<strong>the</strong>r <strong>and</strong> properly jointed in accordance with best practice, all<br />
joints shall be glued <strong>and</strong> screwed or doweled. Any screws appearing on face work shall have <strong>the</strong> heads<br />
let in <strong>and</strong> pellated unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise described. S<strong>of</strong>twood fixings shall be stout steel screws .<br />
Where joinery is required to be put toge<strong>the</strong>r <strong>and</strong> fixed with brass cups <strong>and</strong> screws , <strong>the</strong> cups for fixing<br />
hardwood joinery shall be cast brass cups with milled edges <strong>and</strong> shall be neatly let in to finish flush<br />
with <strong>the</strong> face <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> work .<br />
Nail lengths shall not be more than total thickness <strong>of</strong> sections to be joined less 5mm , but o<strong>the</strong>rwise<br />
not less than twice <strong>the</strong> thickness <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> section through which nails are driven .<br />
Screw lengths shall be not more than total thickness <strong>of</strong> sections to be joined less 5mm , but o<strong>the</strong>rwise<br />
not less than 1 times <strong>the</strong> thickness <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> section through which screws are driven .<br />
Proprietary plugs shall be approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
Steel nails shall comply with BS 1202 : Part 1 .<br />
Wood screws shall be brass complying with Bs 1210 with slotted countersunk heads.<br />
Screw cups shall be brass complying with BS 1494 : Part 2 .<br />
Syn<strong>the</strong>tic resin gap-filling adhesives shall comply with BS 1204 : Part 1 , type WBP .<br />
Syn<strong>the</strong>tic resin close-contact adhesives shall comply with BS 1204: Part 2 , type<br />
WBP.<br />
1-6 Spacings And Additional Supports<br />
1-7 Doors<br />
Where no dimensions are specified or shown on Drawings, space battens , fillets , grounds studs etc. ,<br />
shall be used in accordance with <strong>the</strong> recommendations <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> manufacture <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> sheets <strong>and</strong>/or sections<br />
being fixed .<br />
Where not shown on Drawings, additional supports shall be positioned <strong>and</strong> fixed for appliances,<br />
fixtures, edges <strong>of</strong> sheets etc. , in accordance with <strong>the</strong> manufacturer's recommendations .<br />
Doors shall be as specified below or in <strong>the</strong> Particular Conditions obtained from one <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> approved<br />
manufacturers listed <strong>and</strong> shall be capable <strong>of</strong> withst<strong>and</strong>ing <strong>the</strong> particular wea<strong>the</strong>r conditions <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
Middle East.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
50<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
Door leaves with a polished finish are to be veneered as described in <strong>the</strong> Particular Conditions with<br />
<strong>the</strong> approved hardwood veneered plywood factory finished <strong>and</strong> supplied with protective wrappings ,<br />
<strong>and</strong> with all necessary preparation for ironmongery carried out .<br />
All edges are to be lipped with hardwood <strong>and</strong> all beads <strong>and</strong> lippings are to match face veneers.<br />
All doors whe<strong>the</strong>r light cored, solid cored <strong>and</strong>/or fire resisting shall conform to BS 459 <strong>and</strong> 476 <strong>and</strong><br />
4787 as appropriate with adequate blocking out for ironmongery etc.<br />
Door frames shall be as shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings all in wrought hardwood treated to match doors in<br />
accordance with door manufacturer's recommendations <strong>and</strong> should be manufactured <strong>and</strong> finished by<br />
<strong>the</strong> door manufacturer where possible.<br />
Hardwood polished thresholds are to be provided to individual flat entrance doors. All o<strong>the</strong>r doors<br />
within flats should allow sufficient clearance for fitted carpets. The Contractor should ascertain<br />
requirements for clearance in all o<strong>the</strong>r positions from <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
1-8 Windows<br />
Windows <strong>and</strong> fanlight sashes shall be framed to <strong>the</strong> size shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings. Sashes hung folding<br />
shall have meeting beads screwed on. Glazing bars if required shall be <strong>of</strong> twice rebated section.<br />
Aluminium windows (Best quality) will be used. The Engineer must approve colour <strong>and</strong> type <strong>of</strong><br />
section.<br />
1-9 Flyscreens<br />
Fly screens to doors shall be framed <strong>and</strong> braced with rails styles <strong>and</strong> braces <strong>and</strong> filled in with<br />
aluminium mesh, 18x16 meshes per inch.<br />
1-10 Frames<br />
Frames to doors, windows <strong>and</strong> fly screens shall be provided <strong>and</strong> built in to <strong>the</strong> sizes shown on <strong>the</strong><br />
Drawings or as directed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
Frames shall be securely tied to walls by means <strong>of</strong> steel or similar metal cramps, galvanised or dipped<br />
in bitumen <strong>and</strong> provided as follows:<br />
(a) Door frames: three cramps to each side.<br />
(b) Window frames: two or more cramps to each side according to size.<br />
(c) Any o<strong>the</strong>r way approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer (e .g. foam bond)<br />
Doors, windows, etc. shall be carefully <strong>and</strong> accurately fitted to <strong>the</strong> frames to give a uniform clearance<br />
<strong>of</strong> not more than 3mm all round.<br />
1-11 Architraves, Door Stops etc.<br />
Architraves, doorstops etc. shall be as shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings <strong>and</strong> all properly mitred at intersections<br />
as approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
Glazing beads where required shall be wrought splayed <strong>and</strong> rounded <strong>and</strong> shall be neatly mitred <strong>and</strong><br />
fixed with small brads or lost-head nails.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
51<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
1-12 Fittings<br />
1-13 Finish<br />
In connection with fittings such as wardrobes, cupboards, counters etc., <strong>the</strong> doors, frames, drawers,<br />
rails <strong>and</strong> framing etc. shall be properly <strong>and</strong> accurately framed toge<strong>the</strong>r.<br />
Before starting repetitive fabrication <strong>of</strong> any component, prototypes shall be prepared <strong>and</strong> approved.<br />
Unless components are specified to be built in , <strong>the</strong>se shall not be made until all site dimensions have<br />
been checked .<br />
Matching clearance holes shall be provided for all sizes <strong>of</strong> screw <strong>and</strong> matching pilot holes for screws<br />
<strong>of</strong> 6 gauge or more for screwing s<strong>of</strong>twood .<br />
Clearance <strong>and</strong> pilot holes to match screw sizes shall be provided for screwing<br />
hardwood.<br />
Pilot holes shall be provided slightly less than half <strong>the</strong> diameter <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> screw for screwing particle<br />
board.<br />
All nail heads which will be visible in completed work shall be punched below timber surface .<br />
All joinery which is to be polished, varnished or painted shall be finished smooth <strong>and</strong> clean by<br />
rubbing down with fine s<strong>and</strong>paper.<br />
1-14 Protection<br />
All joinery shall be protected from damage during <strong>the</strong> course <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Works <strong>and</strong> on completion shall be<br />
to <strong>the</strong> Engineer's entire satisfaction. Before h<strong>and</strong>ing over <strong>the</strong> Contractor shall ensure that all doors,<br />
drawers , etc. , work easily <strong>and</strong> shall make all necessary adjustments including those needed during <strong>the</strong><br />
maintenance period.<br />
END OF SECTION<br />
SECTION 9<br />
IRONMONGERY<br />
1-1 Description<br />
The Contractor shall provide <strong>and</strong> fix <strong>the</strong> ironmongery required by <strong>the</strong> Particular Specifications or<br />
shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings complete, including all necessary screws, bolts , plugs <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r fixings . The<br />
use <strong>of</strong> nails for fixing ironmongery shall not be permitted. The Contractor shall h<strong>and</strong> over all in a<br />
finished state <strong>and</strong> to <strong>the</strong> satisfaction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
All ironmongery shall be <strong>of</strong> first quality <strong>and</strong> shall be obtained from an approved manufacturer. Butt<br />
hinges are to be aluminium alloy with silver anodised finish with double stainless steel washers , or as<br />
approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer .<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
52<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
1-2 Finish<br />
The Contractor shall be required to submit for approval samples <strong>of</strong> all items <strong>of</strong> ironmongery he<br />
proposes to use.<br />
All doors shall be provided with an approved doorstop plugged <strong>and</strong> screwed to <strong>the</strong> floor <strong>and</strong> all<br />
opening areas <strong>of</strong> aluminium work shall be provided with appropriate friction stays. The size, materials,<br />
finishes; type <strong>and</strong> quality <strong>of</strong> ironmongery shall be as described in <strong>the</strong> Particular Specification or as<br />
shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings.<br />
The finish <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> various items <strong>of</strong> ironmongery shall be as described in <strong>the</strong> Particular Specification or<br />
as shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings or as required <strong>and</strong> directed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
1-3 Fitting And Testing<br />
All screws used for fixing ironmongery shall be <strong>of</strong> a suitable type , material , finish , size <strong>and</strong> shape to<br />
<strong>the</strong> satisfaction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer .<br />
The hinges on which doors, windows, flyscreen doors etc. , are hung shall be carefully housed or let<br />
into <strong>the</strong> door , window, flyscreen door etc. , <strong>and</strong> to <strong>the</strong> frames .<br />
All fittings shall be removed before commencing any painting operations <strong>and</strong> shall be refixed in place<br />
after all painting works are completed <strong>and</strong> approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
All ironmongery shall be carefully wrapped <strong>and</strong> protected until completion <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> work <strong>and</strong> any items<br />
or parts which are damaged or defaced or found to be defective shall be replaced at <strong>the</strong> Contractor's<br />
expense before h<strong>and</strong>ing over .<br />
On completion <strong>of</strong> all locks, catches <strong>and</strong> similar items <strong>of</strong> ironmongery <strong>the</strong>y shall be clearly labelled,<br />
with metal tags approximately 50x20mm <strong>and</strong> securely fixed to <strong>the</strong> keys <strong>and</strong> h<strong>and</strong>ed to <strong>the</strong> Engineer .<br />
Door closers shall be fitted a maximum <strong>of</strong> two weeks before h<strong>and</strong>over.<br />
All floor <strong>and</strong> door springs are to be fully charged with oil <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>ir operation checked to <strong>the</strong><br />
satisfaction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
1-4 St<strong>and</strong>ard Ironmongery For Internal Doors<br />
Ironmongery is to be hard satin anodised aluminium alloy <strong>of</strong> best quality with matching screws fully<br />
matching <strong>and</strong> integrated. Where a supplier cannot <strong>of</strong>fer <strong>the</strong> particular required ironmongery <strong>the</strong><br />
Contractor shall produce samples <strong>of</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r suppliers' items most nearly matching <strong>the</strong> general<br />
ironmongery <strong>and</strong> /or produce alternative ironmongery by <strong>the</strong> main supplier most closely conforming<br />
with <strong>the</strong> Specification for <strong>the</strong> approval <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
All locks are to be provided with 2 keys on a key ring neatly labelled to indicate clearly <strong>the</strong><br />
corresponding lock .<br />
Any requirements for ' Master key ' locking systems will be stated in <strong>the</strong> Particular Conditions <strong>and</strong> /or<br />
on <strong>the</strong> Drawings .<br />
All knob sets shall include <strong>the</strong> appropriate mortice latch or lock with a 70 mm backset <strong>and</strong> with<br />
st<strong>and</strong>ard faceplates <strong>and</strong> roses unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise noted .<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
53<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
END OF SECTION<br />
SECTION 10<br />
METAL WORKS<br />
1-1 Cleanliness<br />
All materials shall be free form scale, damage or defects . All welding, brazing or hot forging shall be<br />
carried out by approved processes.<br />
All metalwork shall be approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer before starting painting works .<br />
1-2 Aluminium Windows And Doors<br />
Extruded aluminium sections should be used as approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
All visible surfaces <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> sections shall be brilliantly polished prior to anodising. The colour <strong>of</strong><br />
anodising shall be as described in <strong>the</strong> Drawings <strong>and</strong> /or Particular Specification. Samples <strong>of</strong> colour<br />
shall be submitted for <strong>the</strong> Engineer's approval before work commences.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
54<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
The sections shall be anodised to a minimum thickness <strong>of</strong> 25 microns . The supplier must submit<br />
necessary evidence to <strong>the</strong> satisfaction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer that <strong>the</strong> thickness <strong>of</strong> anodisation is not less than<br />
25 microns . In case <strong>of</strong> doubt <strong>the</strong> Engineer reserves <strong>the</strong> right to send sample pieces to independent<br />
testing laboratories, at <strong>the</strong> supplier's expense . If <strong>the</strong> testing laboratory report states that <strong>the</strong> thickness<br />
or quality <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> anodisation is deficient , <strong>the</strong> Employer may ask <strong>the</strong> supplier to treat <strong>the</strong> order as<br />
cancelled <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> supplier in such a case shall indemnify <strong>the</strong> Employer <strong>of</strong> any / all losses incurred by<br />
<strong>the</strong> supplier .<br />
All farmes shall be made to fit <strong>the</strong> actual openings with a 5mm clearance all round . Discrepancies in<br />
overall width or height exceeding 5mm will not be allowed <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> frames will be rejected in such<br />
cases . All small discrepancies shall have <strong>the</strong> gaps suitably backed <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>n filled with gun- applied<br />
mastic / sealant as approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
At all opening windows <strong>and</strong> doors <strong>and</strong> where <strong>the</strong>re are louvred screens <strong>and</strong> doors a flyscreen shall be<br />
provided to <strong>the</strong> approval <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer , constructed following <strong>the</strong> principles <strong>and</strong> specifications as<br />
described elsewhere in this Specification .<br />
Insect screens shall be in aluminium mesh, 18x16 meshes per inch. The gap between <strong>the</strong> insect screen<br />
<strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> shutter shall be covered with an adaptor PVC section .<br />
For reference to window types see general arrangement drawings <strong>and</strong> elevations.<br />
Tolerances are to be approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer before manufacture.<br />
All ironmongery which is to have <strong>the</strong> same finish as <strong>the</strong> frames it is to be installed on shall be<br />
approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer .<br />
The Contractor shall provide shop drawings for aluminium windows <strong>and</strong> doors which shall be<br />
submitted in quadruplicate to <strong>the</strong> Engineer for approval .<br />
Approval by <strong>the</strong> Engineer <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> shop drawings shall not relieve <strong>the</strong> Contractor <strong>of</strong> his responsibilities<br />
under <strong>the</strong> Contract .<br />
All assembly screws shall be in 18-8 stainless steel .<br />
Glazing sections shall be in special heat-resisting PVC <strong>and</strong> <strong>of</strong> channel type. Separate glazing sections<br />
on each side <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> glass will not be permitted.<br />
1-3 Sliding Windows And Doors<br />
Wea<strong>the</strong>r stripping - high density acrilan or wool wea<strong>the</strong>r - pile shall be used . There shall be double<br />
brushes at every contact between shutter <strong>and</strong> frame sections for complete insulation .These shall be<br />
present consistently throughout <strong>the</strong> unit between <strong>the</strong> inside <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> outside <strong>and</strong> no portions without it<br />
are permitted .<br />
The rollers for sliding shutters for windows <strong>and</strong> doors shall be <strong>of</strong> an adjustable type . The adjusting<br />
screws shall be accessible in <strong>the</strong> assembled state <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> shutters <strong>and</strong> a vertical adjustment <strong>of</strong> 7mm shall<br />
be possible.<br />
All sections for sliding windows <strong>and</strong> doors shall be <strong>of</strong> tubular shape <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> cross sectional<br />
dimensions <strong>of</strong> same shall be not less than 60x 40 mm .<br />
The outer frame must be suitable for accommodating sliding flyscreens as required or as directed by<br />
<strong>the</strong> Engineer .<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
55<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
The h<strong>and</strong>le-latch set shall have all visible surfaces <strong>of</strong> anodised aluminium or similar non-rusting<br />
material to approval . The h<strong>and</strong>le shall have a proper grip . A small projecting flange or a recess in <strong>the</strong><br />
shutter sections shall not be accepted to serve as a h<strong>and</strong>le . The latching mechanism shall not be<br />
surface mounted but shall be concealed within <strong>the</strong> sections .<br />
1-4 Side Hung Windows, Doors And Ventilators<br />
All windows <strong>and</strong> doors shall be wea<strong>the</strong>rstripped with heat resistant PVC sections . The wea<strong>the</strong>r<br />
fighting action shall be achieved by a positive compressive action against <strong>the</strong> PVC section <strong>and</strong> shall<br />
not depend on an external contact with <strong>the</strong> PVC section. At every contact between two pr<strong>of</strong>iles two<br />
wea<strong>the</strong>rstipping sections shall be provided for complete wea<strong>the</strong>r protection .<br />
The bottom sections <strong>of</strong> hinged doors shall be capable <strong>of</strong> being adjusted vertically if necessary. The<br />
gap between <strong>the</strong> bottom section <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> floor shall be covered with a pair <strong>of</strong> special flay-type PVC<br />
sections.<br />
The shutter sections for windows <strong>and</strong> doors shall be <strong>of</strong> tubular type <strong>and</strong> shall be <strong>of</strong> overall size<br />
57x45mm for windows <strong>and</strong> overall size 81x45mm for doors (including flanges ) .<br />
The shutters <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> windows <strong>and</strong> doors shall be assembled with concealed corners <strong>of</strong> high rigidity.<br />
Hinges shall be concealed within <strong>the</strong> sections .<br />
Hinges shall be in anodised aluminium with stainless steel pins <strong>and</strong> nylon washers . H<strong>and</strong>les shall be<br />
in anodised aluminium <strong>and</strong> mounted with self - lubricating nylon washers .<br />
A mortice cylinder rim automatic deadlock <strong>of</strong> high quality with double pin tumbler shall be used .<br />
Windows shall have anodised aluminium h<strong>and</strong>les <strong>and</strong> a latching mechanism securing <strong>the</strong> shutter to <strong>the</strong><br />
frame both at <strong>the</strong> top <strong>and</strong> bottom.<br />
The glazing vinyl shall be in heat resisting PVC <strong>and</strong> <strong>of</strong> channel type to <strong>the</strong> approval <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
1-5 Flyscreens<br />
1-6 Fence<br />
1-7 Gates<br />
Flyscreens shall be fitted to all opening leaves <strong>of</strong> windows, consisting <strong>of</strong> a separate metal sub-farme<br />
filled in with flywire as previously described. The flyscreens shall be adequately secured with suitable<br />
clips, set screws or turn buckles <strong>and</strong> shall be removable for maintenace purposes . Flyscreen doors<br />
shall consist <strong>of</strong> similar sections to <strong>the</strong> metal casement doors <strong>and</strong> shall be fitted with removable panels<br />
<strong>of</strong> flywire , in a manner similar to that described for window flyscreens . Flyscreen doors shall be<br />
mounted where indicated on <strong>the</strong> Drawings or as directed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
The works under this item comprises furnishing <strong>and</strong> erection <strong>of</strong> chain link fence wherever required<br />
according to <strong>the</strong> dimensions <strong>and</strong> at locations shown on <strong>the</strong> drawings <strong>and</strong> as directed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer,<br />
including fence gates <strong>and</strong> concrete for footings. “New fence” shall only be erected at <strong>the</strong> location<br />
directed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
Mesh for Fence shall be hot dip galvanized steel 3mm gauge mesh 50x50mm <strong>and</strong> be conform <strong>the</strong><br />
relevant British St<strong>and</strong>ard (BS).<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
56<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
Gates shall be swing-type to <strong>the</strong> dimensions shown on <strong>the</strong> drawings. The gate leaf shall be equipped<br />
with one pair <strong>of</strong> malleable iron hinges not less than 75mm in width that will provide full gate opening<br />
between gate posts. The hinges shall be designed to nei<strong>the</strong>r twist nor tern under gate action.<br />
Gate locks shall be <strong>the</strong> slide latch type <strong>and</strong> shall be <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> locable type.<br />
END OF SECTION<br />
SECTION 11<br />
PAINTING AND DECORATING<br />
1-1 General<br />
Every possible precaution shall be taken to keep down dust before <strong>and</strong> during painting processes. No<br />
paint shall be applied to surfaces structurally or superficially damp <strong>and</strong> all surfaces must be<br />
ascertained to be free from condensation, efflorescence etc. before <strong>the</strong> application <strong>of</strong> each coat .<br />
Primed or undercoated woodwork <strong>and</strong> metalwork should not be left in an exposed or unsuitable<br />
situation for an undue period before completing <strong>the</strong> painting process. No exterior or exposed painting<br />
shall be carried out under adverse wea<strong>the</strong>r conditions, such as rain, extreme humidity, dust storms etc.<br />
Metal fittings such as ironmongery etc. not required to be painted shall first be fitted <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>n removed<br />
before <strong>the</strong> preparatory processes are commenced. When all painting is completed <strong>the</strong> fittings shall be<br />
cleaned <strong>and</strong> refixed in position.<br />
The contractor will be required to repaint at his own expense any work on which <strong>the</strong> paint is found to<br />
be incorrectly applied. The contractor shall be responsible for protecting from damage <strong>the</strong> paint work<br />
<strong>and</strong> all o<strong>the</strong>r work during <strong>and</strong> after painting operations including <strong>the</strong> provision <strong>of</strong> all necessary dust<br />
sheets, covers etc.<br />
Brushes, pails, bottles etc., used in carrying out <strong>the</strong> work shall be clean <strong>and</strong> free from foreign matter.<br />
They shall be thoroughly cleaned before being used for different types or classes <strong>of</strong> material.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
57<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
The number <strong>of</strong> coats stated in this specification is <strong>the</strong> minimum, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> Contractor must apply<br />
sufficient coats to achieve a proper even finish to <strong>the</strong> approval <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
1-2 Materials<br />
The decorating materials shall be obtained from approved manufacturers <strong>and</strong> shall be supplied in <strong>the</strong><br />
manufacturers' sealed <strong>and</strong> br<strong>and</strong>ed containers.<br />
All materials must be thoroughly stirred before use, unless not recommended by <strong>the</strong> manufacturer.<br />
Details <strong>of</strong> mixing <strong>and</strong> application shall be in accordance with <strong>the</strong> specifications <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> manufacturers<br />
concerned <strong>and</strong> to <strong>the</strong> approval <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
The mixing <strong>of</strong> paints etc. <strong>of</strong> different br<strong>and</strong>s before or during application will not be permitted. No<br />
dilution <strong>of</strong> painting materials shall be allowed except strictly as detailed by <strong>the</strong> manufacturers <strong>and</strong> as<br />
approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
Mordant solution shall be <strong>of</strong> approved manufacture .<br />
Rust inhibitors shall be <strong>of</strong> approved manufacture .<br />
Stopping for woodwork to receive clear finish shall be tinted to match surrounding woodwork , to <strong>the</strong><br />
approval <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer .<br />
Stopping for internal woodwork , plywood , hardboard , <strong>and</strong> fiberboard , shall be linseed oil putty ,<br />
tinted to match <strong>the</strong> colour <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> undercoat .<br />
Stopping for external woodwork shall be white lead paste <strong>and</strong> gold size well mixed .<br />
Thinners shall be approved turpentine or white spirit .<br />
Priming paints shall be :<br />
(a) For woodwork : Leadless grey priming paint in accordance with <strong>the</strong> recommendations <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
decorative coating manufacturer .<br />
(b) For steelwork : red oxide priming paint .<br />
(c) For galvanised, zinc or aluminium alloy surfaces: grey zinc chromate<br />
priming paint .<br />
(d) For plaster, concrete <strong>and</strong> brickwork, ceiling boards etc.: alkali-resisting<br />
priming paint in accordance with <strong>the</strong> recommendations <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> decorative<br />
coating manufacturer<br />
Knotting shall be in accordance with BS 1336 .<br />
Undercoating shall be:<br />
(a) Zinc oxide based undercoating paint;<br />
(b) White lead based undercoating paint . Colours shall approximate to <strong>the</strong> finishing paint .<br />
(c) Syn<strong>the</strong>tic alkyd based undercoating in accordance with <strong>the</strong> recommendations <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> decorative<br />
coating manufacturer.<br />
Finishing paints shall be :<br />
(a) Zinc oxide based oil paint :<br />
(b) White lead based oil gloss finishing paint .<br />
(c) Syn<strong>the</strong>tic alkyd based finishing paint as approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer .<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
58<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
Petrifying liquid shall be used undiluted as supplied by <strong>the</strong> manufacturer A small quantity <strong>of</strong> water<br />
paint <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> finishing colour may be mixed with <strong>the</strong> petrifying liquid .<br />
Water paint shall be an approved br<strong>and</strong> <strong>of</strong> washable oil-bound water paint . Thinning shall be done<br />
with petrifying liquid or fresh water only .<br />
Emulsion paint shall be <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Polyviny1 Acetate (PVA)type obtained from an approved manufacturer<br />
. The precise specification shall comply with <strong>the</strong> manufacturer's normal practice. In all cases thinning<br />
shall be done with thinners supplied by <strong>the</strong> manufacturer or fresh water only .<br />
Stain for woodwork shall be an approved br<strong>and</strong> <strong>of</strong> oil stain .<br />
Polyurethane lacquer for woodwork shall be <strong>of</strong> an approved manufacture.<br />
Preparation Process<br />
1-3 Internal Plaster, Fair Faced Concrete And Block work<br />
Surfaces shall be allowed to dry out completely <strong>and</strong> cracks shall be cut out <strong>and</strong> made good with<br />
suitable hard plaster or cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> mix as appropriate, such repaired portions shall be allowed to<br />
dry out . No painting shall be carried out on plastering less than five weeks old .<br />
Efflorescence shall be completely removed by rubbing down with dry coarse cloths followed by<br />
wiping down with damp cloths <strong>and</strong> allowed to dry. All surfaces shall be rubbed down with fine glass<br />
paper <strong>and</strong> brushed free <strong>of</strong> dust before applying any form <strong>of</strong> decoration.<br />
Surfaces which are to receive water paint shall be treated with one coat <strong>of</strong> petrifying liquid applied by<br />
brush nd allowed to dry for at least 24 hours before <strong>the</strong> application <strong>of</strong> water paint . A period <strong>of</strong> 24<br />
hours , or longer if necessary , shall be allowed between subsequent coats .<br />
Fair faced concrete <strong>and</strong>/or cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> plastered surfaces which are to receive oil paint shall be<br />
given one thin coat <strong>of</strong> oil putty <strong>and</strong> allowed to dry for at least two days .<br />
The surfaces shall <strong>the</strong>n be rubbed down with fine glass paper <strong>and</strong> given a second thin coat <strong>of</strong> oil putty<br />
<strong>and</strong> when completely set The surfaces shall <strong>the</strong>n be rubbed down with fine glass paper <strong>and</strong> given a<br />
second thin coat <strong>of</strong> oil putty <strong>and</strong> when completely set<br />
All surfaces which are to receive oil paint shall be treated with one coat <strong>of</strong> alkali resisting priming<br />
paint applied by brush <strong>and</strong> allowed to completely harden.<br />
1-4 Fibre Boards etc.<br />
SOFT BOARDS: where used externally or under humid conditions will receive one coat <strong>of</strong> priming<br />
paint <strong>and</strong> one coat <strong>of</strong> undercoat on back , face <strong>and</strong> edges .<br />
SOFT BOARDS: where used internally will receive one coat <strong>of</strong> priming paint <strong>and</strong> one coat <strong>of</strong><br />
emulsion paint on back , face <strong>and</strong> edges .<br />
HARD BOARD : composite panels will be treated in <strong>the</strong> same way as s<strong>of</strong>t boards under humid<br />
conditions .<br />
ACOUSTIC BOARDS : will be treated on <strong>the</strong> face in <strong>the</strong> same way as plaster , but <strong>the</strong> paint may be<br />
applied by spray ; <strong>the</strong> backs <strong>and</strong> edges should not be treated .<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
59<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
ASBESTOS : if surfaces are to receive oil paint later one coat <strong>of</strong> priming paint should be applied . If<br />
surfaces are to receive water paint or emulsion paint no priming paint will be necessary .<br />
1-5 Steelwork Including Windows , Louvers etc. Internally And Externally<br />
If delivered galvanised, <strong>the</strong> surfaces shall be cleaned to remove grease <strong>and</strong> dirt before priming. Where<br />
rusting has occurred through damage to <strong>the</strong> galvanizing, such rust shall be removed by wire brushing<br />
back to clean metal <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> galvanizing made good with a rust inhibiting agent .<br />
The surface shall <strong>the</strong>n be treated with one coat <strong>of</strong> mordant solution <strong>and</strong> one coat <strong>of</strong> zinc chromate<br />
priming paint.<br />
If delivered primed , <strong>the</strong> surfaces shall be examined to ascertain that <strong>the</strong> priming paint is hard , firmly<br />
adhering <strong>and</strong> in good condition . If not satisfactory , <strong>the</strong> priming paint shall be removed <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
surfaces cleaned to remove rust, <strong>and</strong> reprimed . If <strong>the</strong> condition <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> priming paint is satisfactory, <strong>the</strong><br />
surfaces shall be cleaned to remove grease <strong>and</strong> dirt , minor damage to <strong>the</strong> priming paint being made<br />
good with red oxide priming paint after removal <strong>of</strong> rust .<br />
If delivered unprimed <strong>and</strong> not galvanised , <strong>the</strong> surfaces shall be cleaned to remove grease <strong>and</strong> dirt ,<br />
<strong>and</strong> wire brushed <strong>and</strong> scraped to remove all rust <strong>and</strong> scale before applying a red oxide priming paint .<br />
Priming paint shall be brushed well into <strong>the</strong> surface <strong>and</strong> shall be allowed to dry <strong>and</strong> harden thoroughly<br />
before <strong>the</strong> application <strong>of</strong> subsequent coats .<br />
Items <strong>of</strong> steelwork such as frames to roller shutters , covers to expansion joints etc., which are to be<br />
built into walls , shall first be primed .<br />
1-6 Exposed Service Pipes<br />
Copper <strong>and</strong> brass pipework shall have <strong>the</strong> surfaces slightly abraded with glass paper <strong>and</strong> white spirit<br />
or similar solvent <strong>and</strong> wiped clean . No priming paint will be necessary, <strong>the</strong> surfaces being finished in<br />
two coats <strong>of</strong> gloss paint.<br />
Steel pipes will be treated as for steelwork with <strong>the</strong> exception that galvanised pipes are to be treated<br />
with a zinc-chromate priming paint.<br />
Coated soil pipes shall be wiped clean <strong>and</strong> treated with two coats <strong>of</strong> knotting followed by priming<br />
paint as described below.<br />
1-7 Woodwork Required To Be Painted<br />
Surfaces shall be cleaned to remove grease <strong>and</strong> dirt . The surface <strong>of</strong> teak shall be cleaned with white<br />
spirit to remove free oil. The preparation process shall <strong>the</strong>n be :<br />
(a) KNOT : all knots shall be treated with shellac knotting<br />
(b)PRIME : one coat <strong>of</strong> primer shall be thoroughly applied by brush to all surfaces <strong>and</strong> when dry a<br />
fur<strong>the</strong>r coat to be applied to end-grain surfaces .<br />
(c) STOP : when priming paint is hard , all cracks , holes , open joints etc. shall be made good with<br />
hard stopping <strong>and</strong> all open grain surfaces filled smooth with linseed oil putty or an approved filler <strong>and</strong><br />
rubbed down with fine glass paper .<br />
No joinery shall be primed until it has been approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer Priming shall be carried out on<br />
<strong>the</strong> site <strong>and</strong> not in <strong>the</strong> factory .<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
60<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
Items <strong>of</strong> carpentry work which are to be built into walls etc. shall be first treated by twice coating with<br />
creosote or o<strong>the</strong>r approved preservative.<br />
1-8 Woodowrk Required To Be Stained<br />
Surfaces shall be cleaned to remove grease <strong>and</strong> dirt. The wood shall <strong>the</strong>n be stopped, filled <strong>and</strong><br />
rubbed down . In <strong>the</strong> case <strong>of</strong> teak free oil shall be removed by cleaning with white spirit .<br />
Finishing Processes<br />
1-9 Internal Plaster<br />
Where emulsion paint is specified three coats shall be applied by brush in addition to any priming<br />
paint .<br />
Where water paint is specified two coats shall be applied by brush in addition to <strong>the</strong> Petrifying liquid .<br />
The water paint shall be thinned to <strong>the</strong> consistency <strong>of</strong> thick cream .<br />
Where oil paint is specified this shall be two or three coat work as detailed in <strong>the</strong> particular<br />
Specification, applied by roller or brush, but not by spray , to produce hard gloss , oil gloss , eggshell<br />
or flat finish as required .<br />
The finishing coat <strong>of</strong> paint to walls <strong>and</strong> ceilings shall be applied after <strong>the</strong> completion <strong>and</strong> testing <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
electrical installation. Any paint splashes on electrical fittings shall be carefully cleaned <strong>of</strong>f .<br />
1-10 Fibre Boards etc.<br />
Both acoustic <strong>and</strong> plain s<strong>of</strong>t or hard boards will be treated as for plaster, but <strong>the</strong> paint may be applied<br />
by spray .<br />
Water paint or emulsion paint shall be applied by brush to <strong>the</strong> specification <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> manufacturers.<br />
Where a board is likely to be exposed to extreme humidity, i.e kitchen <strong>and</strong> external corridors <strong>and</strong><br />
covered ways , an oil paint shall be used on <strong>the</strong> face after fixing .<br />
1-11 Unplastered Blockwork Or Concrete<br />
As for internal plastered surfaces.<br />
Externally a cement type paint may be used, <strong>and</strong> shall be applied keeping a constantly wet edge , in<br />
strict accordance with <strong>the</strong> manufacturer's instructions .<br />
1-12 Steelwork And Exposed Service Pipes<br />
Internally, apply one coat gloss paint over two undercoats .<br />
Non-ferrous pipes shall be finished in two coats <strong>of</strong> gloss paint .<br />
Externally, apply two coats gloss paint over one undercoat .<br />
1-13 Woodwork Required To Be Painted<br />
As for steelwork.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
61<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
1-14 Woodwork Required To Be Stained And Polyurethane<br />
The woodwork, internally <strong>and</strong> externally , shall be stained as directed on site, rubbed down , brushed<br />
<strong>of</strong>f , <strong>and</strong> treated with two coats <strong>of</strong> polyurethane .<br />
1-15 Protection Of Factory Finished Work<br />
The contractor is to allow for protecting all factory finished doors, frames windows, suspended<br />
ceilings <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> like at all times to ensure that factory finishes are not damaged <strong>and</strong> must make good<br />
or replace a defective component at his own expense.<br />
1-1 GENERAL<br />
END OF SECTION<br />
SECTION 12<br />
ASPHALT WORKS<br />
The Contractor shall construct <strong>the</strong> area to be paved in accordance with <strong>the</strong> applicable specifications<br />
stipulated herein after, in conformity with <strong>the</strong> alignment, dimensions, <strong>and</strong> typical sections shown on<br />
<strong>the</strong> Drawings, or as directed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
1-2 TYPE OF WORK<br />
For <strong>the</strong> purpose <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se specifications, <strong>the</strong> following type <strong>of</strong> asphalt works is designated :<br />
- Preparing <strong>and</strong> levelling <strong>of</strong> existing base - course .<br />
- Compacting <strong>of</strong> existing base - course .<br />
- Prime coat .<br />
- Single asphalt surface layer .<br />
1-3 BASE - COURSE<br />
General<br />
The Contractor shall provide only an aggregate material for <strong>the</strong> base-course consisting <strong>of</strong> hard,<br />
durable, crushed limestone or crushed wadi gravel, provided that <strong>the</strong> crushed aggregates retained on<br />
sieve No. 4 shall have 80% by weight <strong>of</strong> at least two fractured faces, which have to be crushed by<br />
approved crushing plant <strong>and</strong> shall be free from any organic matter or any o<strong>the</strong>r deleterious substances<br />
<strong>and</strong> also free from clay balls.<br />
Base - course aggregate shall conform to <strong>the</strong> following gradation:<br />
Sieve Size Percent Passing<br />
11/2 inch (38.10 mm) 100<br />
1 inch (25.40 mm) 75-100<br />
3/4 inch (19.10 mm) 60-90<br />
1/2 inch (12.70 mm) 45-80<br />
3/8 inch (09.52 mm) 40-70<br />
No.4 (04.76 mm) 35-65<br />
No.10 (02.00 mm) 20-40<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
62<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
No.40 (00.42 mm) 8-20<br />
No.200 (00.075 mm) 5-10<br />
The fraction passing No. 200 sieve shall not be greater than 70% <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> fraction passing No. 40 sieve.<br />
Base - course aggregates shall confirm to <strong>the</strong> requirements <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> following st<strong>and</strong>ard tests :-<br />
Los Angeles Abrasion (AASHTO -T- 96) 35 max .<br />
Liquid Limit (AASHTO -T- 89) 25 max .<br />
Plasticity Index (AASHTO -T- 90) 2 min . 6 max .<br />
Flaky & Elongated Particles (B.S.812) 15% max. each .<br />
The base-course shall be compacted to not less than 100% <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> density obtained at optimum moisture<br />
content as determined by ASTM-DT 99C.<br />
The following test shall also be performed:<br />
a) Gradation tests shall be performed on samples <strong>of</strong> base - course taken after mixing with water <strong>and</strong><br />
spreading before compaction <strong>and</strong> shall have a maximum % passing sieve No. 200 <strong>of</strong> 10% .<br />
b) Gradation tests shall be performed on samples <strong>of</strong> base - course taken after compaction <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
maximum material-passing sieve No. 200 shall not exceed 10%.<br />
The thickness <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> compacted layer shall be measured <strong>and</strong> recorded when performing filed density<br />
tests <strong>and</strong> sieve tests on samples taken from compacted layers in place .<br />
Construction<br />
Aggregate for base-course shall be delivered to <strong>the</strong> area to be paved as a uniform mixture <strong>and</strong> shall<br />
spread in layers .<br />
Segregation shall be avoided <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> base-course shall be free from pockets <strong>of</strong> coarse or fine materials.<br />
A grader shall spread <strong>the</strong> base-course or any o<strong>the</strong>r mechanical method, approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer,<br />
watered, shaped <strong>and</strong> compacted to <strong>the</strong> required grade <strong>and</strong> cross section.<br />
The finished surface <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> base-course shall not vary at any point by more than 1 cm below <strong>the</strong> grade<br />
established by <strong>the</strong> Engineer, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> total thickness <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> base-course shall not vary by more +0.50 cm<br />
. In addition to level checking, longitudinally <strong>the</strong> surface shall be checked with a straight edge (4m<br />
long), where irregularities in this direction shall not vary by more than 1cm.<br />
A minimum <strong>of</strong> (4) levels <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> base at <strong>the</strong> total longitudinal side shall be taken <strong>and</strong> if (2) or more <strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>the</strong>se levels exceed <strong>the</strong> tolerance given <strong>the</strong> Contractor shall re-grade <strong>the</strong> entire length <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> area. If one<br />
<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se levels exceeds <strong>the</strong> tolerance <strong>the</strong>n <strong>the</strong> Contractor shall make good this point.<br />
The aggregate base shall be compacted to not less than 100% <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> maximum density determined in<br />
accordance with <strong>the</strong> latest modified AASHTO T-191,T-205 or T-205 <strong>and</strong> T-239.<br />
The base-course shall be maintained in a condition satisfactory to receive surfacing material.<br />
Aggregate base-course, which does not conform to <strong>the</strong> above requirements, shall be reshaped or<br />
reworked, watered <strong>and</strong> thoroughly re-compacted to conform to <strong>the</strong> specified requirements at <strong>the</strong><br />
Contractors own expense.<br />
Method <strong>of</strong> Measurement<br />
Base-course shall be measured in cubic meter or square meter in place, acceptably laid <strong>and</strong> compacted<br />
according to <strong>the</strong> dimensions shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings.<br />
Method <strong>of</strong> Payment<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
63<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
Payment shall be made at <strong>the</strong> Contract unit rate for "compacted aggregate base-course" per cu.m. This<br />
price shall constitute full compensation for furnishing <strong>and</strong> placing all materials including watering,<br />
compacting, shaping <strong>and</strong> all labour, equipment, tools, supplies, tests, <strong>and</strong> incidentals necessary to<br />
complete <strong>the</strong> work .<br />
1-4 PRIMECOAT<br />
General<br />
Liquid asphalt for prime coat shall be medium curing grade MC70, in conformance with AASHTO<br />
st<strong>and</strong>ard M82, or emulsion type SS1, SS2 or equivalent according to <strong>the</strong> manufacturer instructions <strong>and</strong><br />
lab tests results.<br />
The surface to be treated shall be smooth, compact <strong>and</strong> tight. It shall be true to grade , <strong>and</strong> crosssection<br />
where dust shall be removed by brooming .<br />
Equipment<br />
The equipment used by <strong>the</strong> Contractor shall include a power broom or a power blower or both; a self -<br />
propelled , pneumatic roller, or steel-wheeled t<strong>and</strong>em (5 to tons ) or both; mechanical or self-propelled<br />
aggregate spreading equipment that can be adjusted to spread accurately <strong>the</strong> specified amounts per<br />
square meter, a pressure distributor <strong>and</strong> equipment for heating <strong>the</strong> asphalt material. Pneumatic - tired<br />
rollers shall have a total compacting width <strong>of</strong> not less than 120 cm <strong>and</strong> shall have minimum contact<br />
pressures <strong>of</strong> 2.8 kg/cm2 or as specified by <strong>the</strong> Engineer. O<strong>the</strong>r equipment are to be used in addition to,<br />
or in lieu <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> specified equipment when approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer .<br />
The pressure distributor shall be designed <strong>and</strong> operated to distribute <strong>the</strong> asphalt material in a uniform<br />
spay with atomisation, in <strong>the</strong> amount <strong>and</strong> between <strong>the</strong> limits <strong>of</strong> temperature specified. It shall be<br />
equipped with a tachometer having a dial registering feet or meters <strong>of</strong> travel per minute . The dial shall<br />
be visible to <strong>the</strong> truck driver so he can maintain <strong>the</strong> constant speed required for application at <strong>the</strong><br />
specified rate . The pump shall be equipped with a bitumetre having a dial registering litres, or gallons<br />
per minute passing through <strong>the</strong> nozzles. The dial shall be readily visible to <strong>the</strong> operator .<br />
Means for indicating accurately <strong>the</strong> temperature <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> asphalt material at all times shall be provided .<br />
The <strong>the</strong>rmometer reservoir shall not be in contact with a heating tube .<br />
The spray bar shall be adjustable to a reasonable width. A hose <strong>and</strong> spray nozzle attachment shall be<br />
provided for applying asphalt material to paths <strong>and</strong> areas inaccessible to <strong>the</strong> spray bar .<br />
The distributor shall be provided with heating attachments <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> asphalt material shall be circulated<br />
during <strong>the</strong> entire heating process .<br />
Application <strong>of</strong> Primecoat<br />
The Engineer will select <strong>the</strong> rate <strong>of</strong> application for <strong>the</strong> asphalt primer to be used . The Contractor shall<br />
keep a record <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> application rates selected . Tentatively an application rate <strong>of</strong> 1.0-1.5 Kg/m2 <strong>of</strong> MC<br />
70 shall be used .<br />
Application <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> asphalt prime shall be made uniformly at this rate with <strong>the</strong> pressure distributor. The<br />
asphalt prime shall be applied at <strong>the</strong> temperature specified by <strong>the</strong> Engineer . When heating is required,<br />
precautions shall be taken to avoid fire hazard .<br />
Application shall be made when <strong>the</strong> surface is dry or slightly damp <strong>and</strong> , unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise permitted by<br />
<strong>the</strong> Engineer, when <strong>the</strong> air temperature in <strong>the</strong> shade is not less than 10C. After application <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
asphalt prime , at least forty - eight (48) hours shall elapse before fur<strong>the</strong>r applications are made .<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
64<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
Before beginning application , building paper shall be spread over <strong>the</strong> surface , from <strong>the</strong> joint back, for<br />
a sufficient distance for <strong>the</strong> spray bar to begin spraying <strong>and</strong> be operating at full force when <strong>the</strong> surface<br />
to be treated is reached. After <strong>the</strong> asphalt is applied <strong>the</strong> building paper shall be removed <strong>and</strong> destroyed<br />
.<br />
The spray bar shall be shut <strong>of</strong>f instantaneously at each construction joint to assure a straight line <strong>and</strong><br />
<strong>the</strong> full application <strong>of</strong> asphalt prime up to <strong>the</strong> joint . If necessary to prevent dripping, a drip pan shall<br />
be inserted under <strong>the</strong> nozzle when application is stopped . A h<strong>and</strong> spray shall be used to apply primer<br />
material necessary to touch up all spots unavoidably missed by <strong>the</strong> distributor.<br />
Following <strong>the</strong> application, <strong>the</strong> primed surface shall be allowed to dry for a period <strong>of</strong> not less than 48<br />
hours without being disturbed or for such an additional period <strong>of</strong> time as may be necessary to permit<br />
<strong>the</strong> drying out <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> prime until it will not be picked up.<br />
The surface shall <strong>the</strong>n be maintained by <strong>the</strong> Contractor until <strong>the</strong> surfacing has been placed <strong>and</strong> no<br />
traffic (o<strong>the</strong>r than that necessary for <strong>the</strong> Contractor) shall be allowed on <strong>the</strong> primed surface before<br />
placing <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> surface treatment.<br />
Method <strong>of</strong> Measurement<br />
The quantities to be paid for shall be <strong>the</strong> total quantity in sq.m. <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> primed surface area, actually<br />
applied, <strong>and</strong> shall be based on <strong>the</strong> approved records <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> application rates as selected by <strong>the</strong> Engineer<br />
.<br />
Method <strong>of</strong> Payment<br />
Payment shall be based on <strong>the</strong> Contract unit rate for "Prime Coat" per sq.m.<br />
1-5 HOT MIX ASPHALT SURFACING<br />
Scope<br />
Furnishing <strong>and</strong> mixing non plastic aggregate crushed limestone <strong>and</strong> asphalt binder at a central mixing<br />
plant, spreading <strong>and</strong> single layer surface course .<br />
Construction shall be in accordance with <strong>the</strong>se specifications <strong>and</strong> in conformity with lines, grades <strong>and</strong><br />
thickness as shown on drawings or established by <strong>the</strong> Engineer .<br />
Composition <strong>of</strong> Mixes <strong>of</strong> Mixes<br />
The paving mix shall be Composed <strong>of</strong> specified aggregates <strong>and</strong> asphalt cement within <strong>the</strong> limits <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
following table :<br />
St<strong>and</strong>ard Sieve Size Percent Passing Surface Course<br />
1 inch (25.40 mm) 100<br />
3/4 inch (19.10 mm) 90-100<br />
3/8 inch (90.52 mm) 56-80<br />
No.4 (04.76 mm) 35-65<br />
No.8 (02.00 mm) 23-49<br />
No.50 (00.42 mm) 5-19<br />
No.200 (00.075 mm) 2-8<br />
Asphalt to be added by weight <strong>of</strong> total weight according to design .<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
65<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
The aggregate shall have a percentage <strong>of</strong> wear <strong>of</strong> not more than 35% in 500 revolutions as determined<br />
by AASHTO T96. The s<strong>and</strong> equivalent shall be 50 minimum according to AASHTO T-176.<br />
Aggregate shall in all respects comply with <strong>the</strong> relevant st<strong>and</strong>ards. Aggregate limestone to be used be<br />
fresh mechanically crushed coarse aggregate . Materials on sieve No.4 shall have 90% by weight <strong>of</strong> at<br />
least two fractured faces .<br />
Filler Material<br />
When <strong>the</strong> combined grading <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> coarse <strong>and</strong> fine aggregate is deficient in material passing No. 200<br />
sieve , a filler conforming to <strong>the</strong> requirements specified hereafter shall be added .<br />
Mineral filler shall comply in all respects with AASHTO St<strong>and</strong>ard Specification M17.<br />
The amount <strong>of</strong> commercial filler to be added shall be only that amount necessary to make <strong>the</strong><br />
combined grading <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> material comply with <strong>the</strong> grading requirements for <strong>the</strong> complete mixture.<br />
In no case shall <strong>the</strong> amount <strong>of</strong> commercial filler added exceed three percent (3%) , sample obtained<br />
form hot bins , by weight <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> combined aggregate , The material passing No. 200 sieve may consist<br />
<strong>of</strong> fine particles <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> aggregates or mineral filler, or both .It shall free from organic matter <strong>and</strong> clay<br />
particles .<br />
Job Mix Formula<br />
The Contractor shall submit for <strong>the</strong> Engineer's approval a job mix formula within <strong>the</strong> limits <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se<br />
specifications.<br />
The maximum permissible variation from <strong>the</strong> job mix formula within <strong>the</strong> specification limits, shall be<br />
as follows :<br />
St<strong>and</strong>ard Sieve Size Permissible Variation Percent by Weight <strong>of</strong> Total Mix<br />
3/8 inch <strong>and</strong> larger + 5.00<br />
No. 4 to No. 80 + 4.00<br />
No. 200 + 1.00<br />
Asphalt + 0.30<br />
Mix Test Criteria<br />
Test requirements <strong>and</strong> criteria for <strong>the</strong> paving mixes prepared <strong>the</strong>se specifications shall be as follows :<br />
Surfacing<br />
No. <strong>of</strong> compactive blows<br />
each end specimen 75<br />
Minimum Stability (Kg) 900<br />
Flow (1/100") 2-4<br />
Percent air voids 3-5<br />
V.M.A. using bulk S/Gr.<br />
(Tolerance - 1%)<br />
min.14%<br />
V.F.B. 60-75 %<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
66<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
Loss <strong>of</strong> stability<br />
(soaking 24 hours compared<br />
with 30 min. at 60OC for<br />
all specimens in water bath).<br />
Plasticity Index for material<br />
passing sieve No.40(from hot bins)<br />
Stripping Test(ASTM D1664)<br />
max.25<br />
non plastic<br />
uncoated<br />
aggregate<br />
Laboratory test specimens <strong>of</strong> paving mixes, combined in <strong>the</strong> proportions <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> job mix formula, shall<br />
be prepared <strong>and</strong> tested in accordance with <strong>the</strong> procedures <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Marshall method <strong>of</strong> mix design as<br />
detailed in <strong>the</strong> 'Asphalt Institute Manual - MS2' <strong>and</strong> ASTM method <strong>of</strong> Test D 1559.<br />
General Equipment Requirements<br />
All equipment furnished by <strong>the</strong> Contractor shall meet <strong>the</strong> requirements <strong>of</strong> this section <strong>and</strong> shall be<br />
maintained in its best mechanical condition. Equipment shall be serviced <strong>and</strong> lubricated away form <strong>the</strong><br />
paving site; units drip fuel, oil, or grease shall be removed from <strong>the</strong> site until such leakage is corrected.<br />
Elements for All Plants<br />
Uniformity<br />
The plants shall be designed, co-ordinated <strong>and</strong> operated to produce a uniform mix within <strong>the</strong> specified<br />
job mix tolerances .<br />
Job Mix Formula<br />
The Engineer will make frequent gradation analyses <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> hot aggregates <strong>and</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> completed mix to<br />
be certain that <strong>the</strong> materials being used <strong>and</strong> produced are within <strong>the</strong> tolerances <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> job mix formula<br />
<strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> specifications <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> mix number being used<br />
If <strong>the</strong> mix is found to be outside <strong>the</strong> job mix formula tolerances or outside <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> specification limits,<br />
correction shall be made in quantities measured from <strong>the</strong> hot bins <strong>and</strong> adjustments made <strong>the</strong> cold bin<br />
feeders <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> Contractor shall submit a new mix design .<br />
Sampling <strong>and</strong> Testing<br />
Stockpiles <strong>and</strong> bins will be sampled for gradation analyses <strong>and</strong> examined for dust coating <strong>and</strong> for o<strong>the</strong>r<br />
purposes, in compliance with stated requirements . Gradation analyses <strong>of</strong> each hot bin will be<br />
performed <strong>and</strong> a combined analysis conducted at least twice a day once in <strong>the</strong> forenoon, <strong>and</strong> once in<br />
<strong>the</strong> afternoon . If materials do not run uniform, more frequent tests will be made.<br />
When requested by <strong>the</strong> Engineer, <strong>the</strong> Contractor shall provide representative samples by taking<br />
aggregate from each bin through <strong>the</strong> mixing chamber (without asphalt) into a truck or o<strong>the</strong>r receptacle.<br />
At least one sample shall be taken from each truck <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> hot mix being delivered to <strong>the</strong> site. Samples<br />
will be used to determine compliance with general <strong>and</strong> special requirements set forth in <strong>the</strong>se<br />
specifications.<br />
Construction Method<br />
Wea<strong>the</strong>r Limitations<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
67<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
When <strong>the</strong> moisture <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> aggregate in <strong>the</strong> stockpile or from <strong>the</strong> dryer in <strong>the</strong> plant interferes with <strong>the</strong><br />
quality <strong>of</strong> mix production, or with normal plant operations, or when pools <strong>of</strong> water are observed on <strong>the</strong><br />
base, <strong>the</strong>n mixing <strong>and</strong> placing <strong>of</strong> hot-mix asphalt will not be permitted.<br />
The temperature <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> surface on which <strong>the</strong> hot-mix asphalt is placed shall not be less than 5oC When<br />
<strong>the</strong> surface temperature on which <strong>the</strong> material is to be placed falls below 10oC, precautions shall be<br />
taken to compact <strong>the</strong> mix before it cools too much, to obtain <strong>the</strong> required density.<br />
All truckloads shall be delivered continuously <strong>and</strong> immediately spread <strong>and</strong> compacted. In cold wea<strong>the</strong>r<br />
<strong>and</strong> for shall be delivered at a temperature within 8oC <strong>of</strong> that temperature specified by <strong>the</strong> Engineers<br />
Representative.<br />
Preparation <strong>of</strong> Area<br />
The area to be paved shall be true to line <strong>and</strong> grade, <strong>and</strong> have a dry <strong>and</strong> properly prepared surface prior<br />
to <strong>the</strong> start <strong>of</strong> paving operations. It shall be free from all loose screenings, <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r loose or foreign<br />
material.<br />
The surface shall be primed as specified. The surface <strong>of</strong> structures in actual contact with asphalt mixes<br />
shall be painted with a thin, complete coating <strong>of</strong> asphalt material to provide a closely bonded water -<br />
tight joint .<br />
Proportioning <strong>and</strong> Mixing<br />
To aid in determining <strong>the</strong> proper temperature <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> completed batch, current viscosity data shall be<br />
available at <strong>the</strong> plant at all times.<br />
With information relative to <strong>the</strong> viscosity <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> particular asphalt being used, <strong>the</strong> temperature <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
completed mix at <strong>the</strong> plant <strong>and</strong> at <strong>the</strong> paver shall be designated by <strong>the</strong> Engineer's Representative after<br />
discussing with <strong>the</strong> Contractor <strong>the</strong> hauling <strong>and</strong> placing conditions.<br />
The asphalt shall be heated so that it can be distributed uniformly throughout <strong>the</strong> batch. For mixing<br />
applications, <strong>the</strong> specified temperature will generally be such that <strong>the</strong> asphalt viscosity is within <strong>the</strong><br />
range <strong>of</strong> 150-300 centistokes (75-150 seconds, Saybold Fuyol). The material shall be sufficiently fluid<br />
to produce a complete coating on every particle <strong>of</strong> aggregate within <strong>the</strong> specified mixing time. The<br />
temperature <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> aggregates <strong>and</strong> asphalt immediately prior to mixing shall be approximately that <strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>the</strong> completed batch.<br />
When <strong>the</strong> mix is produced in a batch type plant <strong>the</strong> aggregate shall be weighed accurately in <strong>the</strong><br />
designated proportions to provide <strong>the</strong> specified batch weight. The temperature <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> aggregate at <strong>the</strong><br />
time <strong>of</strong> introduction into <strong>the</strong> mixer shall be as directed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer's Representative with a<br />
tolerance <strong>of</strong> + 8OC.<br />
In no case, however, shall temperature <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> mixture exceed 165OC .<br />
Transportation <strong>of</strong> Mix<br />
The mix shall be transported to <strong>the</strong> job site in vehicles <strong>and</strong> painted, or sprayed, with a limewater, soap<br />
or detergent solution , at least once a day or as <strong>of</strong>ten as required .<br />
After this operation <strong>the</strong> truck bed shall elevated <strong>and</strong> thoroughly drained ; no excess solution shall be<br />
permitted. The dispatching <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> vehicles shall be so scheduled that all material .<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
68<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
Delivery <strong>of</strong> material to <strong>the</strong> paver shall be at a uniform rate <strong>and</strong> in an amount well within <strong>the</strong> capacity<br />
<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> paving <strong>and</strong> compacting equipment .<br />
Spreading <strong>and</strong> Finishing<br />
Spreading <strong>and</strong> finishing shall be conducted in <strong>the</strong> following manner :<br />
Mechanical Paver<br />
The binder <strong>and</strong> surface courses shall be spread <strong>and</strong> struck-<strong>of</strong>f with a mechanical paving machine<br />
connected with an automatic sensor . The paving machine connected with an automatic sensor. The<br />
paving machine shall be operated so that material dose not accumulate <strong>and</strong> remain along <strong>the</strong> sides <strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>the</strong> receiving hopper .<br />
Equipment which leaves tracks or indented areas which cannot be corrected in normal operation, or<br />
which produces flushing or o<strong>the</strong>r permanent blemishes or fails to produce a satisfactory surface shall<br />
not be used .<br />
Lines for <strong>the</strong> paver to follow will be established by <strong>the</strong> Engineer's Representative parallel to <strong>the</strong><br />
centreline <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> proposed roadway. The paver shall be positioned <strong>and</strong> operated to follow closely <strong>the</strong><br />
established lines .<br />
In backing trucks against <strong>the</strong> paver , care shall be taken not to jar it out <strong>of</strong> its proper alignment .<br />
As soon as <strong>the</strong> first load <strong>of</strong> material has been spread, <strong>the</strong> texture <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> unrolled surface shall be<br />
checked to determine its uniformity.<br />
Segregation <strong>of</strong> materials shall not be permitted If suspended until <strong>the</strong> cause is determined <strong>and</strong><br />
corrected.<br />
Transverse joints in succeeding courses shall be <strong>of</strong>fset at least 60 cm .<br />
Any irregularities in alignment left by <strong>the</strong> paver shall be corrected by trimming directly behind <strong>the</strong><br />
machine. Immediately after trimming, <strong>the</strong> edges <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> course shall be thoroughly compacted by<br />
tamping . Distortion <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> pavement during this operation shall be avoided .<br />
Edges against which additional pavement is to be placed shall be straight <strong>and</strong> immediately vertical . A<br />
lute or covered rake shall be used immediately behind <strong>the</strong> paver when required to obtain a true line <strong>and</strong><br />
vertical edge. Any irregularities in <strong>the</strong> surface <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> pavement course shall be corrected directly<br />
behind <strong>the</strong> paver . Excess material forming high spots shall be removed by a shovel or lute . Indented<br />
areas shall be filled with hot mix <strong>and</strong> smoo<strong>the</strong>d with <strong>the</strong> back <strong>of</strong> a shovel being pulled over <strong>the</strong> surface<br />
.<br />
Fanning <strong>of</strong> material over such areas shall not be permitted .<br />
H<strong>and</strong> Spreading<br />
In small areas where <strong>the</strong> use <strong>of</strong> mechanical finishing equipment is not practical , <strong>the</strong> mix may be spread<br />
<strong>and</strong> finished by h<strong>and</strong>, if so authorised by <strong>the</strong> Engineer's Representative . Wood or steel form, approved<br />
by <strong>the</strong> Engineer's Representative, rigidly supported to assure correct grade <strong>and</strong> cross-section, may be<br />
used. In such instances, measuring blocks <strong>and</strong> intermediate strips shall be used to aid in obtaining <strong>the</strong><br />
required cross-section. Placing by h<strong>and</strong> shall be performed carefully, <strong>the</strong> material shall be distributed<br />
uniformly to avoid segregation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> coarse <strong>and</strong> fine aggregate<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
69<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
Broadcasting <strong>of</strong> material shall not be permitted. During <strong>the</strong> spreading operation, all materials shall be<br />
thoroughly loosened <strong>and</strong> uniformly distributed by lutes or covered rakes. Material that has formed into<br />
lumps <strong>and</strong> dose not break down readily shall be rejected.<br />
Following placing <strong>and</strong> before rolling, <strong>the</strong> surface shall be checked with templates <strong>and</strong> straight edges<br />
<strong>and</strong> all irregularities shall be corrected .<br />
Heating equipment used for keeping h<strong>and</strong> tools free from asphalt shall be provided. Caution shall be<br />
exercised to prevent high heating temperatures which may burn <strong>the</strong> material. The temperature <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
tools when used shall not be greater than <strong>the</strong> temperature <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> mix being placed . Heat only shall be<br />
employed to clean h<strong>and</strong> tools; petroleum oils or solvents shall not be permitted .<br />
Compaction General<br />
General<br />
Except for small jobs, such as driveways, at least two rollers shall be required at all times. As many<br />
additional rollers shall be used as necessary to provide specified pavement density.<br />
During rolling , <strong>the</strong> roller wheels shall be kept moist with only sufficient water to avoid picking up <strong>the</strong><br />
material .<br />
After <strong>the</strong> edges have been compacted rolling shall start longitudinally at <strong>the</strong> sides <strong>and</strong> gradually<br />
progressing toward <strong>the</strong> centre <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> pavement.<br />
The rollers shall move at a slow but uniform speed with <strong>the</strong> drive roll or wheel nearest <strong>the</strong> paver . The<br />
speed shall not exceed 5 kph for steel-wheeled rollers or 8 kph for pneumatic - tired rollers .<br />
The line <strong>of</strong> rolling shall not be changed suddenly. If rolling causes displacement <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> material, <strong>the</strong><br />
affected areas shall be loosened at once with lutes or shovels <strong>and</strong> restored to <strong>the</strong> original grade <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
loose material before being re-rolled.<br />
Heavy equipment or rollers should not be permitted to st<strong>and</strong> on <strong>the</strong> finished surface before it has been<br />
compacted <strong>and</strong> has thoroughly cooled.<br />
Rolling shall be in <strong>the</strong> following order: -<br />
a) Transverse joints .<br />
b) Outside edge<br />
c) Initial or breakdown rolling , beginning on <strong>the</strong> low-side <strong>and</strong> progressing toward <strong>the</strong> high side<br />
d) Second rolling , same procedure as (c)<br />
e) Finish rolling .<br />
The compaction temperature (laboratory) shall be (viscosity) <strong>of</strong> bitumen is 280+30 centistoke, as<br />
follows :<br />
148+3oC for 60/70 penetration .<br />
Transverse Joints<br />
Transverse joints shall be held to a minimum <strong>and</strong> thoroughly compacted to provide a smooth riding<br />
surface.<br />
Joints shall be straight edges <strong>and</strong> string - lined to assure smoothness <strong>and</strong> true alignment. If a joint is<br />
formed with a bulkhead , such as a board , to provide a straight line <strong>and</strong> vertical face, it shall be<br />
checked with a straight edges before fresh material is placed against it to complete <strong>the</strong> joint . If a<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
70<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
bulkhead is not used to form <strong>the</strong> joint <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> roller is permitted to roll over <strong>the</strong> end <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> new<br />
material , <strong>the</strong> line shall be located back <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> rounded edge a sufficient distance to provide a true<br />
surface <strong>and</strong> cross-section . If <strong>the</strong> joint has been distorted by traffic or by o<strong>the</strong>r causes, it shall be<br />
trimmed to line .<br />
In ei<strong>the</strong>r case, <strong>the</strong> joint face shall face shall be painted with a thin coating <strong>of</strong> asphalt before fresh<br />
material is placed against it .<br />
To obtain through compaction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se joints, material placed against <strong>the</strong> joint shall be tightly crowded<br />
against <strong>the</strong> vertical face <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> joint .<br />
To accomplish this, <strong>the</strong> paving machine shall be positioned so that <strong>the</strong> material shall overlap <strong>the</strong> edge<br />
<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> joint by 3 to 5 cm. The depth <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> overlapped material shall be kept uniform .<br />
The coarse aggregate in <strong>the</strong> overlapped material that was dislodged through raking or luting shall be<br />
removed form <strong>the</strong> pavement surface <strong>and</strong> discarded .<br />
A t<strong>and</strong>em roller shall be placed on <strong>the</strong> previously compacted material transversely so that no more 15<br />
cm <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> rear rolling wheel rides on <strong>the</strong> edge <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> joint .<br />
The roller shall be operated to pinch <strong>and</strong> press <strong>the</strong> mix place at <strong>the</strong> transverse joint . The roller shall<br />
continue to roll along this line, shifting its position gradually across <strong>the</strong> joint, in 15 to 20 cm P17<br />
increments , until <strong>the</strong> joint has been rolled with <strong>the</strong> entire width <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> roller wheel. Rolling joint is<br />
obtained<br />
Edges<br />
Care shall be exercised in consolidating <strong>the</strong> course along <strong>the</strong> entire length <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> edges . Before it is<br />
compacted, <strong>the</strong> material along <strong>the</strong> unsupported edges shall be slightly elevated with a tamping tool or<br />
lute.<br />
This will permit <strong>the</strong> full weight <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> roller wheel to bear on <strong>the</strong> material to <strong>the</strong> extreme edges <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
mat . In rolling pavement edges, roller wheels shall extend 5 cm to 10 cm beyond <strong>the</strong> pavement edge .<br />
Breakdown Rolling<br />
Breakdown rolling shall commence at a temperature <strong>of</strong> not less than 120OC <strong>and</strong> immediately follow<br />
<strong>the</strong> rolling <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> longitudinal joint <strong>and</strong> edge. Rollers shall be operated as close to <strong>the</strong> pavement as<br />
necessary to obtain adequate density without undue displacement . The breakdown roller shall be<br />
operated with <strong>the</strong> drive roll or wheel nearest <strong>the</strong> finishing machine . Exceptions may be made by <strong>the</strong><br />
Engineer's Representative when working on steep slopes .<br />
When both three-wheeled rollers <strong>and</strong> t<strong>and</strong>em rollers are used, <strong>the</strong> three-wheeled rollers shall work<br />
directly behind <strong>the</strong> paver following by <strong>the</strong> t<strong>and</strong>em rollers . Only experienced roller operators shall be<br />
used for used this work .<br />
Second Rolling<br />
Pneumatic-tired rollers shall be used for <strong>the</strong> second rolling . The second rolling shall follow <strong>the</strong><br />
breakdown rolling as closely as possible <strong>and</strong> while <strong>the</strong> paving mix is still <strong>of</strong> at a temperature that will<br />
result in maximum density from this operation .<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
71<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
Pneumatic-tired rollers shall be continuous (at least three complete coverages) after <strong>the</strong> initial rolling<br />
until all <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> mix placed rollers on <strong>the</strong> hot paving mix which causes undue displacement will not be<br />
permitted .<br />
Finish Rolling<br />
The finish rolling shall be accomplished with two-axle t<strong>and</strong>ems or three-axle t<strong>and</strong>ems while <strong>the</strong><br />
material is still warm enough for <strong>the</strong> removal <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> rollers marks. If necessary to obtain <strong>the</strong> required<br />
surface finish, <strong>the</strong> Engineer's Representative shall specify <strong>the</strong> use <strong>of</strong> pneumatic - tired rollers . All<br />
rolling operations shall be conducted in close sequence .<br />
In places inaccessible for <strong>the</strong> operation <strong>of</strong> st<strong>and</strong>ard rollers as specified , compaction shall be performed<br />
by trench rollers or o<strong>the</strong>rs. The trench roller shall be operated at <strong>the</strong> direction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer's<br />
Representative until <strong>the</strong> course is thoroughly compacted. H<strong>and</strong> tamping, manual or mechanical , may<br />
be used in such areas if it proved to <strong>the</strong> Engineer's Representative that such operations will give <strong>the</strong><br />
desired density .<br />
Shoulder<br />
The shoulder material shall not be placed against <strong>the</strong> edges <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> pavement until <strong>the</strong> rolling <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
surface course has been completed.<br />
Adequate precaution shall be taken to prevent distortion <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> pavement edge from specified line <strong>and</strong><br />
grade.<br />
When <strong>the</strong> rolling <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> surface course has been completed <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> edges have been thoroughly<br />
compacted , shoulder material shall be immediately placed against <strong>the</strong> edges <strong>and</strong> rolled .<br />
Density <strong>and</strong> Surface Requirements<br />
The completed pavement shall have a relative compaction equal to or greater than 98% (from daily<br />
Marshall) <strong>of</strong> a laboratory specimen prepared as specified in Section A, "Test Methods <strong>and</strong><br />
Definitions" , <strong>and</strong> made form plant mix conforming to <strong>the</strong> result <strong>of</strong> density from samples taken on site<br />
.<br />
The final surface shall be <strong>of</strong> uniform texture <strong>and</strong> shall conform to line <strong>and</strong> grade shown on <strong>the</strong> plans.<br />
Before final acceptance <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> project, or during <strong>the</strong> progress <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> work, <strong>the</strong> thickness <strong>of</strong> all courses<br />
will be determined by <strong>the</strong> Engineer's Representative.<br />
All unsatisfactory work shall be repaired, replaced or corrected.<br />
Both density <strong>and</strong> thickness shall be carefully controlled during construction <strong>and</strong> shall be in full<br />
compliance with <strong>the</strong> plans <strong>and</strong> specifications. During compaction, preliminary tests as an aid for<br />
controlling <strong>the</strong> thickness, shall be made by inserting a flat blade, correctly graduated, through <strong>the</strong><br />
material to <strong>the</strong> top <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> previously placed base, or by o<strong>the</strong>r means approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer's<br />
Representative<br />
In checking compacted depth, <strong>the</strong> cutting <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> test holes, refilling with acceptable materials, <strong>and</strong><br />
proper compaction shall be done by <strong>the</strong> Contractor under <strong>the</strong> supervision <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer's<br />
Representative.<br />
For <strong>the</strong> purpose <strong>of</strong> testing <strong>the</strong> surface on all courses, a 3- meter long aluminum straight edge at <strong>the</strong><br />
longitudinal direction shall be used.<br />
Any irregularities which vary more than 0.5 cm in 3 meters shall be corrected. Irregularities which<br />
vary may develop before <strong>the</strong> completion <strong>of</strong> rolling shall be remedied as may be required.<br />
Should any irregularities or defects remain after <strong>the</strong> final compaction, <strong>the</strong> surface course shall be<br />
removed promptly <strong>and</strong> sufficient new material laid to form a true <strong>and</strong> even surface. All minor surface<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
72<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
projections, joints, <strong>and</strong> minor honeycombed surfaces shall be ironed smooth to grade as may directed<br />
by <strong>the</strong> Engineer's Representative.<br />
Method <strong>of</strong> Measurement<br />
Asphalt concrete shall be measured by square meters <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> actual area paved <strong>and</strong> accepted in place<br />
including <strong>the</strong> bitumen according to <strong>the</strong> dimensions shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings.<br />
Edge slopes shall be done but will not be measured for payment.<br />
Basis <strong>of</strong> Payment<br />
Payment shall be based on <strong>the</strong> Contract unit rate for "Asphalt mix surface thickness 0.06m" per square<br />
meter, complete in place including bituminous material. No payment shall be made for extra width or<br />
for extra thickness.<br />
The required compacted thickness is <strong>the</strong> minimum acceptable <strong>and</strong> tolerance shall be on <strong>the</strong> plus side.<br />
Payment may also be based on <strong>the</strong> unit linear meter <strong>of</strong> road excavation according to B.O.Q. where<br />
thickness <strong>of</strong> asphalt mix shall remain as 0.06m, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> Contractor shall follow all above mentioned<br />
specifications.<br />
END OF SECTION<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
73<br />
Civil Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
SECTION 1<br />
GENERAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL STIPULATIONS<br />
1.1 General<br />
All equipment details, designs, materials etc.., shall be submitted in full for <strong>the</strong> Engineer’s approval,<br />
prior to commencement <strong>of</strong> Manufacture.<br />
The General Equipment <strong>and</strong> Material Stipulations apply, in general, to all equipment <strong>and</strong> material to<br />
be supplied <strong>and</strong> all work to be performed by <strong>the</strong> Contractor. These requirements supplement <strong>the</strong><br />
detailed equipment <strong>and</strong> material specifications but, in case <strong>of</strong> conflict, <strong>the</strong> detailed equipment <strong>and</strong><br />
material specifications shall govern.<br />
This section shall be read in conjunction with <strong>the</strong> Drawings <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r relevant parts <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
Specification. In particular <strong>the</strong> Contractor’s attention is drawn to Sections 2 <strong>and</strong> 3 with regard to<br />
Materials, Workmanship <strong>and</strong> Submittals.<br />
1.2 Materials <strong>and</strong> Equipment<br />
Unless specifically provided o<strong>the</strong>rwise in each case, all materials <strong>and</strong> equipment furnished for<br />
permanent installation in <strong>the</strong> work shall conform to applicable st<strong>and</strong>ard specifications <strong>and</strong> shall be<br />
new, unused, <strong>and</strong> undamaged when installed or o<strong>the</strong>rwise incorporated in <strong>the</strong> work. The Contractor<br />
shall use no such material or equipment for any purpose o<strong>the</strong>r than that intended or specified, unless<br />
<strong>the</strong> Engineer in each case specifically authorizes such use.<br />
1.3 Workmanship<br />
All equipment shall be designed, fabricated, <strong>and</strong> assembled in accordance with <strong>the</strong> best modern<br />
engineering <strong>and</strong> shop practice. Individual parts shall be manufactured to st<strong>and</strong>ard sizes so that repair<br />
parts, furnished at any time, can be installed in <strong>the</strong> field. Like parts <strong>of</strong> duplicate units shall be<br />
interchangeable. Equipment shall not have been in service at any time prior to delivery, except as<br />
required by tests.<br />
1.4 Co-ordination<br />
The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for co-ordination <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> entire project, including<br />
verification that all structures, piping, valves, materials, instrumentation, <strong>and</strong> equipment components<br />
are compatible. The Contractor shall start up each equipment system <strong>and</strong> shall make all adjustments<br />
<strong>and</strong> tests necessary to ensure that each equipment item, system, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> entire works are placed in<br />
proper operating condition to <strong>the</strong> satisfaction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
1.5 Quality Assurance<br />
Manufacturer's Instructions<br />
When <strong>the</strong> specifications require that installation <strong>of</strong> work shall comply with <strong>the</strong> manufacturer's printed<br />
instructions, <strong>the</strong> Contractor shall obtain <strong>and</strong> distribute copies <strong>of</strong> such instructions to parties involved in<br />
<strong>the</strong> installation, including two copies to <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
The Contractor shall maintain one set <strong>of</strong> complete instructions at <strong>the</strong> job site during installation <strong>and</strong><br />
until completion.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
76<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
The Contractor shall h<strong>and</strong>le, install, connect, clean, condition <strong>and</strong> adjust products in strict accord with<br />
such instructions <strong>and</strong> in conformity with specified requirements. Should job conditions or specified<br />
requirements conflict with manufacturer's instructions, consult with <strong>the</strong> Engineer for fur<strong>the</strong>r<br />
instructions. The Contractor shall not proceed with work without clear instructions.<br />
The Contractor shall perform work in accordance with manufacturer's instructions <strong>and</strong> not omit any<br />
preparatory step or installation procedure unless specifically modified or exempted by <strong>the</strong><br />
specifications.<br />
Patent Royalties<br />
All royalties <strong>and</strong> fees for patents covering materials, articles, apparatus, devices, or equipment (as<br />
distinguished from processes) shall be included in prices quoted by equipment suppliers.<br />
1.6 Adaptation <strong>of</strong> Equipment<br />
Equipment shall be readily adaptable for installation <strong>and</strong> operation in <strong>the</strong> structures shown on <strong>the</strong><br />
drawings. No responsibility for alteration <strong>of</strong> a planned structure to accommodate o<strong>the</strong>r types <strong>of</strong><br />
equipment will be assumed by <strong>the</strong> Employer. Equipment, which requires alteration <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> structures,<br />
will be considered only if <strong>the</strong> Contractor assumes all responsibility for making <strong>and</strong> co-ordinating all<br />
necessary alterations. All such alterations shall be made at <strong>the</strong> Contractor's expense <strong>and</strong> shall be<br />
acceptable to <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
1.7 Delivery, Storage, <strong>and</strong> H<strong>and</strong>ling<br />
Delivery<br />
A. Materials <strong>and</strong> equipment furnished under this Contract shall be delivered <strong>and</strong> stored at a location<br />
directed by <strong>the</strong> Contractor <strong>and</strong> acceptable to <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
B. The Contractor shall provide all materials <strong>and</strong> packing cases necessary for <strong>the</strong> safe conveyance <strong>and</strong><br />
delivery <strong>of</strong> items.<br />
A. Before an item is dispatched from a manufacturer's works it shall be properly prepared <strong>and</strong><br />
packed <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> Contractor shall give <strong>the</strong> Engineer at least fourteen days notice that <strong>the</strong>se preparations<br />
are to begin.<br />
D. The Contractor shall, ei<strong>the</strong>r directly or through contractual arrangements with o<strong>the</strong>rs, accept responsibility<br />
for <strong>the</strong> safe h<strong>and</strong>ling <strong>and</strong> protection <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> equipment <strong>and</strong> materials furnished under this Contract<br />
before <strong>and</strong> after receipt at <strong>the</strong> port <strong>of</strong> entry. Acceptance <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> equipment by <strong>the</strong> Employer shall only<br />
be made after it is installed, tested, placed in operation, <strong>and</strong> found to comply with all <strong>the</strong> specified<br />
requirements.<br />
E. All items shall be checked against packing lists immediately on deliver to <strong>the</strong> Work Site <strong>and</strong> shall be<br />
inspected for damage <strong>and</strong> checked for shortages. Damage <strong>and</strong> shortages shall be remedied with <strong>the</strong><br />
minimum <strong>of</strong> delay.<br />
Protection<br />
A. All equipment shall be boxed, crated, or o<strong>the</strong>rwise completely enclosed <strong>and</strong> protected during<br />
shipment, h<strong>and</strong>ling, <strong>and</strong> storage. All equipment shall be protected from exposure to <strong>the</strong> elements <strong>and</strong><br />
shall be kept thoroughly dry at all times. Pumps, motors, electrical equipment, <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r equipment<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
77<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
having antifriction or sleeve bearings shall be stored in watertight warehouses, which are maintained at<br />
a temperature <strong>of</strong> at least 16 degrees C.<br />
B. Painted surfaces shall be protected against impact, abrasion, discoloration, <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r damage. All<br />
painted surfaces that are damaged prior to acceptance <strong>of</strong> equipment shall be repainted to <strong>the</strong><br />
satisfaction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
C. Electrical, equipment, controls, <strong>and</strong> insulation shall be protected against moisture or water damage.<br />
All space heaters provided in <strong>the</strong> equipment shall be kept connected <strong>and</strong> operating at all times until<br />
equipment is placed in service. All equipment shall have <strong>the</strong> original manufacturing certificate.<br />
Packing Lists<br />
Every crate or package shall contain a packing list in a waterpro<strong>of</strong> envelope. Two copies <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
packing list shall be sent by mail to <strong>the</strong> Engineer when <strong>the</strong> package is dispatched.<br />
Marking<br />
Crates, packages <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> like shall be clearly marked with a waterpro<strong>of</strong> material to show <strong>the</strong> weight,<br />
where <strong>the</strong> slings should be attached, <strong>and</strong> shall also have an indelible identification mark relating <strong>the</strong>m<br />
to <strong>the</strong> packing list.<br />
All items shall be clearly marked for identification against <strong>the</strong> packing list.<br />
Storage<br />
A. Stored items shall be laid out to facilitate <strong>the</strong>ir retrieval for use in <strong>the</strong> programmed order.<br />
B. Stacked items shall be suitably protected from damage by spacers or load distributing supports <strong>and</strong><br />
shall be safely arranged. No metalwork shall be stored directly on <strong>the</strong> ground.<br />
C. Items shall be h<strong>and</strong>led <strong>and</strong> stored so that <strong>the</strong>y are not subjected to excessive stresses <strong>and</strong> so that<br />
protective coatings <strong>and</strong> finishes are not damaged.<br />
D. Masonry products shall be h<strong>and</strong>led <strong>and</strong> stored in a manner to hold breakage, chipping, cracking, <strong>and</strong><br />
sapling to a minimum.<br />
E. Cement, lime <strong>and</strong> similar products shall be stored <strong>of</strong>f <strong>the</strong> ground on pallets <strong>and</strong> shall be covered <strong>and</strong><br />
kept completely dry at all times.<br />
F. Pipe, fittings <strong>and</strong> valves may be stored out <strong>of</strong> doors but must be placed on wooden blocking.<br />
G. Equipment having moving parts, such as gears, bearings <strong>and</strong> seals, shall be stored fully lubricated with<br />
oil, grease, etc., unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise instructed by <strong>the</strong> manufacturer. The Contractor shall carefully follow<br />
manufacturer’s storage instruction.<br />
H. Moving parts shall be rotated a minimum <strong>of</strong> once weekly to ensure proper lubrication <strong>and</strong> to avoid<br />
metal to metal "welding". Upon installation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> equipment, <strong>the</strong> Contractor shall at <strong>the</strong> discretion <strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>the</strong> Engineer start <strong>the</strong> equipment, at one-half load, once weekly for an adequate period <strong>of</strong> time to<br />
ensure that <strong>the</strong> equipment does not deteriorate from lack <strong>of</strong> use.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
78<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
I. Lubricants shall be changed upon completion <strong>of</strong> installation <strong>and</strong> as frequently as required <strong>the</strong>reafter<br />
during <strong>the</strong> period between installation <strong>and</strong> acceptance. The Contractor shall put new lubricants into <strong>the</strong><br />
equipment at <strong>the</strong> time <strong>of</strong> acceptance.<br />
Off-Site Storage<br />
Off-site storage arrangements shall be acceptable to <strong>the</strong> Engineer for all materials <strong>and</strong> equipment not<br />
incorporated into <strong>the</strong> work but included in Applications for Payments. Such <strong>of</strong>f-site storage<br />
arrangements shall be presented in writing, <strong>and</strong> shall afford adequate <strong>and</strong> satisfactory security <strong>and</strong><br />
protection. Off-site storage facilities shall be accessible to Engineer.<br />
Spare Parts<br />
Spare parts shall be accurately manufactured from <strong>the</strong> same materials <strong>and</strong> to <strong>the</strong> same dimensions <strong>and</strong><br />
tolerances as <strong>the</strong> originals. They shall be new, unused <strong>and</strong> strictly interchangeable with <strong>the</strong> parts for<br />
which <strong>the</strong>y are intended to be replacements <strong>and</strong> shall be treated <strong>and</strong> packed for long storage under <strong>the</strong><br />
climatic conditions prevailing at <strong>the</strong> Work Site. Each spare part shall be clearly marked or labeled on<br />
<strong>the</strong> outside <strong>of</strong> its packing with its description <strong>and</strong> purpose, <strong>and</strong> when more than one spare is packed in<br />
a single case or o<strong>the</strong>r container, a general description <strong>of</strong> its contents shall be shown on <strong>the</strong> outside <strong>of</strong><br />
such case or containers, <strong>and</strong> a detailed list enclosed. Cases, containers, <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r packages shall be<br />
marked <strong>and</strong> numbered in an acceptable manner for purposes <strong>of</strong> identification. Cases, containers, or<br />
o<strong>the</strong>r packages shall be designed to facilitate opening <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>reafter repacking.<br />
1.8 Substitutions <strong>and</strong> Product Options<br />
Equivalent Materials <strong>and</strong> Equipment<br />
Whenever a material or article is specified or described by using <strong>the</strong> name <strong>of</strong> a proprietary product or<br />
<strong>the</strong> name <strong>of</strong> a particular manufacturer or vendor, <strong>the</strong> specified item mentioned shall be understood as<br />
establishing <strong>the</strong> type, function, <strong>and</strong> quality desired. O<strong>the</strong>r manufacturer's products will be accepted<br />
provided sufficient information is submitted to allow <strong>the</strong> Engineer to determine that <strong>the</strong> products<br />
proposed are equivalent to those names. Such items shall be submitted for review by <strong>the</strong> procedure set<br />
forth in <strong>the</strong> Submittals section <strong>and</strong> as specified herein.<br />
Substitutions<br />
Requests for review <strong>of</strong> equivalency will not be accepted from anyone except <strong>the</strong> Contractor, <strong>and</strong> such<br />
requests will not be considered until after <strong>the</strong> contract has been awarded.<br />
The Contractor shall submit a separate request for each item <strong>of</strong> material <strong>and</strong>/or equipment proposed for<br />
substitution, supported with data, drawings <strong>and</strong> samples as appropriate. Request for substitution shall<br />
include <strong>the</strong> following:<br />
Comparison <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> qualities <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> proposed substitution with that specified.<br />
Any changes required in o<strong>the</strong>r elements <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> work because <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> substitution.<br />
Effect on <strong>the</strong> construction schedule.<br />
Cost data comparing <strong>the</strong> proposed substitution with <strong>the</strong> equipment or material that is specified.<br />
Any required license fees or royalties.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
79<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
Availability <strong>of</strong> maintenance service, <strong>and</strong> source <strong>of</strong> replacement materials in Jordan.<br />
The Contractor in requesting a substitution represents that he has investigated <strong>the</strong> proposed products<br />
<strong>and</strong> determines that <strong>the</strong>y are equal to, or superior in, all respects to that specified. The Contractor shall<br />
provide <strong>the</strong> same warranties for <strong>the</strong> substitution as for <strong>the</strong> products specified. The Contractor will coordinate<br />
<strong>the</strong> installation <strong>of</strong> an accepted substitution into <strong>the</strong> Project, <strong>and</strong> make all changes as may be<br />
required to make <strong>the</strong> work complete, waivering all claims for additional costs, under his responsibility,<br />
which may subsequently become apparent.<br />
1.9 Warranties<br />
The Engineer shall be <strong>the</strong> judge <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> acceptability <strong>of</strong> all proposed substitutions.<br />
The Contractor shall guarantee all equipment against (a) faulty or adequate design, (b) improper<br />
assembly or erection, (c) defective workmanship or materials <strong>and</strong> (d) leakage, breakage, or o<strong>the</strong>r<br />
failure. The guarantee period shall be as defined in <strong>the</strong> General Conditions.<br />
1.10 Safety Features<br />
A. The Permanent Works, as installed, shall have no features that could be a hazard to operators,<br />
maintenance staff, visitors, or o<strong>the</strong>r persons having access <strong>the</strong>reto. Guards, electrical safety devices,<br />
<strong>the</strong>rmal insulation, noise suppression devices, written notices, safety colors, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> like shall be<br />
provided where needed.<br />
B. Adequate safeguards shall be provided to prevent personnel accidentally coming into contact with<br />
dangerous machinery, mechanisms, hot surfaces, electrically live parts, <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r hazardous<br />
components or contents. Guards shall be rigid, securely fixed <strong>and</strong> made so that <strong>the</strong>y do not have to be<br />
removed during normal operation, running maintenance, <strong>and</strong> routine inspection.<br />
C. When <strong>the</strong> Permanent. Works are operating at <strong>the</strong> normal conditions, <strong>the</strong> intensity <strong>of</strong> emitted noise in <strong>the</strong><br />
working environment shall not constitute a health hazard to operators <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r personnel or cause a<br />
nuisance to a community outside <strong>the</strong> boundary <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Work Site. The anticipated noise characteristics<br />
<strong>of</strong> all items <strong>of</strong> Permanent Works <strong>and</strong> systems, which have a high noise potential, shall be submitted to<br />
<strong>the</strong> Engineer early in <strong>the</strong> Contract. The Contractor shall ensure that all pollutants are discharged in a<br />
controlled manner to satisfy <strong>the</strong> environmental protection requirements <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Employer.<br />
1.11 Anchor Bolts<br />
A. Equipment suppliers shall furnish stainless steel anchor bolts for each item <strong>of</strong> equipment. Anchor bolts,<br />
toge<strong>the</strong>r with templates or setting drawings, shall be delivered sufficiently early to permit setting <strong>the</strong><br />
anchor bolts when <strong>the</strong> structural concrete is placed. Two stainless steel nuts shall be furnished for<br />
each bolt.<br />
1.12 Fabrication <strong>and</strong> Manufacture<br />
All equipment shall be designed, fabricated, <strong>and</strong> assembled in accordance with <strong>the</strong> best engineering<br />
<strong>and</strong> shop drawings. Individual parts shall be manufactured to st<strong>and</strong>ard sizes <strong>and</strong> gauges so that repair<br />
parts furnished at any time, can be installed in <strong>the</strong> field. Like parts <strong>of</strong> duplicate units shall be<br />
interchangeable.<br />
Equipment shall not have been in service at any time prior to delivery, except as required by tests.<br />
Except where o<strong>the</strong>rwise specified, structural <strong>and</strong> miscellaneous fabricated steel used in items <strong>of</strong><br />
equipment shall conform to <strong>the</strong> St<strong>and</strong>ards <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> American Institute <strong>of</strong> Steel Construction.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
80<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
All structural members shall be considered as subject to shock or vibratory loads. Unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise<br />
specified, all steel which will be submerged, all or in part, during normal operation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> equipment<br />
shall be at least 6 mm thick.<br />
1.13 Lubrication<br />
A. Equipment shall be adequately lubricated by systems that require attention no more frequently than<br />
weekly during continuous operation. Lubrication systems shall not require attention during start-up or<br />
shutdown <strong>and</strong> shall not waste lubricants.<br />
B. Lubricants <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> type recommended by <strong>the</strong> equipment Manufacturer shall be provided in sufficient<br />
quantity to fill all lubricant reservoirs <strong>and</strong> to replace all consumption during testing, start-up, <strong>and</strong><br />
operating prior to acceptance <strong>of</strong> equipment by <strong>the</strong> Employer. In addition, Contractor shall provide<br />
quantities <strong>of</strong> required lubricants to permit continuous operation <strong>of</strong> all items <strong>of</strong> equipment until <strong>the</strong> end<br />
<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Maintenance Period.<br />
C. A complete schedule <strong>of</strong> recommended lubricants, which are readily available in Jordan <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> names<br />
<strong>and</strong> manufacturers <strong>and</strong> suppliers, shall be submitted to <strong>the</strong> Engineer for acceptance.<br />
D. Lubrication facilities shall be convenient <strong>and</strong> accessible. Oil drains <strong>and</strong> fill openings shall be easily<br />
accessible from <strong>the</strong> normal operating area or platform. Drains shall allow for convenient collection <strong>of</strong><br />
waste oil in containers, from <strong>the</strong> normal operating area or platform without removing <strong>the</strong> unit from its<br />
normal installed position.<br />
E. Lubricating equipment shall be positioned so that it is not subject to damage during installation,<br />
operation, or maintenance <strong>of</strong> plant. Centralized lubrication systems shall conform with BS 4807,<br />
Recommendations for Centralized Lubrication as Applied to Plant <strong>and</strong> Machinery.<br />
F. Grease lubrication systems shall preferably be <strong>the</strong> pressure type where no adjustment or recharging is<br />
needed more than once a week under normal continuous operating conditions. Grease application<br />
points shall be easily accessible <strong>and</strong> where needed, extension piping shall be provided. Where a<br />
number <strong>of</strong> greasing points can be grouped <strong>the</strong>y shall be routed to a battery plate <strong>of</strong> rigid construction<br />
<strong>and</strong> each application point shall be clearly labelled. Two grease applicators shall be supplied for each<br />
type <strong>of</strong> lubricant required <strong>and</strong> type <strong>of</strong> application nipple. Each applicator shall be clearly <strong>and</strong><br />
permanently labelled.<br />
G. Oil lubrication shall preferably be supplied by a recirculating reservoir type lubricator, which<br />
automatically maintains <strong>the</strong> correct level <strong>of</strong> oil <strong>and</strong> is sized to function for a long period under normal<br />
continuous operating conditions.<br />
A sight glass level indicator shall be fitted on all oil reservoirs, or where this is not practicable, a<br />
dipstick shall be fitted. Level indicators shall be easy to read over <strong>the</strong> maximum working range,<br />
simple to dismantle for cleaning, marked clearly with minimum / normal / maximum oil levels at<br />
normal running temperature <strong>and</strong> speed <strong>and</strong> marked to show <strong>the</strong> normal filling level at design ambient<br />
temperature. Sight glasses shall be protected against mechanical damage.<br />
H. Water lubrication shall ei<strong>the</strong>r be a recirculating or freely discharging system. Facilities shall be<br />
provided for visually observing both <strong>the</strong> flow <strong>and</strong> temperature <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> inflowing <strong>and</strong> outflowing<br />
lubricating water where practicable. Freely discharging water from each lubricating point shall be<br />
separately piped to an open reservoir or container, which shall be piped neatly to an acceptable surface<br />
water drainage system.<br />
1.14 Dissimilar Materials<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
81<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
A. Where <strong>the</strong> use <strong>of</strong> dissimilar materials in contact or proximity can be bridged by an electrolyte producing<br />
a corrosive condition, <strong>the</strong> Contractor shall demonstrate to <strong>the</strong> satisfaction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer that adequate<br />
precautions have been taken to prevent unacceptable corrosion.<br />
1.15 Nameplates, Rating Plates, <strong>and</strong> Labels<br />
A. Each item <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> plant comprising <strong>the</strong> Permanent Works shall have permanently attached, in a<br />
conspicuous position, a label or labels detailing its design performance, function, manufacturer's<br />
identification, <strong>and</strong> system identification. In general <strong>the</strong> function <strong>and</strong> system identification shall be<br />
separately labelled. Script on all labels shall be in <strong>the</strong> Arabic <strong>and</strong> English languages.<br />
B. Inscriptions shall be permanently engraved <strong>and</strong>, in general, a dark inscription on a light background<br />
shall be provided.<br />
C. The proposed style, label material, inscription, location, <strong>and</strong> fixing shall be scheduled <strong>and</strong> submitted to<br />
<strong>the</strong> Engineer for review.<br />
D. Embossed materials <strong>and</strong> techniques will not be accepted.<br />
E. Labels provided for panels shall describe <strong>the</strong> duty <strong>and</strong> identify every instrument, relay circuit, circuit<br />
component, <strong>and</strong> item <strong>of</strong> equipment mounted externally <strong>and</strong> internally.<br />
F. Multi section/circuit panels shall be fitted with a main designation label, <strong>and</strong> labels identifying each<br />
individual section/circuit shall be located at both <strong>the</strong> front <strong>and</strong> rear <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> panel.<br />
G. Where withdraw able or detachable equipment is provided both <strong>the</strong> fixed <strong>and</strong> moving or detachable<br />
portions shall be similarly labeled.<br />
H. Externally fitted labels on panels shall be acceptable transparent plastic with rear engraved inscriptions<br />
filled with black. The back surface <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se labels shall be painted in an acceptable color.<br />
I. Labels shall be provided to warn <strong>of</strong> dangerous or potentially dangerous circumstances or substances.<br />
J. Inscriptions on danger labels shall start with <strong>the</strong> word "DANGER" <strong>and</strong> be white on a red background.<br />
K. Inscriptions on caution labels shall start with <strong>the</strong> word "CAUTION" <strong>and</strong> be red on a white background.<br />
L. Instruction labels shall be provided where safety procedures are essential to protect operating <strong>and</strong><br />
maintenance personnel from hazardous or potentially hazardous conditions such as advising <strong>the</strong><br />
isolation or earthing <strong>of</strong> electrical circuits or <strong>the</strong> wearing <strong>of</strong> protective gear.<br />
M. Each valve, pump, <strong>and</strong> unit <strong>of</strong> equipment, which has been assigned a designation code number<br />
including existing items, shall be provided with a number plate. Numerals shall be not less than 50 mm<br />
high. Number plates shall be anodized aluminum <strong>and</strong> shall have a number corresponding to a<br />
designation code number system acceptable to <strong>the</strong> Engineer. The location <strong>of</strong> number plates <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
method <strong>of</strong> attachment to <strong>the</strong> equipment shall be acceptable to <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
1.16 Marker Tape for Buried Services<br />
A. Wherever pipes, cables, ducts, <strong>and</strong> similar services are buried in <strong>the</strong> ground a marker tape shall be laid<br />
300 mm above each <strong>and</strong> every service in <strong>the</strong> trench. The marker tape shall be 500 mm wide <strong>and</strong> 100<br />
micrometers nominal thickness colored plastic boldly printed with <strong>the</strong> word "CAUTION" <strong>and</strong> words to<br />
identify <strong>the</strong> particular services, in Arabic <strong>and</strong> English throughout its entire length, in accordance with<br />
international st<strong>and</strong>ard practice. All electrical wires <strong>and</strong> cables shall be labeled at every interruption,<br />
termination, device, <strong>and</strong> manhole <strong>and</strong> shall be identified on numbered elastic sleeves.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
82<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
1.17 Electric Motors<br />
A. Unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise specified, motors furnished with equipment shall meet <strong>the</strong> following requirements:<br />
1. Designed <strong>and</strong> applied in accordance with NEMA ANSI, IEEE, AFBMA, NEC, BS, VDE or EEMAC<br />
for <strong>the</strong> service <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> driven equipment, such as frequent starting, intermittent overload, high inertia,<br />
mounting configuration, or service environment.<br />
2. Rated for continuous duty at 50 o C ambient, unless <strong>the</strong> application is well recognized for intermittent<br />
duty service as a st<strong>and</strong>ard industry practice.<br />
3. Insulated to Class F st<strong>and</strong>ard designed for a service factor <strong>of</strong> 1.15, or greater or as specified.<br />
4. When operating at service factor load, maximum observable temperature rise <strong>of</strong> insulation <strong>and</strong> motor<br />
parts, as determined by resistance or <strong>the</strong>rmometer methods, shall not exceed <strong>the</strong> NEMA allowable<br />
limits for <strong>the</strong> type <strong>of</strong> motor, <strong>the</strong> type <strong>of</strong> enclosure, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> particular application with regard to<br />
continuous or intermittent duty.<br />
5. To ensure long motor life, nameplate kilowatt regardless <strong>of</strong> service factor, shall be at least 115 percent<br />
<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> maximum load imposed by <strong>the</strong> driven equipment.<br />
6. Designed for full voltage starting.<br />
7. De-rated, if required, for <strong>the</strong> altitude at which <strong>the</strong> equipment is installed.<br />
8. Clamp type grounding terminal shall be inside motor conduit box.<br />
9. External conduit boxes shall be oversized at least one size larger than NEMA st<strong>and</strong>ard.<br />
10. Totally enclosed motors shall have a continuous moisture drain, which also excludes insects.<br />
11. Bearings shall be ei<strong>the</strong>r oil or grease lubricated <strong>and</strong> have a minimum guaranteed life <strong>of</strong> 50,000 hrs <strong>of</strong><br />
motor running time.<br />
12. Manufacturer's st<strong>and</strong>ard motor may be supplied on integrally constructed, packaged assemblies such as<br />
appliances, tools, unit heaters, <strong>and</strong> similar equipment specified by model number, in which case a<br />
redesign <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> unit would be required to furnish motors <strong>of</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r than <strong>the</strong> manufacturer's st<strong>and</strong>ard<br />
design. However, in all cases, totally enclosed motors are preferred <strong>and</strong> shall be furnished if <strong>of</strong>fered by<br />
<strong>the</strong> manufacturer' as a st<strong>and</strong>ard option.<br />
13. Totally enclosed motors shall be furnished on:<br />
a. Outdoor equipment.<br />
b. Equipment for installation below grade.<br />
.<br />
c. Chemical feeding <strong>and</strong> chemical h<strong>and</strong>ling equipment.<br />
d. Equipment operating in wet or dust laden locations.<br />
14. Drip pro<strong>of</strong> motors, or totally enclosed motors at <strong>the</strong> supplier's option, shall be furnished on equipment<br />
in indoor, above grade, clean <strong>and</strong> dry locations.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
83<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
15. Explosion pro<strong>of</strong> or submersible motors shall be furnished as required by applicable codes, as specified<br />
in o<strong>the</strong>r sections, or at <strong>the</strong> supplier's option.<br />
16. Motors shall be rated <strong>and</strong> constructed as follows:<br />
Below 1000 -W Power<br />
240 volt, 50 Hz, single phase.<br />
Built-in manual-reset <strong>the</strong>rmal protector, or integrally mounted stainless steel enclosed<br />
manual motor starter.<br />
1.18 Drive Units<br />
1000W <strong>and</strong> Above Power<br />
400 volt, 50 Hz, 3 Phase.<br />
A. The nominal input kilowatt rating <strong>of</strong> each gear or speed reducer shall be at least equal to <strong>the</strong> nameplate<br />
kilowatt rating <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> drive motor. Drive units shall be designed for 24-hour continuous service.<br />
Gear Motors<br />
Gear motors shall be rated AGMA Class 11 <strong>and</strong> shall bear an AGMA nameplate.<br />
Gear Reducers<br />
Each gear reducer shall be totally enclosed, oil lubricated, with antifriction bearings throughout.<br />
Worm gear reducers shall have a service factor <strong>of</strong> at least 1.20. Shaft mounted gear reducers shall be<br />
rated AGMA Class II. O<strong>the</strong>r helical, spiral bevel, <strong>and</strong> combination bevel-helical gear reducers shall<br />
have a service factor <strong>of</strong> at least 1.50. Each gear reducer shall bear an AGMA nameplate.<br />
Variable Speed Drives<br />
Each variable speed drive shall have a service factor <strong>of</strong> at least 1.75 at maximum speed. A spare belt<br />
shall be provided with each variable speed drive unit employing a belt for speed change. Unless<br />
specifically permitted by <strong>the</strong> detailed equipment specifications, bracket type mounting will not be<br />
acceptable for variable speed drives.<br />
Safety Guards<br />
Chain drives <strong>of</strong> stainless 316, fan blades, couplings, <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r moving or rotating parts shall be<br />
covered on all sides by a safety guard. Safety guards shall be fabricated from 1.6 mm thick or heavier<br />
galvanized or aluminum clad sheet steel or 12 mm mesh galvanized exp<strong>and</strong>ed metal. Each guard shall<br />
be designed for easy installation <strong>and</strong> removal. All necessary supports <strong>and</strong> accessories shall be provided<br />
for each guard. Supports <strong>and</strong> accessories, including bolts, shall be galvanized. All safety guards in<br />
outdoor locations shall be designed to prevent <strong>the</strong> entrance <strong>of</strong> rain <strong>and</strong> dripping water.<br />
1.19 Equipment Bases<br />
A. Unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise indicated on <strong>the</strong> drawings or specified, all equipment shall be installed on concrete<br />
bases at least 150 mm high. Cast iron or welded steel Base plates shall be provided for pumps,<br />
compressors, <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r equipment. Each unit <strong>and</strong> its drive assembly shall be supported on a single<br />
base plate <strong>of</strong> neat design. Base plates shall have peds for anchoring all components <strong>and</strong> adequate<br />
grout holes.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
84<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
Base plates for pumps shall have a means for collecting leakage <strong>and</strong> a threaded drain connection. Base<br />
plates shall be anchored to <strong>the</strong> concrete base with suitable anchor bolts <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> space beneath filled<br />
with grout as specified.<br />
1.20 Shop Painting<br />
A. All steel <strong>and</strong> iron surfaces shall be protected by suitable paint or coatings applied in <strong>the</strong> shop. All<br />
ferrous metal surfaces needing paint for corrosion protection or appearance shall be finish painted at<br />
<strong>the</strong> shop or factory. Finish painted shall consist <strong>of</strong> at least one primer coat <strong>and</strong> one suitable finish coat.<br />
Surfaces, which will be inaccessible after assembly, shall be protected for <strong>the</strong> life <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> equipment.<br />
Exposed surfaces intended to be field painted after installation shall be finished smooth, thoroughly<br />
cleaned, <strong>and</strong> filled as necessary to provide a smooth uniform base for painting. Surfaces to be painted<br />
after installation shall be-shop painted with one or more coats <strong>of</strong> a primer, which will adequately<br />
protect <strong>the</strong> equipment until finish coats are applied. Shop primer shall be fully compatible with finish<br />
paint systems specified.<br />
Items <strong>of</strong> equipment such as pumps traveling screens, air blowers, chlorination equipment, electric<br />
motors, speed reducers, starters, <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r self-contained or enclosed components shall be shop<br />
finished with at least one primer coat <strong>and</strong> one finish coat <strong>of</strong> high-grade oil-resistant enamel or<br />
equivalent system. Coatings shall be suitable for <strong>the</strong> environment where <strong>the</strong> equipment is installed.<br />
B. Machined, polished, <strong>and</strong> non-ferrous surfaces, which are not to be painted, shall be coated with<br />
suitable protective compound.<br />
1.21 Installation <strong>and</strong> Operation<br />
A. Equipment shall not be installed or operated except by, or with <strong>the</strong> guidance <strong>of</strong>, qualified personnel<br />
having <strong>the</strong> knowledge <strong>and</strong> experience necessary for proper results. When so specified, or when<br />
employees <strong>of</strong> Contractor or his Subcontractors are not qualified, such personnel shall be supervised at<br />
all times by field representatives <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> manufacturer <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> equipment or materials being installed.<br />
B. All equipment installed under this Contract shall be placed in successful operation according to <strong>the</strong><br />
written instructions <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> manufacturer or <strong>the</strong> instructions <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> manufacturer's field representative.<br />
All required adjustments, tests, operation checks, <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r start-up activities shall be provided.<br />
1.22 Manufacturer's Field Services<br />
A. An experienced, competent, <strong>and</strong> authorized representative <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> manufacturer <strong>of</strong> each item <strong>of</strong><br />
equipment for which field services are required shall visit <strong>the</strong> Work Site <strong>and</strong> inspect, check, adjust if<br />
necessary, <strong>and</strong> accept <strong>the</strong> equipment installation. In each case, <strong>the</strong> manufacturer's representative shall<br />
be present when <strong>the</strong> equipment is placed in operation. The manufacturer's representative shall revisit<br />
<strong>the</strong> Work Site as <strong>of</strong>ten as necessary until all trouble is corrected <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> equipment installation <strong>and</strong><br />
operation are satisfactory in <strong>the</strong> opinion <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
B. Each manufacturer's representative shall furnish to <strong>the</strong> Engineer a written report certifying that <strong>the</strong><br />
equipment has been properly installed <strong>and</strong> lubricated; is in accurate alignment; is free from any undue<br />
stress imposed by connecting piping or anchor bolts; has been operated under full load conditions; <strong>and</strong><br />
that it operated satisfactorily.<br />
C. Except as may be o<strong>the</strong>rwise specified or required or allowed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer, eleven months after <strong>the</strong><br />
Plant has been set to work a visit to site shall be made by an experienced fitter, <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Contractor or <strong>the</strong><br />
Manufacturer, who shall service all <strong>the</strong> Plant. The service shall comprise tracing <strong>and</strong> correction <strong>of</strong> all<br />
faults <strong>and</strong> replacement <strong>of</strong> any item <strong>of</strong> plant found to be defective which <strong>the</strong> Engineer considers to be<br />
<strong>the</strong> Contractor’s liability.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
85<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
D. All costs for <strong>the</strong>se services shall be included in <strong>the</strong> Contract Price.<br />
1.23 Operation <strong>and</strong> Maintenance Manuals<br />
The Contractor shall provide Operation <strong>and</strong> Maintenance Manuals for each item <strong>of</strong> equipment for<br />
which manuals are required. Manuals shall be provided in accordance with <strong>the</strong> Submittals Section.<br />
END OF SECTION<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
86<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
SECTION 2<br />
MECHANICALLY CLEANED BAR SCREENS<br />
PART 1 - GENERAL<br />
1-1 Description<br />
A. This Section includes supply, installation, testing <strong>and</strong> startup <strong>of</strong> all HEAVY DUTY mechanically<br />
<strong>and</strong> manually cleaned bar screens, including auxiliaries specified herein, to constitute a complete system.<br />
B. Supply <strong>and</strong> install piping to interconnect <strong>the</strong> various units being provided in <strong>the</strong> complete system.<br />
Pipe sizing shall be verified by <strong>the</strong> Equipment Supplier, but shall be not less than that shown on <strong>the</strong><br />
drawings, unless specific equipment requirements dictate o<strong>the</strong>rwise.<br />
C. The total system will consist <strong>of</strong> mechanically <strong>and</strong> manually cleaned bar screens.<br />
1-1.01 Related Work<br />
A. General Equipment <strong>and</strong> Material Stipulation.<br />
The General Equipment <strong>and</strong> Material Stipulation shall apply to all material furnished under this section.<br />
B. Work Specified Elsewhere<br />
O<strong>the</strong>r items <strong>of</strong> work that relate to <strong>and</strong> are referenced in this section include, but are not limited to,<br />
Submittals <strong>and</strong> Electrical Division<br />
1-2 Applicable Codes <strong>and</strong> St<strong>and</strong>ards<br />
The Codes <strong>and</strong> St<strong>and</strong>ards generally applicable to <strong>the</strong> under this section are listed. Codes <strong>and</strong> St<strong>and</strong>ards<br />
current at <strong>the</strong> time <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> bid shall be used unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise indicated.<br />
1-2.01 NEMA – National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association.<br />
1-2.02 AGMA- American Gear Manufacturer’s Association.<br />
1-3 Submittals<br />
1-3.01 Drawing <strong>and</strong> Data.<br />
Complete fabrication, assembly <strong>and</strong> installation drawings, toge<strong>the</strong>r with detailed specifications <strong>and</strong> data<br />
covering materials used parts, devices, <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r accessories forming a part <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> equipment furnished,<br />
shall be submitted in accordance with <strong>the</strong> Submittals section.<br />
1-4 Product Delivery, Storage, <strong>and</strong> H<strong>and</strong>ling<br />
1-4.01 Protection.<br />
EQUIPMENT shall be delivered, stored, <strong>and</strong> h<strong>and</strong>led as specified in General Equipment <strong>and</strong> Material<br />
Stipulations<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
87<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
In addition to <strong>the</strong> protection specified in <strong>the</strong> General Equipment <strong>and</strong> Material Stipulations, <strong>the</strong> packaging<br />
<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> screen <strong>and</strong> spare parts shall be similar to export packing <strong>and</strong> shall be packed separately <strong>and</strong> shall be<br />
completed identified on <strong>the</strong> outside <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> container.<br />
Instructions for <strong>the</strong> servicing <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> equipment while in storage shall accompany each item <strong>of</strong> equipment.<br />
Advisement <strong>of</strong> enclosed instructions shall be noted on <strong>the</strong> exterior <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> package.<br />
A. Capacity: Mechanically-raked bar screen shall have <strong>the</strong> following capacity:<br />
Service<br />
Mechanical Screen<br />
QTY/<br />
Measurement<br />
2<br />
Hydraulically controlled vertical Mechanically Cleaned<br />
Bar Screens inclined at 75 o<br />
Controls 2<br />
Channel Width<br />
500 mm<br />
Channel Depth<br />
1700 mm<br />
Average Flow –each<br />
44 liter /sec<br />
Maximum Flow – each<br />
109 liter /sec<br />
Maximum Upstream Water Depth<br />
400 mm<br />
Bar Spacing<br />
15 mm<br />
Width <strong>of</strong> bar<br />
10 mm<br />
Maximum Headloss at 50% clogging<br />
200 mm<br />
Manual Screen<br />
Manual Bar Screen 1<br />
Channel Width<br />
500 mm<br />
Channel Depth<br />
1700 mm<br />
Bar Spacing<br />
40 mm<br />
Width <strong>of</strong> bar<br />
10 mm<br />
B. Materials: All materials used shall be suitable for service in a moist corrosive environment as<br />
encountered in wastewater treatment plant.<br />
C. Stainless Steel Bolts: Bolts, anchor bolts, <strong>and</strong> washers which are submerged or below <strong>the</strong> top <strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>the</strong> wall inside any hydraulic structure shall be <strong>of</strong> type 316 stainless steal, with bronze nuts or cap<br />
screws <strong>of</strong> copper-silicon alloy. Wherever stainless steel bolts <strong>and</strong> nuts are indicated, it shall refer<br />
to <strong>the</strong> above material combination, unless specifically excluded<br />
D. Anchors: Submerged anchors shall be stainless steel<br />
D. The CONTRACTOR: shall have <strong>the</strong> manufacturer supply <strong>the</strong> initial lubrication <strong>and</strong> all necessary<br />
sealing fluids.<br />
In addition to <strong>the</strong> protection specified in <strong>the</strong> General Equipment <strong>and</strong> Material Stipulations, <strong>the</strong><br />
packaging <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> screen <strong>and</strong> spare parts shall be similar to export packaging <strong>and</strong> shall be suitable<br />
for long term storage in a damp location. Each spare item shall be packed separately <strong>and</strong> shall be<br />
completely identified on <strong>the</strong> outside <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> container.<br />
Instructions for <strong>the</strong> servicing <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> equipment while in storage shall accompany each item <strong>of</strong><br />
equipment. Advisement <strong>of</strong> enclosed instructions shall be noted on <strong>the</strong> exterior <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> package.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
88<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
PART 2 – BAR SCREEN<br />
A. The bar screen shall consist <strong>of</strong> 10 mm thick by 65 mm wide (in <strong>the</strong> direction parallel to <strong>the</strong><br />
wastewater flow) rectangular Type 316 stainless steel bars fastened firmly <strong>and</strong> accurately at top<br />
<strong>and</strong> bottom to provide a maximum clear spacing <strong>of</strong> 15 mm between <strong>the</strong> bars. The bars shall be<br />
straight <strong>and</strong> inclined at 75 degrees from <strong>the</strong> horizontal in <strong>the</strong> downstream direction, <strong>and</strong> shall span<br />
<strong>the</strong> full width <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> channel. The bar screen shall extend a minimum <strong>of</strong> 200 mm above <strong>the</strong><br />
maximum water depth in <strong>the</strong> channel. The bar screen shall be firmly anchored to <strong>the</strong> channel floor<br />
<strong>and</strong> to <strong>the</strong> dead plate at <strong>the</strong> top. There shall be no horizontal members allowed on <strong>the</strong> bar screen<br />
below <strong>the</strong> design water level. The dead plate shall be constructed <strong>of</strong> stainless steel plate, suitably<br />
reinforced. A Type 316 stainless steel discharge apron shall extend from <strong>the</strong> level <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> operating<br />
floor to <strong>the</strong> point <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> screening discharge above <strong>the</strong> screenings compactor <strong>and</strong> shall be installed<br />
so as to prevent any screening which may fall from <strong>the</strong> traveling rake mechanism from falling<br />
ei<strong>the</strong>r on <strong>the</strong> operating floor or in <strong>the</strong> wastewater flow downstream <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> bar screen. The<br />
discharge apron shall be readily removable <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> mechanism located to facilitate manual<br />
removal <strong>of</strong> screening.<br />
B. The mechanism shall consist <strong>of</strong> side frames, pin rack, rake assembly (with guide rollers, cog<br />
wheels, drive components, heavy-duty hydraulic shock absorbers), <strong>and</strong> scraper arm. The rake <strong>and</strong><br />
rake arm shall be Type 316 stainless steel.<br />
C. Side Frames: The side frames shall be <strong>of</strong> Type 316 stainless steel construction suitably<br />
reinforced to support all loads imposed on <strong>the</strong> mechanism during operation, installation, assembly,<br />
or transportation. The frame shall be securely fastened to <strong>the</strong> concrete channel. In each side<br />
frame, a pin rack shall be designed to mesh with <strong>the</strong> two cogwheels. The pin rack shall consist <strong>of</strong><br />
steel bolts fitted with hardened <strong>and</strong> ground bushings.<br />
D. Operation: The screenings shall be removed from <strong>the</strong> bar rack by a rake assembly including a<br />
shaped perforated plate with teeth designed to mesh with <strong>the</strong> bar rack. The rake assembly shall be<br />
supported by <strong>the</strong> main drive shaft <strong>and</strong> attached to <strong>the</strong> two cogwheels, which rotate on <strong>and</strong> are<br />
supported by <strong>the</strong> pin rack. The rake arm assembly shall be held against <strong>the</strong> bar rack by a heavyduty<br />
coil spring. Proper alignment <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> rake arm assembly is accomplished by guide rollers,<br />
which travel in channel-type tracks attached to <strong>the</strong> side frame.<br />
E. The mechanism shall be so designed that <strong>the</strong> rake can climb over <strong>and</strong> be free <strong>of</strong> an object<br />
encountered that cannot be removed. After <strong>the</strong> object has been bypassed, <strong>the</strong> rake shall again<br />
mesh with <strong>and</strong> continue to clean <strong>the</strong> bar rack. Positive overload protection against an object,<br />
which is too large to be bypassed, shall be provided by mounting <strong>the</strong> motor on a rotating support<br />
that is held in position by <strong>the</strong> coil spring assembly. If <strong>the</strong> load on <strong>the</strong> motor increases beyond a<br />
predetermined value, <strong>the</strong> motor shall rotate, causing a limit switch to stop <strong>the</strong> drive. When <strong>the</strong><br />
overload condition has been corrected, <strong>the</strong> drive may again be operated by manual pushbutton<br />
activation.<br />
F. The bar screen mechanism shall be designed to be reversed by manually operated electrical<br />
controls. A spring-loaded switch shall be provided to allow <strong>the</strong> operator to reverse <strong>the</strong> rake<br />
assembly free <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> object that has caused <strong>the</strong> overload, for unobstructed removal <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> object by<br />
o<strong>the</strong>r means.<br />
G. Screening Discharge: The rake shall be guided over <strong>the</strong> discharge point <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> accumulated<br />
screenings shall be removed by a scraper arm attached to <strong>the</strong> side frame <strong>and</strong> designed to pivot to<br />
allow efficient cleaning <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> rake on each pass. The discharge height <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> rake mechanism<br />
shall be sufficient to allow free <strong>and</strong> unhindered discharge to <strong>the</strong> screenings compactor. On three<br />
sides <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> screenings discharge point, minimum 10 mm thick clear plastic plates shall be<br />
provided to protect <strong>the</strong> screenings blown away by <strong>the</strong> wind. The Screen manufacturer shall provide<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
89<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
proper supports for <strong>the</strong> plates for easy removal. The plastic plates shall be extended a minimum<br />
900 mm above <strong>and</strong> below <strong>the</strong> screenings discharge point.<br />
H. Screenings Containers: The Contractor shall furnish 2 screenings trays with lifting h<strong>and</strong>les for<br />
collecting <strong>the</strong> screenings as <strong>the</strong>y come <strong>of</strong>f <strong>the</strong> screen. They shall be made <strong>of</strong> hot dipped galvanized<br />
steel <strong>and</strong> shall be approximately 100 cm x 50 cm x 20 cm deep.<br />
The Contractor shall furnish 2 wheelable garbage containers for holding <strong>the</strong> screenings until <strong>the</strong>y<br />
are transferred to a garbage truck for disposal. The containers shall be hot dipped galvanized, in<br />
accordance with <strong>the</strong> Amman Municipality requirements <strong>and</strong> shall be approximately 50 cm x 50 cm<br />
x 1 meter deep. Each container shall have a hinged cover, push h<strong>and</strong>les, <strong>and</strong> two 20 cm diameter<br />
rubber-tired wheels on <strong>the</strong> same side as <strong>the</strong> push h<strong>and</strong>les so <strong>the</strong> container can be tilted <strong>and</strong> rolled.<br />
The containers shall be similar to those used by <strong>the</strong> Amman Municipality for domestic garbage<br />
service.<br />
I. Drive Motor: The electric motor shall be a TEFC, explosion-pro<strong>of</strong>, heavy-duty type, 400-volt, 3-<br />
phase, 50-Hz supply in accordance with Section 16460 - Electric Motors. The motor shall be a<br />
minimum <strong>of</strong> 1.1 kW, <strong>and</strong> it shall be direct connected to a gear reducer.<br />
J. Safety Guards <strong>and</strong> Inspection Covers: The center portion <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> front, upstream, side <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> bar<br />
screen shall be protected by <strong>the</strong> gear rack support plate. Easily removable hinged wire mesh<br />
guards shall be included to cover <strong>the</strong> openings between <strong>the</strong> support plate <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> side frames. The<br />
side frames <strong>and</strong> front plate shall have covered openings for easy access to <strong>the</strong> guide rollers,<br />
reducer, <strong>and</strong> pinion gear.<br />
2.2 Tools <strong>and</strong> Spare Parts<br />
A. Tools: The CONTRACTOR shall supply one complete set <strong>of</strong> special wrenches or o<strong>the</strong>r special<br />
tools necessary for <strong>the</strong> assembly, adjustment, <strong>and</strong> dismantling <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> equipment. Tools shall be <strong>of</strong><br />
best quality hardened steel forgings with bright, finished heads <strong>and</strong> with work faces dressed to fit<br />
nuts. The set <strong>of</strong> tools shall be furnished in a labeled toolbox <strong>of</strong> suitable design provided with a<br />
hinged cover.<br />
B. Spare Parts: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish one set <strong>of</strong> spare parts for components exposed to<br />
operational wear during normal equipment service. Spare parts shall include bearings, sprockets,<br />
chains, pinions, limit switches, <strong>and</strong> drive gear rack, rollers, <strong>and</strong> wiper blades.<br />
PART 3-EXECUTION<br />
3-1 General<br />
A. Installation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> mechanically-raked bar screen shall be in strict accordance with <strong>the</strong><br />
requirements <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> manufacturer's written instructions <strong>and</strong> Shop Drawings; provided that nothing<br />
contained in said instructions or Shop Drawings shall authorize <strong>the</strong> CONTRACTOR to vary from<br />
<strong>the</strong> requirements <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Contract Documents.<br />
B. All parts <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> mechanism shall be amply proportioned for stresses that may occur during<br />
fabrication, erection, <strong>and</strong> intermittent or continuous operation. Workmanship shall be <strong>of</strong> high<br />
grade in all respects <strong>and</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> latest design.<br />
3-2 Field Testing<br />
Upon completion <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> installation, each piece <strong>of</strong> equipment <strong>and</strong> each system shall be tested for<br />
satisfactory operation without excessive noise, vibration, overheating, etc. All equipment shall be<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
90<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
adjusted <strong>and</strong> checked for alignment, clearances, supports, <strong>and</strong> adherence to safety st<strong>and</strong>ards, until<br />
found satisfactory.<br />
The tests shall demonstrate in particular:<br />
1. That all equipment will operate within <strong>the</strong> specified ranges <strong>and</strong> specified accuracy limits.<br />
2. Confirm coordination <strong>of</strong> operation with screenings conveyor <strong>and</strong> screenings washer/compactor.<br />
END OF SECTION<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
91<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
SECTION 3<br />
SCREENINGS COMPACTOR<br />
PART 1<br />
GENERAL<br />
1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION<br />
A. The Work <strong>of</strong> this section includes supplying, installing, starting up, <strong>and</strong> testing <strong>of</strong><br />
two screenings compactors <strong>and</strong> all accessories for a complete functional system.<br />
B. Unit Responsibility: The work requires that <strong>the</strong> screenings compactors complete with<br />
all accessories <strong>and</strong> appurtenances be <strong>the</strong> end product <strong>of</strong> one responsible system<br />
manufacturer or responsible system supplier.<br />
C. It is <strong>the</strong> intent that <strong>the</strong> manufacturer <strong>and</strong>/or supplier <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> screenings compactors be<br />
<strong>the</strong> same manufacturer <strong>and</strong>/or supplier <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> screens which are specified in Section<br />
1, Mechanically Cleaned Bar Screens.<br />
1.2 REFERENCES<br />
A. The following is a list <strong>of</strong> st<strong>and</strong>ards which may be referenced in this section:<br />
1.3 SUBMITTALS<br />
1. American Bearing Manufacturers’ Association (ABMA): 11, Load Ratings <strong>and</strong><br />
Fatigue Life for Roller Bearings.<br />
2. American Gear Manufacturers Association (AGMA).<br />
3. American Iron <strong>and</strong> Steel Institute (AISI).<br />
4. American Society for Testing <strong>and</strong> Materials (ASTM):<br />
a. A36, St<strong>and</strong>ard Specification for Structural Steel.<br />
b. A153, St<strong>and</strong>ard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Iron <strong>and</strong><br />
Steel Hardware.<br />
c. A167, St<strong>and</strong>ard Specification for Stainless <strong>and</strong> Heat-Resisting<br />
Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, <strong>and</strong> Strip.<br />
d. A366, St<strong>and</strong>ard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Carbon, Cold-Rolled,<br />
Commercial Quality.<br />
e. A385, St<strong>and</strong>ard Practice for Providing High-Quality Zinc Coatings (Hot<br />
Dip).<br />
5. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA):<br />
a. MG1, Motors <strong>and</strong> Generators.<br />
b. 250, Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum).<br />
A. Action Submittals:<br />
1. Shop Drawings:<br />
a. Detail drawings <strong>and</strong> specifications for components <strong>of</strong> equipment<br />
showing all dimensions, parts, construction details, <strong>and</strong> materials.<br />
b. Functional description <strong>of</strong> controls <strong>and</strong> operations.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
92<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
c. Control panel elevation drawings.<br />
d. Size, length, <strong>and</strong> spacing <strong>of</strong> anchor bolts or attachments to <strong>the</strong><br />
foundations or supports.<br />
e. Power <strong>and</strong> control wiring diagrams including terminals <strong>and</strong> numbers.<br />
f. External utility requirements for air, water, power, drain etc. for each<br />
component.<br />
g. Complete motor nameplate data, as defined by NEMA, motor<br />
manufacturer, <strong>and</strong> motor modifications.<br />
B. Informational Submittals:<br />
1. Installation instructions.<br />
2. Manufacturer’s test reports.<br />
3. Manufacturer’s Certificate <strong>of</strong> Proper Installation.<br />
4. Operation <strong>and</strong> Maintenance Data.<br />
5. Extra Materials.<br />
1.4 EXTRA MATERIALS<br />
A. Furnish, tag, <strong>and</strong> box <strong>the</strong> following spare parts <strong>and</strong> special tools for both units:<br />
Item<br />
Quantity<br />
Speed reducer<br />
Drive shaft bearings<br />
Special tools required to maintain or<br />
dismantle<br />
One complete unit<br />
One complete set<br />
One complete set<br />
1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING<br />
A. Delivery <strong>of</strong> Materials: Products shall be delivered in original, unbroken packages,<br />
containers, or bundles bearing <strong>the</strong> name <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> manufacturer.<br />
B. Storage: Products shall be carefully stored in a manner that will prevent damage <strong>and</strong><br />
in an area that is protected from <strong>the</strong> elements.<br />
C. Protection <strong>of</strong> Equipment: Equipment shall be boxed, crated, or o<strong>the</strong>rwise protected<br />
from damage <strong>and</strong> moisture during shipment, h<strong>and</strong>ling, <strong>and</strong> storage. Equipment shall<br />
be protected from exposure to corrosive fumes <strong>and</strong> shall be kept thoroughly dry at all<br />
times. Motors, drives, electrical equipment <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r equipment with anti-friction or<br />
sleeve bearings shall be stored in watertight <strong>and</strong> heated storage facilities prior to<br />
installation. For extended storage periods, plastic equipment wrappers shall not be<br />
used to prevent accumulation <strong>of</strong> condensate in gears <strong>and</strong> bearings.<br />
1.6 WARRANTY<br />
A. The screenings compactors shall conform to <strong>the</strong> description within this specification<br />
<strong>and</strong> be free from defects in material <strong>and</strong> workmanship for a period <strong>of</strong> one year from<br />
<strong>the</strong> time <strong>of</strong> equipment startup.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
93<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
PART 2<br />
PRODUCTS<br />
2.1 GENERAL<br />
A. The compactor shall be suitable for compressing, dewatering <strong>and</strong> conveying<br />
screenings collected from <strong>the</strong> wastewater flow. Compactors shall be designed to<br />
provide a reduction in volume <strong>of</strong> 50 percent <strong>and</strong> a finished moisture content <strong>of</strong> less<br />
than 55 percent.<br />
B. Prior to fabricating determine <strong>the</strong> requirements for <strong>and</strong> furnish brackets, chutes, <strong>and</strong><br />
fitments required to suit <strong>the</strong> screens.<br />
2.2 MANUFACTURERS<br />
A. Infilco Degremont, USA<br />
B. U.S. Filter/Envirex Products, USA<br />
C. Schloss Engineered Equipment, USA<br />
D. Passavant, Germany<br />
2.3 SERVICE CONDITIONS<br />
A. Screenings Compactor:<br />
1. Conveyor Type: Screw.<br />
2. Material Conveyed: waste water screenings.<br />
3. Material Density: 881 kg/m 3 .<br />
4. Solids, Percent by Weight: 20 percent.<br />
5. Capacity: 1 cubic meter per hour minimum.<br />
6. Screw Speed: 10 maximum rpm.<br />
7. Screw Diameter: 200 mm minimum.<br />
8. Compactor <strong>and</strong> screenings bin on same operating floor.<br />
9. Hours <strong>of</strong> Operation: Continuous.<br />
10. Location: Outdoors.<br />
11. Equipment Environment Application Rating: NEC, Class I Zone 1, Group D,<br />
NEMA 7.<br />
B. Design <strong>and</strong> provide compactor supports as required.<br />
C. Preliminary Drawings: A general layout <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> screenings compactor shall be<br />
submitted to Engineer before identifying location <strong>and</strong> final layout drawings.<br />
2.4 EQUIPMENT COMPONENTS AND MATERIALS<br />
A. Compactor:<br />
1. The compactor shall include a rotating screw housed within a stainless steel<br />
fabricated trough. The trough body shall be fabricated from 304 stainless steel<br />
6 mm thick.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
94<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
2. The screw shall be driven by a shaft mounted helical geared motor.<br />
3. The screw shall be supported by a self-aligning roller bearing at <strong>the</strong> drive end<br />
sealed from <strong>the</strong> trough with double lip seals.<br />
4. The rotating screw shall convey collected screenings discharged into <strong>the</strong><br />
trough onto a compression section where dewatering <strong>and</strong> compaction shall<br />
take place. The compacted screenings shall <strong>the</strong>n be pushed through an outlet<br />
tube to <strong>the</strong> point <strong>of</strong> discharge.<br />
5. The compactor screw trough shall be fitted with a water catchment tray with<br />
75 mm diameter flanged drain pipe connection to collect water from <strong>the</strong><br />
dewatered screenings.<br />
6. The compression chamber shall be fitted with a wash water connection to<br />
provide intermittent washing <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> chamber. An inspection cover shall also be<br />
provided.<br />
7. Provide discharge pipe to route <strong>the</strong> compacted screenings into a bin that will<br />
be located on same floor elevation as <strong>the</strong> compactor. Location <strong>of</strong> bin ei<strong>the</strong>r on<br />
side or in front <strong>of</strong> compactor. Bin height approximately 1.5 m.<br />
B. Gear Reducers:<br />
1. Gear reducers to be parallel helical or bevel helical, 2, 3 or 4-stage gear<br />
reducers for shaft-mounted or foot-mounted, with flexible coupling. Gear<br />
reducers to be Eurodrive, Dodge, Nord or Flender.<br />
2. Size gear reducers <strong>and</strong> flexible couplings based on <strong>the</strong> input power to each<br />
gear reducer, with <strong>the</strong> resulting torque calculated at <strong>the</strong> output shaft rpm, with<br />
a safety factor <strong>of</strong> 1.5 times this calculated torque. The nominal rated output<br />
torque (AGMA 2) to be greater than or equal to <strong>the</strong> calculated output torque<br />
<strong>and</strong> its safety factors. A second criteria to be met is that <strong>the</strong> nominal rated<br />
output torque must exceed <strong>the</strong> electric motor nameplate horsepower equivalent<br />
torque at <strong>the</strong> gear reducer output shaft rpm.<br />
3. Oil level indicator <strong>and</strong> drain locations shall be readily accessible.<br />
4. Drive shall be direct drive type.<br />
5. Gearboxes, motors shall be factory-assembled on <strong>the</strong> compactor, factory-tested<br />
<strong>and</strong> shipped fully assembled with <strong>the</strong> compactors.<br />
C. Bearings:<br />
1. ABMA 11, high capacity roller bearings located in <strong>the</strong> reducing drive housing<br />
with an L-10 life rating <strong>of</strong> 30,000 hours.<br />
2. Designed to support thrust loads <strong>and</strong> provide angular alignment with <strong>the</strong><br />
trough.<br />
D. Screenings Washing:<br />
1. The compactor trough shall be fitted with a washwater spray set system to<br />
provide initial washing <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> uncompacted screenings.<br />
E. Washwater Solenoid Set:<br />
1. The compactor shall be fitted with a washwater solenoid set to control <strong>the</strong> flow<br />
<strong>of</strong> washwater to <strong>the</strong> trough spray set <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> compression chamber washwater<br />
connection. The solenoid valves shall be 12 mm diameter <strong>and</strong> shall be<br />
explosion pro<strong>of</strong>.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
95<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
F. Inlet Hopper:<br />
1. An inlet hopper shall be supplied with <strong>the</strong> compactor to collect <strong>the</strong> discharged<br />
screenings from <strong>the</strong> screen. The hopper shall be fabricated from 6 mm thick<br />
304 stainless steel.<br />
G. Controls:<br />
1. Provide each Control Panel mounted locally on a st<strong>and</strong> at <strong>the</strong> compactor <strong>and</strong><br />
be rated NEMA 7 <strong>and</strong> contain <strong>the</strong> following controls:<br />
a. Main circuit breaker.<br />
b. Magnetic motor starter.<br />
c. Control transformer.<br />
d. Overload relay for <strong>the</strong> motor.<br />
e. Control power “OFF-ON” selector switch.<br />
f. Power on light.<br />
g. HAND-OFF-AUTO selector switch.<br />
h. “JAM” reset pushbutton.<br />
2. The screw compactor mode <strong>of</strong> operation shall be controlled by <strong>the</strong> “H-O-A”<br />
selector switch. In <strong>the</strong> “H<strong>and</strong>” mode, <strong>the</strong> machine shall run continuously. In<br />
<strong>the</strong> “Auto” mode, <strong>the</strong> machine shall run by a repeat cycle timer based on <strong>the</strong><br />
screen operation.<br />
3. Include two (2) 0-6 minutes timers to control <strong>the</strong> washwater solenoid valves<br />
operation.<br />
4. Coordinate compactor controls with controls for mechanically cleaned bar<br />
screen.<br />
5. External Interfaces: The following discrete outputs shall be provided at each<br />
local field panel:<br />
a. AUTO STATUS (discrete).<br />
b. FORWARD (discrete).<br />
c. REVERSE (discrete).<br />
6. A general FAIL alarm shall be delivered to alarm panel in service building<br />
electrical room when <strong>the</strong>re is a PANEL POWER FAILURE, EMERGENCY<br />
STOP, MOTOR FAILURE.<br />
H. Special Requirements:<br />
1. Raceways <strong>and</strong> wiring installed on unit at factory shall be suitable for corrosive<br />
<strong>and</strong> hazardous areas as applicable.<br />
I. Support Brackets:<br />
1. A support system shall be supplied to properly support <strong>the</strong> screw compactor<br />
from <strong>the</strong> floor. The system shall be constructed <strong>of</strong> stainless steel complete with<br />
anchor bolts <strong>and</strong> also to suit <strong>the</strong> screen installation.<br />
2.5 MOTORS<br />
A. Motors to be 3 phase, 400 V, 50 Hz for motor 1 kW <strong>and</strong> above, smaller motors can<br />
be single phase, 230 Volts, 50 Hz. Motors to be <strong>of</strong> cast iron construction <strong>and</strong><br />
premium efficiency.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
96<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
2.6 ACCESSORIES<br />
A. Anchor Bolts: ASTM A193, Type 316 stainless steel, sized by equipment<br />
manufacturer.<br />
B. Lifting Lugs: Provide suitably attached for equipment assemblies <strong>and</strong> components<br />
weighing over 45 kg.<br />
C. Equipment Identification Plates: Provide 16-gauge Type 304 stainless steel<br />
identification plate securely mounted on each separate equipment component <strong>and</strong><br />
control panel in a readily visible location. Plate shall bear 9 mm high engraved block<br />
type black enamel filled equipment identification number <strong>and</strong> letters indicated in this<br />
Specification.<br />
PART 3<br />
EXECUTION<br />
3.1 INSTALLATION<br />
A. Installation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> screenings compactor to be performed by <strong>the</strong> contractor in cooperation<br />
with <strong>the</strong> manufacturer <strong>and</strong> under <strong>the</strong> supervision <strong>of</strong> factory trained<br />
representative <strong>of</strong> manufacturer.<br />
B. Installation <strong>of</strong> anchor bolts <strong>and</strong> concrete embedded frames to be done by contractor<br />
based on templates <strong>and</strong> drawings supplied by <strong>the</strong> manufacturer. Installations to be<br />
supervised <strong>and</strong> approved by <strong>the</strong> manufacturer.<br />
3.2 FIELD FINISHING<br />
A. Touchup damaged areas <strong>of</strong> painted ferrous metal.<br />
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL<br />
A. Functional Test: Conduct on each screenings compactor assembly. Test shall include<br />
4 hours continuous operation <strong>of</strong> each unit. Confirm <strong>and</strong> coordinate operation with<br />
screen <strong>and</strong> screenings compactor as a complete operating system.<br />
3.4 MANUFACTURER’S SERVICES<br />
A. Contractor/Manufacturer's representative shall be present at site in Jenin, West Bank<br />
or in Jerusalem or mutually agreed upon alternate for <strong>the</strong> minimum person days listed<br />
below to perform <strong>the</strong> services enumerated, travel time excluded:<br />
1. Inspection <strong>and</strong> certification <strong>of</strong> installation: 2 person-day, 1 trip.<br />
2. Functional <strong>and</strong> performance testing: 1 person-days, 1 trip.<br />
3. Facility startup & training, startup: 2 person-day, 1 trip.<br />
B. Unlimited phone support during installation <strong>and</strong> startup<br />
END OF SECTION<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
97<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
SECTION 4<br />
GRIT COLLECTION EQUIPMENT<br />
PART 1<br />
GENERAL<br />
1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION<br />
A. The Work <strong>of</strong> this section includes supplying, installing, starting up, <strong>and</strong> testing <strong>of</strong> two grit<br />
bucket elevators <strong>and</strong> grit classifiers including all accessories for a complete functional system.<br />
B. Unit Responsibility: The work requires that <strong>the</strong> grit collection equipment, complete with all<br />
accessories <strong>and</strong> appurtenances be <strong>the</strong> end product <strong>of</strong> one responsible system manufacturer or<br />
responsible system supplier.<br />
1.2 REFERENCES<br />
A. The following is a list <strong>of</strong> st<strong>and</strong>ards which may be referenced in this section:<br />
1. American Bearing Manufacturers’ Association (ABMA): 11, Load Ratings <strong>and</strong> Fatigue Life<br />
for Roller Bearings.<br />
2. American Gear Manufacturers Association (AGMA).<br />
3. American Iron <strong>and</strong> Steel Institute (AISI).<br />
4. American Society for Testing <strong>and</strong> Materials (ASTM):<br />
a. A36, St<strong>and</strong>ard Specification for Structural Steel.<br />
b. A153, St<strong>and</strong>ard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Iron <strong>and</strong> Steel Hardware.<br />
c. A167, St<strong>and</strong>ard Specification for Stainless <strong>and</strong> Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel<br />
Plate, Sheet, <strong>and</strong> Strip.<br />
d. A366, St<strong>and</strong>ard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Carbon, Cold-Rolled, Commercial<br />
Quality.<br />
e. A385, St<strong>and</strong>ard Practice for Providing High-Quality Zinc Coatings (Hot Dip).<br />
5. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA):<br />
a. MG1, Motors <strong>and</strong> Generators.<br />
b. 250, Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum).<br />
1.3 SUBMITTALS<br />
A. Submittals:<br />
1. Shop Drawings:<br />
a. Detail drawings <strong>and</strong> specifications for components <strong>of</strong> equipment showing all<br />
dimensions, parts, construction details, <strong>and</strong> materials.<br />
b. Size, length, <strong>and</strong> spacing <strong>of</strong> anchor bolts or attachments to <strong>the</strong> foundations or<br />
supports.<br />
c. Functional description <strong>of</strong> controls <strong>and</strong> operations.<br />
d. Control panel external face layout <strong>and</strong> internal layout drawings.<br />
e. Power <strong>and</strong> control wiring diagrams including terminal <strong>and</strong> wire numbers.<br />
f. External utility requirements for air, water, power, drain etc. for each component.<br />
g. Complete motor nameplate data, as defined by NEMA.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 99 Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
B. Informational Submittals:<br />
1. Installation instructions.<br />
2. Manufacturer’s test reports.<br />
3. Manufacturer’s Certificate <strong>of</strong> Proper Installation.<br />
4. Operation <strong>and</strong> Maintenance Data.<br />
5. Extra Materials.<br />
1.4 EXTRA MATERIALS<br />
A. Furnish, tag, <strong>and</strong> box <strong>the</strong> following spare parts <strong>and</strong> special tools for both units:<br />
Item<br />
Elevator buckets<br />
Longitudinal chain<br />
Speed reducer<br />
Drive chain<br />
Shaft bearings for bucket elevator<br />
Shaft bearings for screw<br />
Special tools required to maintain o<br />
dismantle<br />
Quantity<br />
Six per unit<br />
One complete set<br />
One complete unit<br />
One complete set<br />
One complete set<br />
One complete set<br />
One complete set<br />
1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING<br />
A. Delivery <strong>of</strong> Materials: Products shall be delivered in original, unbroken packages, containers,<br />
or bundles bearing <strong>the</strong> name <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> manufacturer.<br />
B. Storage: Products shall be carefully stored in a manner that will prevent damage <strong>and</strong> in an area<br />
that is protected from <strong>the</strong> elements.<br />
C. Protection <strong>of</strong> Equipment: Equipment shall be boxed, crated, or o<strong>the</strong>rwise protected from<br />
damage <strong>and</strong> moisture during shipment, h<strong>and</strong>ling, <strong>and</strong> storage. Equipment shall be protected<br />
from exposure to corrosive fumes <strong>and</strong> shall be kept thoroughly dry at all times. Motors, drives,<br />
electrical equipment <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r equipment with anti-friction or sleeve bearings shall be stored<br />
in wea<strong>the</strong>r tight <strong>and</strong> heated storage facilities prior to installation. For extended storage periods,<br />
plastic equipment wrappers shall not be used to prevent accumulation <strong>of</strong> condensate in gears<br />
<strong>and</strong> bearings<br />
1.6 WARRANTY<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 100 Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
A. The grit collection equipment shall conform to <strong>the</strong> description within this specification <strong>and</strong> be<br />
free from defects in material <strong>and</strong> workmanship for a period <strong>of</strong> one year from <strong>the</strong> time <strong>of</strong><br />
equipment startup.<br />
PART 2<br />
PRODUCTS<br />
2.1 GENERAL<br />
A. The grit collection equipment shall be suitable for conveying <strong>and</strong> dewatering grit collected<br />
from <strong>the</strong> wastewater flow. The grit collection equipment shall be designed to remove grit from<br />
aerated grit tanks.<br />
B. Prior to fabricating determine <strong>the</strong> requirements for <strong>and</strong> furnish brackets, baffles, chutes,<br />
enclosures, <strong>and</strong> fitments required to suit <strong>the</strong> grit collection equipment.<br />
C. The grit collection equipment shall consist <strong>of</strong> vertical bucket elevator <strong>and</strong> grit washer.<br />
2.2 MANUFACTURERS<br />
A. U.S. Filter/Envirex Products, USA<br />
B. Schloss Engineered Equipment, USA<br />
C. Passavant, Germany<br />
2.3 SERVICE CONDITIONS<br />
A. Grit Collection Equipment:<br />
1. Liquid Treated: Screened wastewater passed through 9 mm clear spacing in influent<br />
screens.<br />
2. Material Conveyed: Grit from wastewater.<br />
3. Grit Tanks: Aerated with inclined bottom configuration to facilitate grit accumulation<br />
in grit hopper <strong>and</strong> grit bucket elevator assembly. Approximate dimensions 5.4 m long<br />
by 1.8 m wide by 2 m average liquid depth.<br />
4. Hours <strong>of</strong> Operation: Continuous.<br />
5. Location: Outdoors subject to ambient environmental conditions.<br />
6. Equipment Environment Application Rating: NEC, Class I Zone 1, Group D, NEMA<br />
7.<br />
B. <strong>Wastewater</strong> Flow per Unit:<br />
1. Minimum (Startup): 1000 m 3 /d.<br />
2. Annual Average Daily Flow: 7,600 m 3 /d.<br />
3. Peak Instantaneous Flow: 18,800 m 3 /d.<br />
C. Preliminary Drawings: A general layout <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> aerated grit tanks shall be provided before<br />
identifying final location <strong>and</strong> final layout.<br />
2.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 101 Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
A. Grit removal system shall remove 95 percent <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> grit, with an average specific gravity <strong>of</strong><br />
2.65, greater than 50 mesh in size, 85 percent <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> grit greater than 100 mesh <strong>and</strong> less than<br />
70 mesh in size. The grit removal system manufacturer shall guarantee this performance in<br />
writing.<br />
2.5 EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION<br />
A. Grit Bucket Elevator:<br />
1. The inclined bottom grit tank will function in a manner so that grit will be accumulated<br />
in a finally grit hopper <strong>of</strong> 600X600X600 mm where <strong>the</strong> boot section <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> bucket<br />
elevator is located. The elevator shall be <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> three (3) shaft design <strong>and</strong> include<br />
buckets, conveying chain, housing with fiberglass cover, shafting, sprockets <strong>and</strong> drive.<br />
The housing, drive, sprockets, head shaft, fiberglass cover, take up shaft <strong>and</strong> seal shall<br />
be shipped assembled as one unit.<br />
2. Elevator Chain: All elevator chain shall consist <strong>of</strong> 100 mm pitch combination chain. The<br />
chain shall be style HB-78 stainless steel, material type 304 stainless steel hardened <strong>and</strong><br />
working load 13630 kg <strong>and</strong> ultimate strength <strong>of</strong> not less than 36360 kg. Chain<br />
manufacturer Hitachi or approved equivalent.<br />
3. Elevator Buckets: All elevator buckets shall be 250 mm by 6.4 mm cast nylon style AA<br />
<strong>and</strong> shall mount directly to <strong>the</strong> elevator chain. Each bucket shall have a minimum<br />
capacity <strong>of</strong> 0.002 cubic meter. Buckets will be spaced at a maximum <strong>of</strong> 600 mm on<br />
centers.<br />
4. Sprockets: All sprockets shall be stainless steel hubs with non-metallic tooth rim.<br />
Sprockets shall be mounted on solid cold finished steel shafts which span <strong>the</strong> entire<br />
width <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> elevator housing <strong>and</strong> rotating in grease lubricated bearings.<br />
5. Housing:<br />
a. A carbon steel formed plate superstructure with a minimum thickness <strong>of</strong> 6.4 mm<br />
shall support <strong>the</strong> head shaft <strong>and</strong> take-up. The removable cover portion shall be<br />
fabricated <strong>of</strong> 4.8 mm molded fiberglass, formed in one piece. In order to provide<br />
adequate access to machinery, <strong>the</strong> cover shall be at least 450 mm wide by 760 mm<br />
depth by height required for <strong>the</strong> applicable.<br />
b. The fiberglass cover shall include imbedded channels for takeup guides. Take-up<br />
shaft shall be sealed with a 9.5 mm thick polyurethane sliding seal.<br />
c. Where required, neoprene gasketing shall be furnished. All <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> fiberglass<br />
sections shall be furnished with smooth corners <strong>and</strong> manufactured <strong>of</strong> acrylic<br />
polyester impregnated molded fiberglass consisting <strong>of</strong> chipped glass fibers rolled<br />
into lamina composed <strong>of</strong> heavy glass cloth <strong>and</strong> wea<strong>the</strong>r resistant polyester resin.<br />
The material is to include necessary gel coats <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r wea<strong>the</strong>r resistant<br />
ingredients to insure <strong>the</strong> capability <strong>of</strong> being exposed to exterior wea<strong>the</strong>r conditions.<br />
All cut edges shall be roller coated with gel coat or matching polyurethane finish.<br />
The minimum properties for <strong>the</strong> material are as follows:<br />
Tensile strength<br />
12,000 PSI<br />
Flexural strength<br />
28,000 PSI<br />
Compressive strength 27,000 PSI<br />
Modulus <strong>of</strong> elasticity 1,200,000<br />
Glass content<br />
35% Minimum<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 102 Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Ignition point<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
430 degrees C (continuously applied)<br />
d. The discharge pipe to <strong>the</strong> screw washer shall be at least 125 mm diameter with<br />
gasketed connections <strong>and</strong> furnished with <strong>the</strong> equipment.<br />
e. A 25 mm st<strong>and</strong>ard spray pipe with adjustable non-clogging bronze spray nozzle<br />
arranged to direct fan shaped overlapping spray across <strong>the</strong> width <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> buckets<br />
shall be provided for washing grit from <strong>the</strong> buckets. The spray water feed pipe shall<br />
be stainless steel <strong>and</strong> extend outside <strong>the</strong> housing <strong>and</strong> include two stainless steel ball<br />
valves <strong>and</strong> a solenoid operated valve.<br />
6. Headshaft: The solid steel head shaft shall be a minimum 62 mm diameter <strong>and</strong> shall be<br />
supported by grease lubricated anti-friction bearings externally mounted to <strong>the</strong> housing for<br />
ease <strong>of</strong> inspection <strong>and</strong> maintenance. Special polyurethane <strong>and</strong> steel shields shall be<br />
furnished for all bearings.<br />
7. Take-up Shaft: The take-up shaft shall be equipped with automatic type anti-friction<br />
take-up bearings which apply a uniform force on <strong>the</strong> chain throughout <strong>the</strong>ir 175 mm<br />
travel <strong>and</strong> not incorporate springs.<br />
8. Drive Assembly:<br />
a. The drive shall consist <strong>of</strong> a totally enclosed motor for outdoor operation <strong>and</strong><br />
hazardous location Class I Zone 1 Group D, <strong>of</strong> ample size to drive <strong>the</strong> elevator<br />
<strong>and</strong> collector mechanism but shall not be less than 2 horsepower. Motor shall be<br />
400 V 3 PH 50 Hz.<br />
b. The motor shall be coupled to a helical gear type reducer. The reducer shall bear<br />
an AGMA nameplate <strong>and</strong> have a service factor <strong>of</strong> 1.25 based on <strong>the</strong> <strong>the</strong>oretical<br />
horsepower required.<br />
c. Equipment shall be protected by an adjustable electrical overload device wired<br />
into <strong>the</strong> control panel. The overload condition shall close electrical contacts for<br />
remote indication that an overload exists <strong>and</strong> shut <strong>of</strong>f <strong>the</strong> motor.<br />
d. The drive chain with a minimum pitch <strong>of</strong> 2.609 having an ultimate strength <strong>of</strong> not<br />
less than 9090 kg, shall connect <strong>the</strong> output shaft <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> reducer to <strong>the</strong> head shaft<br />
<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> elevator.<br />
e. The chain drive shall be protected by a 14 gauge stainless steel guard <strong>and</strong> shall<br />
have means for drive chain takeup.<br />
9. Baffle <strong>and</strong> Shroud:<br />
a. Provide submerged baffles to separate <strong>the</strong> aeration chamber <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> bucket<br />
elevator creating a quiescent zone to prevent turbulence from washing out <strong>the</strong><br />
buckets as <strong>the</strong>y elevate <strong>the</strong> collected grit. Baffles shall be manufactured <strong>of</strong> #10<br />
gauge stainless steel supported from <strong>the</strong> tank walls. The baffle section shall<br />
include a 600 mm square access door with h<strong>and</strong>le for ease <strong>of</strong> removal <strong>and</strong><br />
maneuverability.<br />
b. There shall be attached to <strong>the</strong> baffle a shroud. The shroud shall be shaped to<br />
follow <strong>the</strong> contour <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> grit screw. The shroud shall be fabricated <strong>of</strong> 6.4 mm<br />
minimum thick type steel <strong>and</strong> supported by 6.4 mm thick angles.<br />
B. Conveyor Belt<br />
Grit collected <strong>and</strong> elevated by <strong>the</strong> grit bucket elevator will be conveyed through a<br />
conveyor belt to <strong>the</strong> receiving point at <strong>the</strong> grit classifier.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 103 Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
C. Grit Classifier:<br />
2.6 CONTROLS<br />
1. The buckets shall discharge into a 225 mm diameter 2/3 pitch inclined grit washingdewatering<br />
screw designed at a slope <strong>of</strong> 22 degrees with continuously welded steel<br />
pipe with 9.5 mm thick stainless steel flighting. Provide an organic overflow box with<br />
one fixed <strong>and</strong> one adjustable weir for controlling <strong>the</strong> return <strong>of</strong> organics to <strong>the</strong> grit<br />
tanks.<br />
2. The screw trough shall be constructed <strong>of</strong> 6.4 mm painted carbon steel, with a cover<br />
plate <strong>of</strong> #12 gauge carbon steel <strong>and</strong> shall include a dewatering section above <strong>the</strong> liquid<br />
level.<br />
3. The screw conveyor drive unit shall consist <strong>of</strong> not less than one (1) horsepower motor.<br />
The reducer shall be <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> helical gear type with oil tight housing bolted to <strong>the</strong> screw<br />
trough. The reducer shall include a variable speed drive <strong>and</strong> bear an AGMA nameplate<br />
<strong>and</strong> have a service factor <strong>of</strong> 1.25 based on <strong>the</strong> <strong>the</strong>oretical capacity required. The output<br />
shaft <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> reducer shall be direct connected to <strong>the</strong> upper end <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> conveyor. The<br />
screw shall discharge washed <strong>and</strong> dewatered grit into a bin as shown on <strong>the</strong> drawings.<br />
The lower end bearing shall be externally mounted <strong>and</strong> include <strong>the</strong> following<br />
components: Non metallic wear ring <strong>and</strong> packing holder, non metallic bearing gl<strong>and</strong>.<br />
The bearing shall not require lubrication <strong>and</strong> be replaceable without removing <strong>the</strong><br />
screw from <strong>the</strong> tank. There shall be no intermediate hanger bearings.<br />
4. The screw trough, drive unit, hopper, including support legs, shall be assembled <strong>and</strong><br />
shipped as a unit. Provide piping for organics <strong>and</strong> draining <strong>the</strong> screw washer<br />
connection.<br />
A. Grit Bucket Elevator:<br />
1. Controls: In accordance with general control requirements <strong>and</strong> component qualities<br />
specified as follows:<br />
a. Provide <strong>the</strong> following field panels:<br />
Panel No.<br />
Panel Name<br />
NEMA<br />
Rating<br />
Mounting<br />
1<br />
Grit Bucket Elevator 1 Local Contro<br />
Panel 7<br />
Near<br />
equipment<br />
st<strong>and</strong><br />
on<br />
2<br />
Grit Bucket Elevator 2 Local Contro<br />
Panel 7<br />
Near<br />
equipment<br />
st<strong>and</strong><br />
on<br />
b. Power supply to <strong>the</strong> field panels shall be 400V, 3 phase, 50 Hz. Furnish all<br />
necessary panel mounting hardware <strong>and</strong> anchor bolts.<br />
c. Provide relay logic control.<br />
d. Each control panel shall include <strong>the</strong> following operator controls <strong>and</strong> indicators:<br />
1) “HAND-OFF-AUTO” selector switch<br />
2) “POWER ON” light<br />
3) “Bucket Elevator Running” red light<br />
4) Emergency stop push button.<br />
5) Push stop/pull run button.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 104 Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
6) Motor starter (minimum size NEMA 1), program timer, timer, relays, limit<br />
switches, horn, control transformer etc.<br />
7) Power disconnect switch<br />
8) “RESET” push button<br />
9) “SILENCE ALARM” push button<br />
10) “TORQUE OVERLOAD” amber light<br />
11) “MOTOR OVERLOAD” amber light<br />
12) “EMERGENCY STOP” amber light<br />
2. Instrumentation:<br />
a. Provide all instrumentation for field installation in a hazardous location.<br />
3. External Interfaces: The following discrete inputs <strong>and</strong> outputs shall be provided at<br />
local field panel:<br />
a. The following outputs, when originating from local control panel provided with<br />
grit bucket elevator shall be provided with suitable interface for classification.<br />
1) Grit Bucket Elevator Running<br />
2) Grit bucket elevator FAIL (discrete).<br />
3) Grit classifier ENABLE.<br />
4. Operation Description<br />
a. Operation <strong>of</strong> each grit bucket elevator shall be controlled by a HAND-OFF-<br />
AUTO selector switch at <strong>the</strong> control panel at <strong>the</strong> bucket elevator. When <strong>the</strong><br />
selector switch is in <strong>the</strong> AUTO position, operation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> grit bucket elevator<br />
motor shall be controlled by program timer control. When <strong>the</strong> selector is in <strong>the</strong><br />
HAND position, operation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> grit bucket elevator motor is controlled by <strong>the</strong><br />
“Push-stop/pull run push button.<br />
b. A TORQUE OVERLOAD limit switch shall stop motion <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> grit bucket<br />
elevator motor, light <strong>the</strong> TORQUE OVERLOAD indicating light <strong>and</strong> provide an<br />
alarm contact should <strong>the</strong> torque exceed <strong>the</strong> set point value.<br />
c. A PANEL POWER FAILURE (PPF) discrete output shall be provided should<br />
control circuit power fail, <strong>the</strong> power supply to motor starter fail (motor branch<br />
circuit breaker open).<br />
d. Pressing <strong>the</strong> emergency stop button shall immediately stop <strong>the</strong> grit bucket<br />
elevator operation <strong>and</strong> light <strong>the</strong> “Emergency Stop” alarm light.<br />
e. A general FAIL alarm shall be delivered to alarm panel in service building<br />
electrical room when <strong>the</strong>re is a PANEL POWER FAILURE, EMERGENCY<br />
STOP, TORQUE OVERLOAD, MOTOR FAILURE.<br />
f. Press RESET button to reset <strong>the</strong> alarms<br />
5. Provide <strong>and</strong> coordinate interlocks <strong>and</strong> controls for a complete operating system with<br />
<strong>the</strong> grit classifier operation.<br />
6. Special Requirements:<br />
a. Raceways <strong>and</strong> wiring installed on unit at factory shall be suitable for corrosive<br />
<strong>and</strong> hazardous areas.<br />
B. Grit Classifier<br />
1. Controls: In accordance with general control requirements <strong>and</strong> component qualities<br />
specified as follows:<br />
a. Provide <strong>the</strong> following field panels:<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 105 Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
Panel No.<br />
Panel Name<br />
NEMA<br />
Rating<br />
Mounting<br />
1 Grit Classifier 1 Local Control Panel 7<br />
2 Grit Classifier 2 Local Control Panel 7<br />
Near<br />
equipment<br />
st<strong>and</strong><br />
Near<br />
equipment<br />
st<strong>and</strong><br />
on<br />
on<br />
b. Power supply to <strong>the</strong> field panels shall be 400V, 3 phase, 50 Hz. Furnish all<br />
necessary panel mounting hardware <strong>and</strong> anchor bolts.<br />
c. Provide relay logic control.<br />
d. Each control panel shall include <strong>the</strong> following operator controls <strong>and</strong> indicators:<br />
1) “HAND-OFF-AUTO” selector switch<br />
2) “POWER ON” red light<br />
3) “Grit Classifier Running” red light<br />
4) Emergency stop push button.<br />
5) Push-stop/pull-run push button.<br />
6) Motor starter (minimum size NEMA 1), timer, relays, limit switches, horn,<br />
control transformer etc.<br />
7) Power disconnect switch<br />
8) “RESET” push button<br />
9) “SILENCE ALARM” push button<br />
10) “TORQUE OVERLOAD” amber light<br />
11) “MOTOR FAILURE” amber light<br />
12) “EMERGENCY STOP” amber light<br />
13) Electronic overload relay<br />
2. Instrumentation:<br />
a. Provide all instrumentation for field installation in a hazardous location.<br />
3. External Interfaces: The following discrete inputs <strong>and</strong> outputs shall be provided at<br />
local field panel:<br />
a. The following outputs, when originating from local control panel provided with<br />
grit classifier shall be provided with suitable interface for classification.<br />
1) Grit Classifier Running.<br />
2) Grit classifier FAIL(discrete).<br />
4. Operation Description<br />
a. Operation <strong>of</strong> each grit classifier shall be controlled by a HAND-OFF-AUTO<br />
switch at <strong>the</strong> control panel at <strong>the</strong> grit classifier. When <strong>the</strong> switch is in <strong>the</strong> AUTO<br />
position, operation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> grit classifier motor shall be controlled program timer<br />
from <strong>the</strong> grit bucket elevator. When <strong>the</strong> selector switch is in <strong>the</strong> HAND position,<br />
operation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> grit classifier motor is controlled by <strong>the</strong> push-stop/pull-run push<br />
button.<br />
b. A TORQUE OVERLOAD limit switch shall stop motion <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> grit classifier<br />
motor, light <strong>the</strong> TORQUE OVERLOAD indicating light <strong>and</strong> provide an alarm<br />
contact should <strong>the</strong> torque exceed <strong>the</strong> set point value.<br />
c. A PANEL POWER FAILURE (PPF) discrete output shall be provided should<br />
control circuit power fail, <strong>the</strong> power supply to motor starter fail (motor branch<br />
circuit breaker open).<br />
d. Pressing <strong>the</strong> emergency stop button shall immediately stop <strong>the</strong> grit classifier<br />
operation <strong>and</strong> light <strong>the</strong> “Emergency Stop” alarm light.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 106 Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
2.7 SHOP PAINTING<br />
e. A general FAIL alarm shall be delivered to alarm panel in service building<br />
electrical room when <strong>the</strong>re is a PANEL POWER FAILURE, EMERGENCY<br />
STOP, TORQUE OVERLOAD, MOTOR FAILURE.<br />
f. Press RESET button to reset <strong>the</strong> alarms<br />
5. Provide <strong>and</strong> coordinate interlocks <strong>and</strong> controls for a complete operating system with<br />
grit bucket elevator operation.<br />
6. Special Requirements:<br />
a. Raceways <strong>and</strong> wiring installed on unit at factory shall be suitable for corrosive<br />
<strong>and</strong> hazardous areas as applicable.<br />
A. All metal surfaces except chains, sprockets, shafts, RFP or stainless steel parts shall be<br />
s<strong>and</strong>blasted <strong>and</strong> primed <strong>and</strong> finished coats in accordance with <strong>the</strong> manufacturer’s printed<br />
recommendations for <strong>the</strong> best possible coating.<br />
B. Shafts, chains, sprockets <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r life surfaces shall be heavily coated with a petroleum base<br />
compound.<br />
2.8 FACTORY ASSEMBLY:<br />
A. The grit bucket elevator <strong>and</strong> housing shall be factory assembled <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> grit classifier shall<br />
also be shop assembled. Units shall be shipped assembled unless shipping limitations or<br />
special installation requirements dictate o<strong>the</strong>rwise.<br />
B. All factory assembled electrical equipment (eg. motors, safety devices, torque devices, etc.)<br />
shall be wired to a factory assembled junction box with all wiring <strong>and</strong> terminals identified <strong>and</strong><br />
coordinated with <strong>the</strong> local control panels.<br />
2.9 MOTORS<br />
A. Motors to be 3 phase, 400 V, 50 Hz for motor 1 kW <strong>and</strong> above, smaller motors can be single<br />
phase, 230 Volts, 50 Hz. Motors to be <strong>of</strong> cast iron construction <strong>and</strong> premium efficiency.<br />
2.10 ACCESSORIES<br />
A. Anchor Bolts: ASTM A193, Type 316 stainless steel, sized by equipment manufacturer.<br />
B. Lifting Lugs: Provide suitably attached for equipment assemblies <strong>and</strong> components weighing<br />
over 45 kg.<br />
C. Equipment Identification Plates: Provide 16-gauge Type 304 stainless steel identification plate<br />
securely mounted on each separate equipment component <strong>and</strong> control panel in a readily visible<br />
location. Plate shall bear 9 mm high engraved block type black enamel filled equipment<br />
identification number <strong>and</strong> letters indicated in this Specification.<br />
2.11 EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURE<br />
A. Provide an enclosure for each bucket elevator mechanism for odor control purpose. Provide<br />
enclosure with flanged connection for odor cast pipe <strong>of</strong> 150 mm in diameter. Location <strong>and</strong><br />
exact size <strong>of</strong> pipe connection will be provided to manufacturer at <strong>the</strong> time that Engineer<br />
returns manufacturer’s shop drawings.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 107 Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
B. Materials: fabricate enclosure from 304 stainless steel at least 14 gauge in thickness. Attaching<br />
hardware shall also be from 304 stainless steel that is welded or bolted throughout. Fasteners<br />
required to assemble enclosure shall be Type 316 stainless steel. Design to be removable in<br />
sections.<br />
C. Provide hinged access doors with latches on both sides for easy access to <strong>the</strong> bucket elevator<br />
at <strong>the</strong> maintenance locations.<br />
PART 3<br />
EXECUTION<br />
3.1 INSTALLATION<br />
A. Installation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> grit collection equipment to be performed by <strong>the</strong> contractor in co-operation<br />
with <strong>the</strong> manufacturer <strong>and</strong> under <strong>the</strong> supervision <strong>of</strong> factory trained representative <strong>of</strong><br />
manufacturer.<br />
B. Installation <strong>of</strong> anchor bolts <strong>and</strong> concrete embedded frames to be done by contractor based on<br />
templates <strong>and</strong> drawings supplied by <strong>the</strong> manufacturer. Installations to be supervised <strong>and</strong><br />
approved by <strong>the</strong> manufacturer.<br />
3.2 FIELD FINISHING<br />
A. Touchup damaged areas <strong>of</strong> painted ferrous metal.<br />
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL<br />
A. Functional Test: Conduct on each grit collector assembly. Test shall include 4 hours<br />
continuous operation <strong>of</strong> each unit. Confirm <strong>and</strong> coordinate operation with grit bucket elevator<br />
<strong>and</strong> grit classifier as a complete operating system.<br />
3.4 MANUFACTURER’S SERVICES<br />
A. Manufacturer's representative shall be present at site in Jenin, West Bank or in Jerusalem or<br />
mutually agreed upon alternate for <strong>the</strong> minimum person days listed below to perform <strong>the</strong><br />
services enumerated, travel time excluded:<br />
1. Inspection <strong>and</strong> certification <strong>of</strong> installation: 2 person-day, 1 trip.<br />
2. Functional <strong>and</strong> performance testing: 1 person-days, 1 trip.<br />
3. Facility startup & training, startup: 2 person-day, 1 trip.<br />
B. Unlimited phone support during installation <strong>and</strong> startup.<br />
END OF SECTION<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 108 Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
SECTION 5<br />
AERATION BASIN AND AERATION EQUIPMENT<br />
1-1 Scope<br />
This section covers <strong>the</strong> work necessary to furnish <strong>and</strong> install mechanical, horizontally mixing aerators,<br />
complete. Also, a spare motor, speed reducer, coupling, <strong>and</strong> shaft identical to those provided shall be<br />
provided for st<strong>and</strong>by use.<br />
Complete specifications <strong>and</strong> descriptive literature shall be submitted to <strong>the</strong><br />
Engineer prior to <strong>the</strong> time <strong>of</strong> biding opening. Included shall be a copy <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> results <strong>of</strong> an oxygen transfer<br />
test under st<strong>and</strong>ard conditions for <strong>the</strong> capacity <strong>of</strong> aeration specified under full load <strong>and</strong> in a similar basin<br />
configuration as shown for this project. Results shall be certified by an independent agency.<br />
Recognized experienced manufacturers, such as Tornado Aerator or equal, shall furnish aeration<br />
equipment.<br />
1-2 General<br />
The contractor shall provide a total <strong>of</strong> 18 Nos horizontally floating type mixing aerators. Each aerator shall<br />
be 35 horsepower, <strong>and</strong> shall consist <strong>of</strong> an electric motor flexibly coupled to a solid rotating shaft. A<br />
propeller shall be affixed to <strong>the</strong> lower end <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> shaft. The shaft shall be supported at <strong>the</strong> top <strong>and</strong> bottom<br />
by two sealed tapered roller bearings. A stationary draft tube shall be provided which allows <strong>the</strong> passage <strong>of</strong><br />
air between <strong>the</strong> draft tubes <strong>and</strong> solid shaft so that <strong>the</strong> air can be transferred through <strong>the</strong> unit <strong>and</strong> into <strong>the</strong><br />
wastewater. The rotating propeller shall create a low-pressure zone at its hub thus drawing air through <strong>the</strong><br />
inlet, through <strong>the</strong> draft tube <strong>and</strong> into <strong>the</strong> wastewater.<br />
1-3 Aerator Shaft<br />
A. A one-piece, solid stainless steel shaft shall be 316 SS. The shaft shall not be pieced or<br />
welded. Thin walled hollow shafts are not acceptable.<br />
B. The shaft shall be precision machined with threads <strong>and</strong> a keyway or splines on <strong>the</strong> propeller end <strong>and</strong> a<br />
keyway on <strong>the</strong> motor end. Shaft run out shall not exceed 0.005 inches (0.125 mm) along its entire length to<br />
assure straightness.<br />
1-4 Aerator Shaft Bearings<br />
A. Two tapered roller bearings shall be used to align <strong>the</strong> shaft <strong>and</strong> take up all thrust loads from <strong>the</strong> propeller.<br />
These bearings shall support <strong>the</strong> shaft near <strong>the</strong> top <strong>and</strong> bottom for maximum stability. Unsupported or<br />
cantilevered shafts are not acceptable. Aerator shaft bearing design life (L10) shall be at least 100,000<br />
hours as documented by an independent Registered Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Engineer. This documentation shall be<br />
supplied with equipment submittals. Sleeve type, ball bearing type, or wastewater-lubricated bearings are<br />
not acceptable. Under no circumstances shall <strong>the</strong> thrust load generated by <strong>the</strong> propeller be transferred to<br />
<strong>the</strong> aerator shaft/motor shaft coupling or motor bearings.<br />
B. All Aerator shaft bearings shall operate above <strong>the</strong> liquid surface, <strong>and</strong> be sealed to protect <strong>the</strong>m against<br />
splashing, submergence, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> environment. Grease fittings shall be used to allow <strong>the</strong> addition <strong>of</strong> grease<br />
to each bearing. All aerator grease fittings shall be located above <strong>the</strong> liquid surface.<br />
C. A 316 stainless steel bearing support tube shall firmly support <strong>the</strong> bearings <strong>and</strong> protect <strong>the</strong> rotating solid<br />
shaft.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
109<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
1-5 Draft Tube<br />
A stationary draft tube <strong>and</strong> air inlet hole shall be used to minimize aerodynamic drag <strong>and</strong> interference. The<br />
draft tube shall be made <strong>of</strong> stainless steel <strong>and</strong> shall be shaped in such a way to maximum airflow. Each<br />
inlet hole or slot shall be <strong>of</strong> sufficient size to give maximum airflow <strong>and</strong> minimum drag.<br />
Rotating hollow shafts or rotating air inlets shall not be used. The air passageway provided within <strong>the</strong><br />
aerator shall be at least 7 square inches<br />
(45 cm 2 ) in cross – sectional area along its length to minimize drag.<br />
1-6 Propeller<br />
A cast, non- fouling, high efficiency, low vortexing, hollow hub propeller shall be used. The propeller<br />
shall be made <strong>of</strong> stainless steel. An integral diffuser shall be included as part <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> propeller.<br />
1-7 Aerator – Motor Coupling<br />
A flexible coupling shall be used between <strong>the</strong> motor <strong>and</strong> aerator shafts, which take up parallel or angular<br />
misalignment between <strong>the</strong> aerator <strong>and</strong> motor shafts. The coupling shall be a woods type or equal with<br />
replaceable sleeve.<br />
1-8 Motor Mount<br />
Each aerator shall be provided with a stainless steel motor mount incorporating two pins that fit into a<br />
mounting cradle <strong>and</strong> allows <strong>the</strong> aerator to be easily rotated from nearly vertical to nearly horizontal. A bolt<br />
circle shall be provided on <strong>the</strong> mounting cradle, which allows <strong>the</strong> aerator to be secured at various angles.<br />
The motor mount shall be <strong>of</strong> such design to allow <strong>the</strong> removal <strong>of</strong> ei<strong>the</strong>r <strong>the</strong> motor or <strong>the</strong> aerator section for<br />
service without dismantling <strong>the</strong> entire aerator from <strong>the</strong> float system.<br />
1-9 Aerator Motor<br />
All motors furnished shall comply with all applicable provisions <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> st<strong>and</strong>ards <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> National Electric<br />
Manufacturing Association (NEMA). Each motor shall be st<strong>and</strong>ard TEFC (totally enclosed, fan cooled)<br />
have a service factor <strong>of</strong> 1.1 or greater, <strong>and</strong> be NEMA C- face design. No special fittings, faceplates, or<br />
special design motors shall be used. Thrust loads shall not be placed on <strong>the</strong> motor bearings. All motors will<br />
operate at 380 VAC, 50 or 60 Hertz phase, 97% efficiency, ~900 – 1450 RPM.<br />
1-10 Cold Wea<strong>the</strong>r Operation<br />
The aerator shall be self-heating <strong>and</strong> not require heat tape, <strong>the</strong>rmal packs, or o<strong>the</strong>r special winter devices to<br />
prevent excessive ice building. The aerator shaft shall be sealed from <strong>the</strong> environment along <strong>the</strong> majority<br />
<strong>of</strong> its length to prevent ice from freezing around <strong>the</strong> shaft during <strong>of</strong>f periods.<br />
1-11 Factory Testing<br />
Each aerator shall be tested at <strong>the</strong> factory for proper operations, lubrication, <strong>and</strong> dry amp draw. A test sheet<br />
certifying proper operation shall be shipped with each aerator.<br />
1-12 Spare Equipment<br />
A spare motor, motor coupling, <strong>and</strong> shaft identical to those provided for <strong>the</strong> aeration equipment shall be<br />
provided.<br />
END OF SECTION<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
110<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
SECTION 6<br />
SUBMERSIBLE PUMP & PISTON JET PUMP<br />
PART 1 - GENERAL<br />
1.1 Description<br />
This section covers <strong>the</strong> works necessary to furnish <strong>and</strong> install one submersible pump, <strong>and</strong><br />
accessories at <strong>the</strong> return wastewater pump station, <strong>and</strong> to furnish one portable submersible pump,<br />
one portable submersible drainage pump, power cords, hoses, <strong>and</strong> couplings as specified<br />
hereinafter.<br />
1-1 Relates Work<br />
The requirements <strong>of</strong> Sections GENERAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL STIPULATIONS<br />
<strong>and</strong> SUBMITTALS shall apply to all equipment furnished under this section. O<strong>the</strong>r items <strong>of</strong> work<br />
that relate to this section include, but are not limited to, <strong>the</strong> following:<br />
PLUMBING<br />
Division 16 - ELECTRICAL<br />
1-3 Submittals<br />
Complete fabrication, assembly, <strong>and</strong> installation drawings, toge<strong>the</strong>r with detailed pump curves,<br />
specifications <strong>and</strong> data covering materials used, part list, devices, <strong>and</strong> furnished shall be<br />
submitted in accordance with <strong>the</strong> submittal section.<br />
PART 2 - PRODUCTS<br />
2.1 General Requirements<br />
The pump shall be manufactured by <strong>the</strong> same manufacturer <strong>and</strong> shll be heavy duty, non- clog<br />
type with oil filled double mechanical shaft seals, <strong>and</strong> gray cast iron impellers.<br />
Pump Motor shall be suitable for across- <strong>the</strong>- line starting <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> name plate horsepower ratings<br />
shall not be exceeded at any point on <strong>the</strong> head capacity curves. Motors shall be as follows:<br />
Drainage Pump – Single phase, 220 V. 50 Hz.<br />
All o<strong>the</strong>r pumps – 3 phase, 380 V. 50 Hz.<br />
The Contractor shall provide each wastewater return pump with a heavy duty, waterpro<strong>of</strong> power<br />
cable <strong>of</strong> length necessary to properly fit in <strong>the</strong> fixed installations suitable for submerged service.<br />
He shall provide a minimum <strong>of</strong> 12 meters <strong>of</strong> unspliced cable for each <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> 2 portable pumps,<br />
terminating with plugs to match <strong>the</strong> extension power cords on reels specified hereinafter. The 12-<br />
meter long cords shall be connected to <strong>the</strong> motors <strong>and</strong> sealed at <strong>the</strong> factory for submersible<br />
service.<br />
2-2 Capacities<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
111<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
Pump capacities shall be as follows:<br />
Location No. Capacity At Total Dynamic Head<br />
Portable Pump 1 60 m3/hr 10 meters<br />
2-3 Portable Pump<br />
The Contractor shall furnish one 25-meters long power cord on a self winding reel. Cord shall be<br />
4 x 4 + 2.5 mm2 PVC/PVC insulated cable. It shall start <strong>and</strong> end with 3 phase plug <strong>and</strong> socket<br />
outlet, respectively, <strong>of</strong> an industrial type with a rating <strong>of</strong> 32 amps conforming with CEE 17. The<br />
reel shall be fitted with an automatic three phase overload circuit breaker rated at 10 A installed<br />
between <strong>the</strong> reel plug <strong>and</strong> socket outlet. He shall provide a 25-meter length <strong>of</strong> discharge hose<br />
with <strong>the</strong> same diameter as <strong>the</strong> pump discharge connection. The hose shall be tube <strong>and</strong> cover PVC<br />
reinforced with syn<strong>the</strong>tic spiral wrapped fiber. The hose shall have a rated working pressure <strong>of</strong><br />
not less than 3.5 kg/cm2 <strong>and</strong> shall lay flat for coiling when not in use. Furnish complete with two<br />
aluminum coupling (one spare) for coupling <strong>the</strong> hose to <strong>the</strong> pump.<br />
2-4 Spare Parts <strong>and</strong> Special Tools<br />
The following items shall be furnished for each <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> 6 pumps included in this Section:<br />
A. 1 set <strong>of</strong> upper <strong>and</strong> lower seal assemblies: 2 total<br />
B. 2-wear ring; 2 total<br />
A. 1 complete set <strong>of</strong> O – rings: 2 total<br />
One set <strong>of</strong> special tools shall be furnished for each type <strong>of</strong> pump supplied, i.e., a total <strong>of</strong> 4 sets <strong>of</strong><br />
special tools.<br />
PART 3 - EXECUTION<br />
3-1 Installation<br />
No special installations are needed. The pump shall be dropped into <strong>the</strong> lagoon by a truck lifting<br />
crane.<br />
3-2 Electrical<br />
Electrical workmanship shall be as specified under Section ELECTRICAL.<br />
3-3 Operation <strong>and</strong> Maintenance Manuals<br />
Operation <strong>and</strong> Maintenance Manuals shall be submitted as specified in Section SUBMITTALS.<br />
3-4 Piston Jet Pump<br />
The contractor shall supply <strong>and</strong> furnish a mobile piston jet pump European made such as “Interpump”<br />
or approved equal 3 phase motor <strong>and</strong> 10 HP, not direct coupling (with coupling) with a<br />
high quality <strong>and</strong> efficient by-pass <strong>and</strong> 18 mt high pressure hose 4 layers with gun turbo nozzle<br />
<strong>and</strong> overload electric switch Seamens <strong>and</strong> waterpro<strong>of</strong> box.<br />
END OF SECTION<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
112<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
SECTION 7<br />
SLUICE GATES, SLIDE GATES, AND SHEAR GATES<br />
PART 1 - GENERAL<br />
1-1 Description<br />
This section covers all work necessary to furnish <strong>and</strong> install all sluice gates, slide gates, <strong>and</strong> shear<br />
gates required for <strong>the</strong> project. Sluice <strong>and</strong> slide gates shall be furnished with frames, slides, seals<br />
if required, guides, extension stems, h<strong>and</strong> wheel operators, <strong>and</strong> all necessary parts <strong>and</strong><br />
appurtenances for a complete, properly operating installation. Shear gates shall be furnished<br />
complete including lifting h<strong>and</strong>les <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> required lengths.<br />
Aluminum stop sliding gates fitted with ei<strong>the</strong>r aluminum rod or tubing h<strong>and</strong>les <strong>and</strong> weir-sliding<br />
gates with st<strong>and</strong>ard section h<strong>and</strong>les or slot grip h<strong>and</strong>les are covered under Section FABRICATED<br />
METALWORK.<br />
1-1.01 Related Work.<br />
A. General Equipment <strong>and</strong> Materials Stipulation.<br />
The General Equipment <strong>and</strong> Material Stipulations shall apply to all equipment<br />
furnished under this section.<br />
B. Work Specified Elsewhere.<br />
O<strong>the</strong>r items that relate to <strong>and</strong> are referenced in this section include, but are not limited<br />
to, <strong>the</strong> following sections:<br />
Submittals, Equipment Schedule, <strong>and</strong> Painting<br />
1-2 Applicable Codes <strong>and</strong> St<strong>and</strong>ards<br />
The Codes <strong>and</strong> St<strong>and</strong>ards generally applicable to <strong>the</strong> work <strong>of</strong> this section are listed below. Codes<br />
<strong>and</strong> St<strong>and</strong>ards current at <strong>the</strong> time <strong>of</strong> bid shall be used unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise indicated.<br />
1-2.01 ASTM – American Society for Testing <strong>and</strong> Materials.<br />
A48<br />
Gray Iron Castings, Specifications for<br />
A120 Pipe, Steel, Black <strong>and</strong> Hot – Dipped Zinc – Coated (Galvanized) Welded <strong>and</strong> Seamless<br />
for Ordinary Uses, Specifications for<br />
A126<br />
A921<br />
Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges <strong>and</strong> Pipe Fittings, Specification for<br />
Naval Brass Rod, Bars <strong>and</strong> Shapes, Specification for<br />
A 8221 Aluminum-alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes, <strong>and</strong> Tubes, Specification for<br />
A8308 Aluminum-alloy St<strong>and</strong>ard Structural Shapes, Rolled or Extruded Specification for<br />
A 276 Stainless <strong>and</strong> Heat Resisting Steel Bars <strong>and</strong> Shapes, Specification for<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
113<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
1-2.02 AWWA – American Water Works Association<br />
C501<br />
St<strong>and</strong>ard for Sluice Gates<br />
1-2.03 AISI American Iron Steel Institute.<br />
1-3 Quality Assurance<br />
1-3.01 Governing St<strong>and</strong>ards<br />
Except as modified or supplemented herein, all sluice <strong>and</strong> slide gates shall conform to applicable<br />
requirements <strong>of</strong> AWWA C501.<br />
1-4 Submittals<br />
Complete drawings, details <strong>and</strong> specifications covering all gates, construction details, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>ir<br />
appurtenances shall be submitted in accordance with <strong>the</strong> Submittals Section.<br />
Each drawing shall be identified with <strong>the</strong> gate size <strong>and</strong> head indicated. Data to be furnished by<br />
Contractor <strong>and</strong> manufacturer are as stipulated in AWWA C501 or latest revision.<br />
1-5 Product H<strong>and</strong>ling<br />
1-5.01 Preparation for shipment<br />
All gates under this section shall be complete with all parts <strong>and</strong> appurtenances when shipped.<br />
All equipment shall be suitably packaged to facilitate h<strong>and</strong>ling <strong>and</strong> protection against damage<br />
during transit <strong>and</strong> storage. Frames <strong>of</strong> sluice <strong>and</strong> slide gates shall be provided with corner bracing,<br />
plywood sheet backing, or o<strong>the</strong>r means that will rigidly hold <strong>the</strong> frames in proper alignment<br />
during shipment, storage, <strong>and</strong> installation. The bracing or backing shall be factory applied <strong>and</strong><br />
shall not be removed until <strong>the</strong> gates have been installed.<br />
Painted surfaces shall be protected against impact, abrasion, discoloration, <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r damage. All<br />
painted surfaces, which are damaged prior to acceptance <strong>of</strong> equipment, shall be repainted to <strong>the</strong><br />
satisfaction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
Grease <strong>and</strong> lubricating oil shall be applied to metal sliding surfaces prior to shipment.<br />
PART 2 - PRODUCTS<br />
2-1 Materials<br />
2-1.01 Materials for Sluice Gates<br />
Frames, Slides, H<strong>and</strong> wheel<br />
Guides<br />
Cast Iron, ASTM A-126, Class B<br />
Galvanized Structural Steel ASTM<br />
A – 36 Calve. Per ASTM A 123<br />
Wedge Bronze ASTM B98, Alloy Lock nut 651,655 or 661.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
114<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
Thrust Nut<br />
Bronze, ASTM8584,Alloy 865. Low-zinc bronze.<br />
Extension Stems Naval Brass Rod – 8-21.<br />
Stem Guides Bronze ASTM 8584, Alloy 865<br />
Stem Guide Bushing Bronze, ASTM B21, Alloy 482<br />
Operator Lift Nut<br />
Bronze, ASTM D5A4, 111oy965.<br />
Anchor Bolts <strong>and</strong> Nuts Stainless Steel .<br />
2-1.02 Materials for Slide gates Aluminum, ASTM B209, Frames,<br />
Guides, slides, B221 or B308, Alloy 6061 Reinforcing<br />
Members <strong>and</strong> Yoke Beams for slide gates<br />
Flush Bottom Closure<br />
Compressible Neoprene<br />
Seal for slide gates<br />
Operating Stems Stainless Steel, ASTM A- 276, Type 303, 304 or 316.<br />
Flush Bottom Seals<br />
Rubber, ASTMC – 2000 <strong>and</strong> “J” Both Stainless Steel,<br />
ASTM A 276 Type 304 or 316.<br />
2-1.02 Materials for Shear Gates<br />
Frame, Cover, Lifting Cast from, ASTM A – 126.<br />
Lug <strong>and</strong> H<strong>and</strong>le Class 8.<br />
Hinge Bolt <strong>and</strong><br />
Bronze<br />
Lug Bolt<br />
Assembly Bolts<br />
Galvanized Steel<br />
Mounting Type<br />
Hang Back.<br />
2-2 Performance <strong>and</strong> Design Requirements<br />
Gates shall be designed to fit into <strong>the</strong> structures as indicated on <strong>the</strong> Drawings. Sluice gates are<br />
circular in shape, shall have maximum unseating heads <strong>of</strong> not less than 3.0 meters <strong>and</strong> maximum<br />
seating heads <strong>of</strong> not less 5 meters. Slide gates with ei<strong>the</strong>r square or rectangular shape shall have<br />
seating head <strong>of</strong> not less than 5 meters.<br />
2-3 Construction<br />
2-3.01 Frame<br />
For sluice gates <strong>the</strong> frame shall be cast in one piece. All surfaces forming joints or bearings shall<br />
be machined. The frame shall be <strong>of</strong> flat back type. Frames for sluice gates having top <strong>and</strong> bottom<br />
wedges shall have integrally cast pads machined with key ways to receive wedge seats.<br />
The slide gate frame shall be a rigid, welded unit, composed <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> guide rails, crosses bars, <strong>and</strong><br />
head rails with a clear opening <strong>the</strong> same size as <strong>the</strong> waterway. They shall be flat back. The bottom<br />
<strong>of</strong> each slide gate frame shall be recessed so that <strong>the</strong> waterway is not obstructed. A compressible<br />
seal shall be securely attached to <strong>the</strong> bottom <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> slide or to <strong>the</strong> frame invert. The seal shall be<br />
<strong>of</strong> sufficient length to <strong>the</strong> seal bottom corners <strong>of</strong> each slide.<br />
2-3.02 Side Guides.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
115<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
2-3.03 Slides.<br />
Side guides <strong>of</strong> sluice gates shall be bolted or integrally cast with <strong>the</strong> frame <strong>and</strong> machined on all<br />
bearing <strong>and</strong> contact faces. Wedges or wedge facings shall be securely attached to <strong>the</strong> points,<br />
where in <strong>the</strong> closed position, <strong>the</strong>y will make full contact with <strong>the</strong> wedging surfaces or <strong>the</strong> slides.<br />
For slide gates, <strong>the</strong> guides shall be extruded aluminum incorporating a dual slot design. The<br />
primary slot will accept <strong>the</strong> plate <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> slide (disc) <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> secondary slot will be sufficiently<br />
wide to accept <strong>the</strong> reinforcing ribs <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> disc. The guides shall be designed for maximum<br />
rigidity. All guides shall be a sufficient length to support two-thirds (2/3) <strong>the</strong> height <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> slide,<br />
when <strong>the</strong> gate is fully open.<br />
The yoke to support <strong>the</strong> operating device shall be formed by members welded or bolted at <strong>the</strong> top<br />
<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> guides.<br />
The yoke shall be sufficiently strong to support <strong>the</strong> lift forces when subjected to a load <strong>of</strong> 40 kg<br />
pull on <strong>the</strong> operator.<br />
Additional members shall be added to <strong>the</strong> frame as specified in this specification, for flush bottom<br />
closure, <strong>and</strong> “j” bulb seals.<br />
For sluice gates, slides shall be one-piece construction with stiffening ribs. Each slide shall have<br />
fully machined tongues running <strong>the</strong> full length <strong>of</strong> each side to properly engage corresponding<br />
grooves in <strong>the</strong> guides. Machined dovetail grooves shall be provided in <strong>the</strong> back face to retain<br />
seating faces.<br />
Slides <strong>of</strong> slide gates shall have a thickness <strong>of</strong> not less than 6mm. Slides shall be adequately<br />
reinforced to withst<strong>and</strong>, without permanent distortion, <strong>the</strong> maximum thrust which can be<br />
transmitted by <strong>the</strong> opening stem. Each slide shall have a reinforced pocket or internally threaded<br />
nut welded to <strong>the</strong> slide for connection <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> stem. The pocket or nut shall be designed to<br />
withst<strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> maximum thrust, which can be transmitted by <strong>the</strong> operating stem.<br />
2-3.04 Wedges<br />
Wedges shall be bronze. All sluice gates shall have adjustable side wedging devices for all head<br />
conditions to provide contact between <strong>the</strong> slide <strong>and</strong> frame facings when <strong>the</strong> gate is in <strong>the</strong> closed<br />
position. Wedges are to be fully adjustable <strong>and</strong> designed to remain in a fixed position after<br />
adjustment.<br />
2-3.05 Seating Faces<br />
2-3.06 Stems<br />
Seating faces shall be made <strong>of</strong> strips <strong>of</strong> rolled or extruded bronze. They shall be firmly secured in<br />
finished grooves in <strong>the</strong> frame <strong>and</strong> slide faces in such a way as to ensure that <strong>the</strong>y will remain in<br />
place, free from distortion <strong>and</strong> loosening during <strong>the</strong> life <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> gate. Seating faces shall be so<br />
finished that <strong>the</strong> maximum clearance shall not exceed 0.10 mm between seating surfaces with <strong>the</strong><br />
slide in <strong>the</strong> fully closed position.<br />
Each gate shall be provided with a rising stem. All stems shall be <strong>of</strong> sufficient size to withst<strong>and</strong>,<br />
without permanent distortion, <strong>the</strong> forces from <strong>the</strong> h<strong>and</strong> wheel.<br />
Where stems are furnished in more than one piece, <strong>the</strong> sections shall be joined by solid threaded<br />
couplings <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> same material as <strong>the</strong> stem. Couplings shall be securely attached to stem sections<br />
<strong>and</strong> shall utilize a key, bolts, or set screws to prevent stem rotation.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
116<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
2-3.07 Stem Guides<br />
Stem guides shall be so constructed that when properly spaced <strong>the</strong>y will hold <strong>the</strong> stem in<br />
alignment <strong>and</strong> not yet allow it enough play to permit easy operation. Each stem guide shall<br />
consist <strong>of</strong> a guide housing with replaceable bronze brushings <strong>and</strong> a mounting bracket. The guide<br />
shall be sufficiently adjustable with respect to <strong>the</strong> bracket to provide proper concentric alignment<br />
with <strong>the</strong> stem.<br />
2-3.08 Thrust Nut<br />
Each sluice gate shall be provided with a bronze thrust nut for connecting <strong>the</strong> stem to <strong>the</strong> slide.<br />
The thrust nut shall be threaded <strong>and</strong> pinned to <strong>the</strong> stem.<br />
2-3.09 Flush Bottom Closures<br />
Slide gates shall be furnished with a flush seal arrangement. A resilient neoprene seal with a<br />
minimum width exposed face <strong>of</strong> 20 mm shall be securely attached to <strong>the</strong> frame along <strong>the</strong> invert<br />
<strong>and</strong> shall extend to <strong>the</strong> depth <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> primary slot.<br />
2-3.10 Shear Gates<br />
Shear gates shall be bronze wedged <strong>and</strong> bronze sealed. Wedges shall be removable for<br />
replacement due to wear. Seat paces shall be machined. Gates shall have flanged mounting backs.<br />
2-4 Fabrication <strong>and</strong> Manufacture<br />
The gates shall be completely assembled in <strong>the</strong> shop to ensure that all parts fit toge<strong>the</strong>r properly.<br />
Sluice gates shall be primed <strong>and</strong> coated with manufacturer’s st<strong>and</strong>ards finish for sluice gates in<br />
sewage service. All paint-finished coats shall be shop-applied as per <strong>the</strong> manufacturer’s st<strong>and</strong>ards<br />
<strong>and</strong> instructions. Machined or bearing surfaces <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> holes, both plain <strong>and</strong> threaded, shall be<br />
coated with protective until installation.<br />
All surfaces <strong>of</strong> aluminum frames for slide gates, which will be in contact with concrete, mortar,<br />
grout, or dissimilar metals shall be wash primed <strong>and</strong> coated at <strong>the</strong> factory with <strong>the</strong> coal tar paint,<br />
as specified in Section PAINTING.<br />
H<strong>and</strong> wheel <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r ferrous metal surfaces, except stainless steel, shall be finish shop painted as<br />
specified above.<br />
PART 3 – EXECUTION<br />
3-1 Installation<br />
All gates shall be thoroughly cleaned <strong>and</strong> installed in strict conformance with <strong>the</strong> manufacturer’s<br />
recommendations, as approved. All anchor bolts <strong>and</strong> necessary bolt setting plates shall be<br />
provided by <strong>the</strong> manufacturer <strong>and</strong> unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise approved shall be cast-in-place during<br />
concrete placement. Threads shall be protected <strong>and</strong> shall be cleaned before nuts are started. Two<br />
nuts shall be provided for each anchor bolt.<br />
Each gate shall be carefully installed <strong>and</strong> adjusted proper operations. Care shall be taken to avoid<br />
warping <strong>the</strong> gate frames <strong>and</strong> to maintain tolerances between seating faces.<br />
All bolts shall be tightened <strong>and</strong> all items requiring lubrication shall be lubricated. Following <strong>the</strong><br />
completion <strong>of</strong> each gate installation, <strong>the</strong> gate shall be operated through at least one complete<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
117<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
open-close-open cycle, readjusted <strong>and</strong> re-operated as required, <strong>and</strong> left in perfect operating<br />
condition.<br />
END OF SECTION<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
118<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
SECTION 8<br />
SEWER PIPE INSTALLATION AND TESTING<br />
PART 1 – GENERAL<br />
1-1 Description<br />
This section covers installation <strong>and</strong> testing <strong>of</strong> all pipe used for sewage or drainage purposes.<br />
1-1.01 Related Work<br />
O<strong>the</strong>r items <strong>of</strong> work that relate to <strong>and</strong> are in this section include, but are not limited to, <strong>the</strong><br />
following sections:<br />
General Equipment <strong>and</strong> Material Stipulations<br />
Submittals<br />
HDPE Pipes<br />
UPVC Pipe <strong>and</strong> Fittings<br />
Reinforced Concrete Cylindrical Pipes<br />
Plumbing<br />
1-2 Applicable Codes <strong>and</strong> St<strong>and</strong>ards<br />
Codes <strong>and</strong> st<strong>and</strong>ards current at <strong>the</strong> time <strong>of</strong> bid shall be used.<br />
1-3 Product H<strong>and</strong>ling<br />
Pipe, fittings, <strong>and</strong> appurtenances shall be transported, stored, <strong>and</strong> h<strong>and</strong>led in a manner, which<br />
prevents damage. Hooks shall not be permitted to contact joint surfaces. Plastic pipe shall be<br />
shaded if necessary to prevent curvature due to <strong>the</strong>rmal expansion. Damaged pipe shall be<br />
removed from <strong>the</strong> site.<br />
PART 2 – PRODUCTS<br />
2-1 Materials<br />
In general, unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings or directed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer, gravity sewers<br />
shall be constructed <strong>of</strong> bell <strong>and</strong> spigot PVC <strong>and</strong> concrete pipe as specified. Where sewer crosses<br />
over a water line, or if <strong>the</strong> sewer is within 50 cm vertically or 3 m horizontally <strong>of</strong> a water line,<br />
ductile iron pipe shall be substituted for <strong>the</strong> PVC <strong>and</strong> concrete sewer pipe as described in <strong>the</strong><br />
laying water pipes <strong>and</strong> sewers in trenches.<br />
PART 3 – EXECUTION<br />
3-1 Preparation<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
119<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
3-1.01 Cleaning<br />
The interior <strong>of</strong> all pipe <strong>and</strong> fittings shall be thoroughly cleaned before installation <strong>and</strong> shall be<br />
kept clean until <strong>the</strong> work has been accepted. All joint contact surfaces shall be kept clean until<br />
<strong>the</strong> joint is completed.<br />
Every precaution shall be taken to prevent foreign material from entering <strong>the</strong> pipe during<br />
installation. No debris, tools, clothing, or o<strong>the</strong>r materials shall be placed in <strong>the</strong> pipe.<br />
Whenever pipe laying is stopped, <strong>the</strong> open end <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> pipe shall be closed with an end board<br />
closely fitting <strong>the</strong> end <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> pipe, to keep s<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> earth out <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> pipe. The end board shall<br />
have several small holes near <strong>the</strong> center to permit water to enter <strong>the</strong> pipe <strong>and</strong> prevent flotation in<br />
<strong>the</strong> event <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> trench.<br />
3-1.02 Alignment<br />
Piping shall be laid to <strong>the</strong> lines <strong>and</strong> grades indicated on <strong>the</strong> Drawings. Substantial batter boards<br />
shall be erected at intervals <strong>of</strong> not more than 8 meters. Batter boards shall be used to determine<br />
<strong>and</strong> check pipe sub grades. Not less than three batter boards shall be maintained in proper<br />
position at all times when trench grading is in progress.<br />
O<strong>the</strong>r methods <strong>of</strong> maintaining alignment <strong>and</strong> grade, such as use <strong>of</strong> laser beam equipment or<br />
surveying instruments, will be considered, provided complete information describing <strong>the</strong><br />
proposed method is submitted to <strong>the</strong> Engineer for review before pipe laying is started.<br />
Piping which deviates more than 1.5 cm from true alignment or 1.0 cm from true grade shall be<br />
rejected.<br />
3-2 Installation<br />
3-2.01 Laying Pipe<br />
Lateral displacement <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> pipe shall be prevented during embedment operations. Pipe shall not<br />
be laid in water, nor under unsuitable wea<strong>the</strong>r or trench conditions.<br />
Pipe laying shall begin at <strong>the</strong> lowest elevation with bell ends facing <strong>the</strong> direction <strong>of</strong> laying<br />
except when reverse laying is permitted by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
3-2.02 Jointing<br />
All joint preparation <strong>and</strong> jointing operations shall comply with <strong>the</strong> instructions <strong>and</strong><br />
recommendations <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> pipe manufacture. Immediately before joints are pushed toge<strong>the</strong>r, all<br />
joint surfaces intended to be lubricated shall be coated with <strong>the</strong> lubricant furnished with <strong>the</strong> pipe.<br />
The position <strong>and</strong> condition <strong>of</strong> each rubber gasket (unbounded gaskets) shall be checked with a<br />
feeler after <strong>the</strong> joint is completed.<br />
3-2.03 Wye Branches.<br />
Wye branches shall be installed at locations as indicated on <strong>the</strong> Drawings. Wye branches shall<br />
be installed with <strong>the</strong> pipe barrel rotated so that <strong>the</strong> branch leg is titled upward 30 degrees with<br />
<strong>the</strong> horizontal expect where slope <strong>of</strong> main sewer exceeds 20%. See Drawings. Wye branches<br />
shall not be covered until each location has been recorded.<br />
Each unextended wye branch for future house connection shall be marked wih a wooden or<br />
plastic strip extending from <strong>the</strong> wye vertically to within 100 mm <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> ground surface. Markers<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
120<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
shall be securely anchored <strong>and</strong> maintained vertical until backfilling has been completed. If <strong>the</strong><br />
house connection is not to be made immediately, branches shall be closed with a suitable plug.<br />
3-2.04 PVC Pipe<br />
PVC pipe fitting shall be installed in accordance with AWWA Manual M23, PVC Pipe Manual.<br />
3-2.05 Ductile Iron Pipe .<br />
Ductile iron pipe <strong>and</strong> fittings shall be installed in accordance with Section DUCTILE IRON<br />
PIPING AND FITTINGS.<br />
3-2.06 Reinforced Concrete Gravity Pipes .<br />
Reinforced Concrete Gravity pipes shall be compatible with Palestinian Institute St<strong>and</strong>ards PS<br />
49 class III /175 all according to Table 6 <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> PS 49.<br />
3-3 Field Quality Control<br />
3-3.01 Acceptance Tests.<br />
Each reach <strong>of</strong> sewer shall meet <strong>the</strong> requirements <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> following acceptance tests. All defects<br />
shall be required to <strong>the</strong> satisfaction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
A. Lamping.<br />
Unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise indicated on <strong>the</strong> Drawings, each section <strong>of</strong> sewer line between<br />
manholes shall be straight <strong>and</strong> uniformly graded. Each such section will be lamped by<br />
<strong>the</strong> Contractor in <strong>the</strong> presence <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
B. Watertightness Tests.<br />
Prior to acceptance, gravity sewers <strong>and</strong> appurtenances shall successfully pass a<br />
hydrostatic or air test to demonstrate Watertightness. Sewer sections to be tested having<br />
combined lengths <strong>and</strong> slopes that if filled with water to a hydrostatic pressure <strong>of</strong> one<br />
meter at <strong>the</strong> lower end shall be air tested. O<strong>the</strong>r test sections may be tested<br />
hydrostatically or by air at <strong>the</strong> Contractor’s option.<br />
A watertightness test shall be conducted on <strong>the</strong> first reach <strong>of</strong> sewer to be installed, <strong>and</strong><br />
on such subsequent reaches as is directed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer. (A “reach <strong>of</strong> sewer” is<br />
defined as a section <strong>of</strong> sewer between a given manhole <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> next manhole upstream<br />
or upslope.) The first line between manholes shall be tested before backfilling <strong>and</strong><br />
before any sewer pipe is installed in <strong>the</strong> remainder <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> work. Thereafter, testing shall<br />
be done after backfilling <strong>and</strong> individual or multiple reaches may be tested at one time as<br />
approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
B-1 Hydrostatic Test<br />
B-1.1<br />
Test Procedure.<br />
The test pressure shall be 1-meter head <strong>of</strong> water at <strong>the</strong> highest point <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> section under<br />
test. The length <strong>of</strong> each section to be tested shall not exceed 100 meters or <strong>the</strong> run<br />
between manholes if <strong>the</strong> manholes are more widely spaced, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> pressure at <strong>the</strong><br />
lowest point shall not exceed 10 meters head <strong>of</strong> water. Whenever possible, testing <strong>of</strong><br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
121<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
sewers shall be carried out from manhole to manhole. Short branch sewers connected to<br />
a main sewer between manholes may be tested as one system with <strong>the</strong> main sewer.<br />
Long branch sewers shall be tested separately.<br />
Both ends <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> sewer to be tested as well as inlets <strong>and</strong> outlets to manholes <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r<br />
connections in between shall be sealed effectively.<br />
At <strong>the</strong> upper end <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> sewer, a gage glass shall be connected to <strong>the</strong> sealing plug to<br />
enable <strong>the</strong> observation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> water level during <strong>the</strong> test. The gage glass shall have an<br />
inner diameter <strong>of</strong> about 50 mm <strong>and</strong> shall be provided with a mark located at 1.0 meter<br />
above <strong>the</strong> top <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> sewer. An air vent <strong>and</strong> a cock shall also be installed at <strong>the</strong> same end<br />
for release <strong>of</strong> air during <strong>the</strong> filling <strong>of</strong> water for <strong>the</strong> testing. The air vent shall be<br />
connected to <strong>the</strong> sewer so that air can be released. The trench shall be kept free <strong>of</strong> all<br />
water during <strong>the</strong> test.<br />
The sewer shall be filled with water for a minimum period <strong>of</strong> 2 hours <strong>and</strong> maximum<br />
period <strong>of</strong> 24 hours before <strong>the</strong> test is to begin to allow for soaking period <strong>and</strong> a complete<br />
release <strong>of</strong> air. The water level shall be kept at <strong>the</strong> mark <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> gage glass during <strong>the</strong><br />
whole soaking period. The test shall be carried out immediately after <strong>the</strong> soaking<br />
period. For PVC pipe, <strong>the</strong> soaking period may be shortened to 1 hour.<br />
B-1.2<br />
Allowable Leakage.<br />
Leakage is defined as <strong>the</strong> quantity <strong>of</strong> water which must be supplied to <strong>the</strong> laid sewer<br />
during 10 minutes to maintain <strong>the</strong> specified water level after <strong>the</strong> sewer has been filled<br />
with water, <strong>the</strong> air expelled, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> soaking period ended. The additional quantity <strong>of</strong><br />
water supplied to <strong>the</strong> sewer shall be measured within an accuracy <strong>of</strong> 1.0 liter. The sewer<br />
will be accepted with respect to watertightness if <strong>the</strong> quantity <strong>of</strong> water added during 10<br />
minutes is less than <strong>the</strong> quantity calculated below.<br />
The maximum permissible quantity <strong>of</strong> water which may be supplied to <strong>the</strong> line during<br />
<strong>the</strong> test for <strong>the</strong> line to pass <strong>the</strong> leakage test is as follows:<br />
Q= 0.10 x L x d1/2(1+1 x L + d)<br />
2 2<br />
Where Q= quantity <strong>of</strong> water added in liters during 10 minutes<br />
1 = gradient <strong>of</strong> line in meters per meter<br />
L = length <strong>of</strong> line in meters<br />
d = inner diameter <strong>of</strong> pipe in meters<br />
For sewer lines with more than one pipe dimension, <strong>the</strong> maximum permissible quantity<br />
<strong>of</strong> water, Q total, which may be supplied to <strong>the</strong> line during <strong>the</strong> test is as follows:<br />
Qtotal = Q1 + Q2………..+ Qn<br />
Where Qtotal quantity <strong>of</strong> water added in liters during 10 minutes.<br />
Q1, Q2, Qn quantity <strong>of</strong> water for respective pipe dimensions caculated by above formula<br />
B-2 Air Test<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
122<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
B-2.1<br />
Test Procedure.<br />
After all plugs are in place <strong>and</strong> securely blocked, <strong>the</strong> Contractor shall introduce air<br />
slowly into <strong>the</strong> pipe section to be tested until <strong>the</strong> internal air pressure reaches 0.3<br />
kg/cm2, greater than <strong>the</strong> average back pressure <strong>of</strong> any ground water that may submerge<br />
<strong>the</strong> pipe. He shall allow a minimum <strong>of</strong> 2 minutes for <strong>the</strong> air temperature to stabilize, <strong>and</strong><br />
determine <strong>the</strong> height <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> ground – water table, at <strong>the</strong> time <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> test, as specified for<br />
hydrostatic testing.<br />
Pipe <strong>and</strong> joints being air tested shall be considered satisfactory when tested at an<br />
average pressure <strong>of</strong> 0.2 kg/cm2 greater than <strong>the</strong> average back pressure <strong>of</strong> any ground<br />
water that may submerge <strong>the</strong> pipe, when (A) <strong>the</strong> total rate <strong>of</strong> air loss from <strong>the</strong> section<br />
being tested does not exceed 3.5 cu. m/hr., or (B) <strong>the</strong> section <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> line does not lose air<br />
at a rate greater than 0.055 cu. m/hr. per square meter <strong>of</strong> internal pipe surface.<br />
The Contractor shall provide at his own expense all equipment; labor. Tools, water, <strong>and</strong><br />
materials necessary <strong>and</strong> carry out testing. Should any <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se tests fail, <strong>the</strong> Contractor<br />
shall, after repairing all leaks, carry out fur<strong>the</strong>r tests, all as above described, until such<br />
tests meet with <strong>the</strong> requirements contained herein. All such tests, repair, <strong>and</strong> retests shall<br />
be at <strong>the</strong> expense <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Contractor.<br />
END OF SECTION<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
123<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
PIPING SCHEDULE<br />
Legend<br />
(see note 4)<br />
Service<br />
Material<br />
(see note 2)<br />
Spec. No.<br />
Size (in.)<br />
(see note 1)<br />
Installation<br />
(see note 5)<br />
Max. Oper.<br />
Press. (kPag)<br />
Test Press. <strong>and</strong><br />
Method (psig)<br />
(see note 3)<br />
Max. Oper.<br />
Temp. (F)<br />
Color Code<br />
Base/Stripe (see<br />
notes 6, 7, 8)<br />
Color Description<br />
Base/Stripe<br />
Remarks<br />
(Some remarks are general <strong>and</strong> may not be specifically called out.)<br />
D Drain, Sanitary See Spec Mech.08.126 All Buried/Exposed - - - - 5019P Light Gray Test per local Plumbing Code.<br />
FILL Fuel Oil Fill STL Mech.08.126 All All 345 75, H 100 2754/2749 Safety Yellow/Safety Green<br />
FUEL Fuel Oil STL Mech.08.126 All All 345 75, H 100 2754/2749 Safety Yellow/Safety Green<br />
HW Hot Water (Potable) CU Mech.08.126 All All 485 105, H 110 5205R Kentucky Blue See Remark 1.<br />
OA Odorous Air HDPE Mech.08.126 All Buried - - - - - - N/A N/A See Remark 2.<br />
OF Overflow CLDI Mech.08.126 All All N/A 10(feet), H - - 5030P Seagull<br />
OVF Overflow Pipe (Sanitary Sewer) RCP All Buried - - - - - - No color No color See Remark 3<br />
PA Process Air SST Mech.08.126 All Exposed N/A N/A<br />
SST 15200-08 All Submerged 50 75, H 250 N/A N/A<br />
CLDI 15200-01 All Buried N/A N/A<br />
PD Process Drain PVC Mech.08.126 =4 Buried/Exposed 5216R Griffin Gray<br />
SPD Sump Pump Discharge PVC Mech.08.126 All All 5162P Classic Aqua<br />
SAN Sanitary Sewer RCP Mech.13.148 All Buried 70 15, H - - No color No color<br />
V Vent, Sanitary See Spec All Exposed - - - - - - 5019R Light Blue Gray Test per local Plumbing Code.<br />
W1 Potable Water CU Mech.13.148 All Buried/Exposed 485 105, H - - 5205R Kentucky Blue See Remark 1.<br />
W2 Plant Service Water CU All Buried/Exposed 485 105, H - - 5173P Medium Blue See Remark 1.<br />
Notes:<br />
Remarks:<br />
1) > Greater Than 3) H - Hydrostatic Test<br />
1) Insulate as specified in Section 15250 <strong>of</strong> American St<strong>and</strong>ards<br />
< Less Than P - Pneumatic Test<br />
2) HDPE OA pipe shall have a 50 psi pressure rating <strong>and</strong> SDR (st<strong>and</strong>ard dimension ratio) = 32.5<br />
= Greater Than or Equal To 4) Where piping carries two or more service<br />
designations <strong>the</strong> piping material shall conform to<br />
<strong>the</strong> requirement for <strong>the</strong> first service listed. (e.g.<br />
BSD/PD would require <strong>the</strong> material used for BSD<br />
piping).<br />
2) CISP - Cast Iron Soil Pipe<br />
CLDI - Cement Lined Ductile Iron<br />
CU - Copper<br />
HDPE - High Density Polyethylene<br />
PVC - Polyvinyl Chloride<br />
RCP - Reinforced Concrete Pipe<br />
SST - Stainless Steel<br />
STL - Carbon Steel<br />
5) Installations:<br />
Exposed or Exp. - Inside <strong>and</strong> Outside Exposed<br />
Sub. - Submerged<br />
Bur. - Buried or encased in concrete<br />
6) Color code applies to exposed piping only.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh Palestine<br />
Piping Schedule
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
SECTION 9<br />
LABORATORY EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES<br />
General<br />
1-1 Description<br />
This section covers laboratory equipment <strong>and</strong> supplies.<br />
1-1.01 Related Work.<br />
The GENERAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL STIPULATIONS shall apply to all<br />
equipment <strong>and</strong> materials furnished under this section.<br />
1-2 Submittals<br />
1-2.01 Drawings, Data, <strong>and</strong> Manuals.<br />
1-2 Submittals<br />
1-2.01 Drawings, Data, <strong>and</strong> Manuals.<br />
Drawings , specifications descriptive data, <strong>and</strong> complete information concerning all laboratory<br />
equipment <strong>and</strong> supplies, shall be submitted to <strong>the</strong> Engineer for approval before <strong>the</strong> materials are<br />
shipped to <strong>the</strong> project. Operation <strong>and</strong> maintenance manuals shall be submitted in accordance<br />
with <strong>the</strong> Submittal Section.<br />
1-2.02 Laboratory Operation <strong>and</strong> Maintenance Manual. The Contractor shall prepare <strong>and</strong> deliver two<br />
(2) copies <strong>of</strong> an overall laboratory operation <strong>and</strong> maintenance manual covering all items <strong>of</strong><br />
operable equipment furnished under this section. These manuals shall be placed in <strong>the</strong><br />
laboratory for <strong>the</strong> use <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> laboratory personnel.<br />
The manual shall consist <strong>of</strong> a compilation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> manufacturer’s operation <strong>and</strong> maintenance<br />
manuals, <strong>and</strong> shall contain detailed instructions <strong>and</strong> specifications relative to <strong>the</strong> assembly,<br />
alignment, checking, placing in operation, adjustment, <strong>and</strong> maintenance <strong>of</strong> each item <strong>of</strong> operable<br />
equipment specified hereunder, toge<strong>the</strong>r with complete parts lists, test data <strong>and</strong> curves, where<br />
applicable, <strong>and</strong> copies <strong>of</strong> all shop drawings <strong>and</strong> data required by <strong>the</strong>se specifications. The<br />
manual shall be in addition to any instructions or parts list packed with or attached to <strong>the</strong><br />
equipment.<br />
Each copy <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> manual shall be neatly tabbed <strong>and</strong> indexed, <strong>and</strong> bound in stiff vinyl-covered<br />
three-ring notebook, with suitable pocket inserts as necessary for folded oversize drawings <strong>and</strong><br />
diagrams.<br />
1-3 Product H<strong>and</strong>ling<br />
1-3.01 Shipping <strong>and</strong> H<strong>and</strong>ling.<br />
All equipment <strong>and</strong> supplies furnished under this section shall be adequately protected during<br />
transportation, in storage at <strong>the</strong> Work Site, <strong>and</strong> during subsequent installation <strong>and</strong> construction<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
124<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
activities. Repair <strong>of</strong> minor damages may be made where permitted by <strong>the</strong> Engineer, will be<br />
rejected <strong>and</strong> shall be replaced with undamaged units.<br />
Products<br />
2-1 Equipment<br />
The Contractor shall furnish <strong>and</strong> install <strong>the</strong> following equipment items:<br />
2-1.01 Refrigerator.<br />
The refrigerator (low temperature) shall be <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> type <strong>and</strong> shall have not less than 200-liter total<br />
capacity; total shelf capacity; total shelf capacity <strong>of</strong> 0.7 sq.m. temperature range in refrigerator<br />
50° C to 50° C; with three removable shelves; hermetically sealed compressor <strong>and</strong> motor; all<br />
electrical switches <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>rmostat to be explosion pro<strong>of</strong>; 876 mm high x 622 mm x 606 mm<br />
wide; for 220 volts, 50 Hz operation, 1000 watts, 50 kg. The refrigerator shall be furnished with<br />
an explosion-pro<strong>of</strong> line seal connector ready for final connection.<br />
2-1.02 Oxygen Meter.<br />
The oxygen meter shall be designed to measure dissolved oxygen in water as its primary<br />
function. It shall be portable, battery operated, <strong>and</strong> furnished with lea<strong>the</strong>r carrying case <strong>and</strong><br />
oxygen sensor, one battery operated stirring arrangement, <strong>and</strong> one full set <strong>of</strong> spare batteries.<br />
2-1.03 pH Meter<br />
The meter shall be portable, battery, or line operated, to have solid-state circuits, <strong>and</strong> a scale <strong>of</strong><br />
0-14 pH units in 0.05 increments. The meter shall be equipped with slope adjustment for<br />
improved precision, including combination electrode, line converter, <strong>and</strong> carrying case.<br />
2-2 Miscellaneous Items<br />
The Contractor shall furnish <strong>the</strong> following items:<br />
2-2.01 Polyethylene bottles.<br />
Furnish 4 each <strong>of</strong> 2 liter capacity; 3 liter capacity <strong>and</strong> 1 liter capacity. The bottles shall be <strong>of</strong><br />
molded polyethylene in one piece to eliminate leakage, with wide mouths <strong>and</strong> leakage-pro<strong>of</strong><br />
screw caps.<br />
2-2.02 First Aid Kit<br />
The first aid kit shall be <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> medium size industrial grade type having a balanced assortment<br />
<strong>of</strong> first aid items that are visible <strong>and</strong> ready to use. The kit shall be contained in a 24 gauge steel<br />
case. The inner shelf shall form a convenient work-table when <strong>the</strong> kit is fastened to <strong>the</strong> wall<br />
with a storage area provided for storing reserve stock. Complete with carrying h<strong>and</strong>le for easy<br />
portability, <strong>the</strong> kit is to contain <strong>the</strong> following: cotton-tipped applicators, gauge pads <strong>and</strong><br />
b<strong>and</strong>ages, surgical gauze, Acme cotton U.S.P.. waterpro<strong>of</strong> adhesive tape <strong>and</strong> zip strips,<br />
ophthalmic pads, buckle tourniquet, ammonia inhalants, splint, scissors, tweezers, cotton balls,<br />
triangular b<strong>and</strong>age, elastic b<strong>and</strong>age, tongue depressors, aspirin, calamine lotion, instant cold<br />
packs, isopropyl alcohol, first aid h<strong>and</strong>book <strong>and</strong> wall card, antiseptic <strong>and</strong> burn ointments, eye<br />
ointment, ammonia ampoules, merthiolate, mouth-to-mouth rescue brea<strong>the</strong>r <strong>and</strong> brochure,<br />
antiseptic wipes, pencil <strong>and</strong> pad, content card, Ziploc bags, 400 mm wide x 250 mm deep x 120<br />
mm high; 6 kg.<br />
2-2.03 Goggles, plastic<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
125<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
Goggles must be suitable for wearing over prescription glasses, <strong>and</strong> must be suitable for<br />
protection against splashing from acid, alkalies, <strong>and</strong> flying particles. Ventilation is to be<br />
provided by indirect louvers. Both lenses <strong>and</strong> frames to be clear plastic; lens to be 1.27 mm<br />
polycarbonate.<br />
2-2.04 Graduated Cylinders.<br />
Cylinders shall be calibrated polymethylpentene, with large bases <strong>and</strong> pour spouts. Sizes shall<br />
be as follows:<br />
2-2.05 Imh<strong>of</strong>f Settling Cones.<br />
500 ml, 5.0 ml graduations; 2.6 ± ml<br />
1000 ml, 10.0 ml graduations ; 5.0 ± ml<br />
Cone support shall be styrene- acrylonitrile, with 1000 ml graduations; 0-1 ml in 0.1 ml<br />
subdivisions, 1-10 ml in 0.5 ml subdivisions, 40-100 ml in 2 ml subdivisions, with lines <strong>and</strong><br />
numbers at 250, 500, <strong>and</strong> 1000 ml. Cones to be supplied with leak pro<strong>of</strong>, polyethylene plug in<br />
bottom for withdrawing sediment.<br />
2-2.06 Imh<strong>of</strong>f Cone Supports.<br />
Cone support shall be kiln-dried basswood to hold up Imh<strong>of</strong>f cones. Furnish with black lacquer<br />
finish.<br />
2-2.07 Interval Timer.<br />
The timer shall have a range <strong>of</strong> 1\ 4 minute to 60 minute, <strong>and</strong> shall be spring -wound ,<br />
Lever actuated, a bell signal at end <strong>of</strong> set time. Dimensions shall be not less than 57 mm x10 mm<br />
x115 mm.<br />
2-2.08 Thermometers<br />
Thermometers shall have a range <strong>of</strong> – 20° C to +150° C, <strong>and</strong> shall be <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> partial immersion<br />
type with etched mark at immersion depth. The scale shall read -20° C to +150° C in 0.1° C<br />
subdivisions. The <strong>the</strong>rmometers shall be mercury filled wit inert gas above mercury column, 332<br />
mm long.<br />
2-2.09 Fire Extinguisher.<br />
Multipurpose, dry chemical under pressure, capacity 2.27 kg , capable <strong>of</strong> extinguishing class A,<br />
B , <strong>and</strong> C fires . Extinguisher to be located inside <strong>the</strong> operations building by <strong>the</strong> entrance door,<br />
CO2 <strong>and</strong> Powder.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
126<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
Execution<br />
3-1 Installation<br />
3-1-01 Equipment Installation<br />
Skilled workmen shall perform installation <strong>of</strong> all laboratory equipment. All items shall be<br />
installed or set in place using methods <strong>and</strong> h<strong>and</strong>ling equipment, which will prevent damage <strong>of</strong><br />
any kind.<br />
END OF SECTION<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
127<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
SECTION 10<br />
FUEL OIL STORAGE TANKS<br />
PART 1 - GENERAL<br />
1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION<br />
A. This section covers <strong>the</strong> work necessary to furnish <strong>and</strong> install one horizontal, steel,<br />
aboveground fuel storage tanks, complete.<br />
B. Tank manufacturer shall be experienced in <strong>the</strong> design <strong>and</strong> construction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> kind <strong>of</strong> tank<br />
specified herein, <strong>and</strong> shall have furnished such similar size tanks for installations that have<br />
been in successful operation for a minimum <strong>of</strong> 10 years.<br />
C. All tanks provided under this Specification shall be UL listed for <strong>the</strong> intended product.<br />
1.2 REFERENCES<br />
A. Tanks <strong>and</strong> equipment shall be designed, fabricated, tested, inspected, <strong>and</strong> delivered in<br />
accordance with <strong>the</strong> latest issue <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> following St<strong>and</strong>ards:<br />
1. Underwriter’s Laboratories Subject 2085 (UL 2085) <strong>and</strong> 142 (UL 142).<br />
2. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) St<strong>and</strong>ard No. 30.<br />
3. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 70, National Electrical Code (NEC).<br />
4. American Petroleum Institute (API) St<strong>and</strong>ard 650 “Welded Steel Tanks for Oil<br />
Storage.”<br />
5. Occupational Safety <strong>and</strong> Health Act (OSHA) St<strong>and</strong>ards for Safety.<br />
6. Environmental Protection Agency, Code <strong>of</strong> Federal Regulations 40 CFR Parts 280<br />
<strong>and</strong> 281.<br />
7. Building Officials <strong>and</strong> Code Administrators (BOCA) National Fire Prevention Code<br />
Chapter 23.<br />
8. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) Section 3R.<br />
B. Tanks <strong>and</strong> equipment shall meet or exceed local fire <strong>and</strong> safety codes.<br />
1.3 SUBMITTALS<br />
A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with Section 01300, Submittals, in Division 1,<br />
General Requirements.<br />
B. Shop Drawings <strong>and</strong> Product Data:<br />
1. Drawings showing dimensions, openings, connections, <strong>and</strong> construction details <strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>the</strong> tank. Tank design data submitted shall include, but shall not be limited to:<br />
a. Tank size <strong>and</strong> overall dimensions.<br />
b. Wall steel <strong>and</strong> concrete thickness.<br />
c. Locations <strong>and</strong> details <strong>of</strong> nozzles <strong>and</strong> tank connections.<br />
d. Construction details plainly identifying materials <strong>of</strong> construction.<br />
e. Details <strong>of</strong> tank support legs <strong>and</strong> anchors.<br />
2. Catalogue cuts <strong>of</strong> instrumentation components.<br />
3. Description <strong>of</strong> quality assurance program to be utilized.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
128<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
4. Installation details in accordance with <strong>the</strong> manufacturer’s recommendations <strong>and</strong><br />
instructions.<br />
5. Licensed Manufacturer’s Certificate.<br />
C. Quality Control Submittals:<br />
1. Manufacturer’s Certificate <strong>of</strong> Compliance: Applicable NFPA requirements,<br />
Underwriters Laboratory (UL) requirements, EPA secondary containment<br />
requirements, Uniform Fire Code requirements.<br />
2. Factory test results, reports, <strong>and</strong> certifications.<br />
3. Copies <strong>of</strong> fabrication, quality control, <strong>and</strong> testing records for actual tanks.<br />
4. Special shipping, storage <strong>and</strong> protection, <strong>and</strong> h<strong>and</strong>ling instructions.<br />
5. Manufacturer’s written/printed installation instructions.<br />
6. Manufacturer’s Certificate <strong>of</strong> Proper Installation.<br />
7. Manufacturer’s list <strong>of</strong> proposed spares, expendables, <strong>and</strong> test equipment.<br />
8. Operation <strong>and</strong> Maintenance Manuals.<br />
1.4 SPECIAL GUARANTEE<br />
A. Furnish manufacturer's extended guarantee or warranty, with Owner named as beneficiary,<br />
in writing, as special guarantee. Special guarantee shall provide for correction, or at <strong>the</strong><br />
option <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Owner, removal or replacement if any material or labor is found defective<br />
during a period <strong>of</strong> 20 years after <strong>the</strong> date <strong>of</strong> Substantial Completion. Duties <strong>and</strong> obligations<br />
for correction or removal <strong>and</strong> replacement <strong>of</strong> defective Work as specified in General<br />
Conditions.<br />
PART 2 - PRODUCTS<br />
3.1 GENERAL<br />
A. The use <strong>of</strong> a manufacturer’s name <strong>and</strong> model or catalog number is for <strong>the</strong> purpose <strong>of</strong><br />
establishing <strong>the</strong> st<strong>and</strong>ard <strong>of</strong> quality <strong>and</strong> general configuration desired only. O<strong>the</strong>r<br />
manufacturers’ equipment will be considered in accordance with <strong>the</strong> General Conditions.<br />
3.2 MANUFACTURERS<br />
A. ConVault Mid-Atlantic, Inc.<br />
B. Or equal.<br />
3.3 FUEL STORAGE TANK<br />
A. Provide <strong>and</strong> install a single wall, steel, aboveground storage tank. The tank shall have a<br />
minimum capacity <strong>of</strong> 6000 liters with UL listing for <strong>the</strong>rmal <strong>and</strong> ballistic protection. The<br />
tank shall be designed for aboveground storage <strong>of</strong> flammable <strong>and</strong> combustible liquids at<br />
atmospheric pressure with a minimum 2 hour fire rating. The tank shall comply with<br />
NFPA 30/30 codes. FIREGUARD - Above ground fuel storage tank<br />
B. The tank shall be fabricated per UL-142 <strong>of</strong> mild carbon steel with shell seams <strong>of</strong><br />
continuous lap weld construction <strong>and</strong> <strong>of</strong>fer <strong>the</strong> safety <strong>of</strong> 110% UL 2085 listed secondary<br />
containment. The tank shall have a grounding lug installed for lightning protection.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
129<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
C. The tank shall be delivered with two factory supplied, welded on saddles. The tanks shall<br />
be mounted on a reinforced concrete base located outdoors in a concrete containment<br />
structure.<br />
D. The tank shall have emergency <strong>and</strong> manual vents as required by NFPA 30.<br />
E. The tank openings shall be threaded or flanged. As a minimum provide <strong>the</strong> following<br />
openings:<br />
1. One 50mm threaded – Normal Vent, complete with 2.5 meter riser.<br />
2. One 100mm flanged – Emergency Vent.<br />
3. One 75mm threaded – Product fill, with overfill protection device.<br />
4. One 25mm - Fuel Supply.<br />
5. One 25mm threaded – Fuel Return.<br />
6. One 450mm flanged – Manway.<br />
7. 50 mm condensate drain cock <strong>and</strong> plug.<br />
F. The tank shall be tested for tightness in <strong>the</strong> factory <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> field before commissioning. If<br />
leaks are noted during <strong>the</strong> tests, <strong>the</strong> tanks shall be made tight by welding <strong>and</strong> retesting.<br />
G. Tank Emergency Vent:<br />
1. Provide 100mm emergency vent. Materials shall be aluminum for <strong>the</strong> cover <strong>and</strong><br />
body <strong>and</strong> stainless steel spring. Sealing surface is to be teflon coated.<br />
2. Manufacturers <strong>and</strong> Products: OPW, Model 202 or equal.<br />
H. Shut<strong>of</strong>f <strong>and</strong> isolation valves shall be ball valves with bronze body, TFE seat <strong>and</strong> seal,<br />
threaded ends, <strong>and</strong> rated for 4000 kPa at 38°C.<br />
I. Tank Vent:<br />
1. Provide one 50mm aluminum open vent with 40 mesh brass screen <strong>and</strong> brass setscrews.<br />
2. Manufacturers <strong>and</strong> Products<br />
J. Vent: OPW, Model 23 or equal.<br />
K. The tank exterior shall be prepared, primed <strong>and</strong> finish coated in accordance with <strong>the</strong> table<br />
below.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
130<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
L. Exposed Metal-Highly Corrosive:<br />
Surface Prep. Paint Material Min. Coats, Cover<br />
Abrasive Blast, or Epoxy Primer<br />
1 coat, 2.5 MDFT<br />
Centrifugal Wheel Blast<br />
(SP 5)<br />
Polyamide high build<br />
epoxy<br />
Polyurethane Enamel<br />
1 coat, 6 MDFT<br />
1 coat, 3 MDFT<br />
M. Provide fuel tank level gauge as follows:<br />
Type: - Pneumatic indicator mounted indoors utilizing<br />
h<strong>and</strong> air pump to obtain reading<br />
Components: - H<strong>and</strong> pump <strong>and</strong> bellows<br />
- Wall-mounted dial type volume indicator,<br />
graduated in litres, range compatible with tank<br />
capacity, accuracy <strong>of</strong> ± 2%<br />
- Sufficient length <strong>of</strong> copper tubing to extend<br />
from gauge location to tank bottom<br />
Certification: - ULC listed<br />
Manufacturer <strong>and</strong> Model: - Levelometer Model No. 6705 or equal<br />
Tag Number - FST-L1<br />
N. Install copper tubing inside <strong>the</strong> tank within <strong>the</strong> drop pipe.<br />
3.4 ACCESSORIES<br />
A. Identification Plate: Identify each tank with <strong>the</strong> fabricator’s name, capacity in gallons,<br />
service, vessel number, vessel name, <strong>and</strong> date <strong>of</strong> manufacture.<br />
B. Lifting Lugs: Equipment weighing more than 100 pounds shall be provided with lifting<br />
lugs.<br />
C. UL Label: Include name <strong>of</strong> manufacturer <strong>and</strong> location <strong>of</strong> factory.<br />
D. Signage: Mark tanks on all sides with warning signs: “FLAMMABLE” or<br />
“COMBUSTIBLE,” “NO SMOKING,” product identification, <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r signs as required<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
131<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
by <strong>the</strong> applicable codes. Signs shall be recessed in concrete exterior to ensure against<br />
damage.<br />
E. Bearing Pads: Provide continuous neoprene bearing pads <strong>of</strong> manufacturer’s st<strong>and</strong>ard design<br />
under each tank foot. Pads shall be not less than 25 mm thick, 60 Durometer, <strong>and</strong> 150 mm<br />
wider <strong>and</strong> longer than legs.<br />
PART 3 – MEXECUTION<br />
4.1 GENERAL<br />
A. Equipment provided under this section shall meet applicable local, state, <strong>and</strong> OSHA<br />
requirements. The tank system, including accessories, shall be installed in strict accordance<br />
with <strong>the</strong> manufacturer’s recommendations <strong>and</strong> applicable fire <strong>and</strong> environmental codes.<br />
B. Electrical work shall be in accordance with local codes <strong>and</strong> shall be rated for hazardous<br />
area as required. Tank shall be electrically grounded in accordance with NFPA 780.<br />
4.2 PREPARATION<br />
A. Local permits shall be obtained by Contractor prior to installation.<br />
4.3 INSTALLATION<br />
A. Installation, h<strong>and</strong>ling, <strong>and</strong> storage <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> tanks <strong>and</strong> associated monitoring systems shall be<br />
in strict accordance with <strong>the</strong> manufacturer’s written instructions. Care shall be taken not to<br />
damage <strong>the</strong> tank <strong>and</strong> accessories.<br />
B. Tank shall be installed on a reinforced concrete base slab as indicated on <strong>the</strong> Contract<br />
Drawings. Install neoprene bearing pads under legs <strong>of</strong> tanks as required by <strong>the</strong><br />
manufacturer.<br />
4.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL<br />
A. Prior to final installation, tanks shall be visually inspected for impact damage which may<br />
have occurred during shipping, unloading, or storage. Tank shall <strong>the</strong>n be tested for leaks by<br />
pressurizing <strong>the</strong> tank with air to a minimum pressure <strong>of</strong> 20.7 kPa, <strong>and</strong> a maximum pressure<br />
<strong>of</strong> 34.5 kPa for a minimum <strong>of</strong> 4 hours. While under pressure, a soap solution shall be<br />
applied at all piping connections to aid in <strong>the</strong> detection <strong>of</strong> leaks. If any drop in pressure or<br />
leaks are detected, <strong>the</strong> leaks shall be repaired in accordance with <strong>the</strong> manufacturer’s written<br />
recommendations. Tank shall be repaired <strong>and</strong> retested until no leaks are detected. All<br />
testing shall be performed in accordance with <strong>the</strong> manufacturer’s written procedures. The<br />
Contractor, assisted by <strong>the</strong> manufacturer’s representative, shall perform <strong>the</strong> field testing.<br />
B. Prior to startup, all installed equipment shall be inspected for proper installation <strong>and</strong><br />
connection by means <strong>of</strong> a Functional Test. Such tests shall include a leakage test with <strong>the</strong><br />
tank full <strong>of</strong> clean fuel oil to verify that no liquid will leak from <strong>the</strong> installed tank. If any<br />
leaks are detected, <strong>the</strong> leaks shall be repaired in accordance with <strong>the</strong> manufacturer’s written<br />
recommendations. The tank shall be repaired <strong>and</strong> retested until no leaks are detected. All<br />
testing shall be performed in accordance with <strong>the</strong> manufacturer’s written procedures. The<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
132<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
Contractor, assisted by <strong>the</strong> manufacturer’s representative, shall perform <strong>the</strong> functional<br />
testing.<br />
1. Contractor shall be responsible to arrange for, pay for, <strong>and</strong> coordinate delivery <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
fuel oil to be used, from <strong>the</strong> Owner’s existing suppliers at <strong>the</strong> existing contract price.<br />
Completely fill <strong>the</strong> fuel oil storage tank at <strong>the</strong> completion <strong>of</strong> tank <strong>and</strong> generator<br />
testing.<br />
4.5 MANUFACTURER’S FIELD SERVICES<br />
A. Furnish manufacturer’s Authorized Representative at Work site to perform field services,<br />
including as necessary, installation assistance, inspection, certification <strong>of</strong> installation,<br />
testing, startup assistance, <strong>and</strong> training <strong>of</strong> Owner’s personnel.<br />
B. Provide Manufacturer Certificates <strong>of</strong> Proper Installation for each tank.<br />
C. Furnish not less than 2 person-days, travel time excluded, to provide <strong>the</strong> necessary services.<br />
At least 1/2 person-day shall be for instructing Owner’s personnel at such time as requested<br />
by Owner.<br />
D. Furnish assistance, inspection, testing, startup, <strong>and</strong> certification services at such times as<br />
requested by Contractor.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
133<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
END OF SECTION<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
134<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
SECTION 11<br />
FLOW MEASURING DEVICE AND PARSHALL FLUME CHANNEL<br />
A. FLOW MEASURING DEVICE<br />
The flow-measuring device shall be a float-actuated meter using a cylindrical or spherical float<br />
made <strong>of</strong> copper or stainless steel 316. The float will be installed in a stilling pipe connected to<br />
<strong>the</strong> Parshall flume. A counterweight will be attached, by means <strong>of</strong> a free pulley. The liquid level<br />
will be transmitted to a receiver situated in <strong>the</strong> <strong>of</strong>fice by means <strong>of</strong> a transmitter installed at <strong>the</strong><br />
Parshall flume. The connection will be by reinforced cable laid in a trench <strong>and</strong> in a protective<br />
sleeve. An integrator will show <strong>the</strong> total flow reading in cu.m. <strong>and</strong> will have at least a six digit<br />
capacity. The rate <strong>of</strong> flow will be readable without having to lock any part <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> mechanism. A<br />
recorder with a 30 cm diameter chart will be supplied. The driving motor will be a synchronous<br />
type with an <strong>of</strong>f-on switch. It shall operate 240 volts, 50-cycle power supply. A spring drive<br />
(automatically wound) will be able to drive <strong>the</strong> chart for a 24-hour period when <strong>the</strong>re is a power<br />
failure. The speed <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> drive will be one revolution per week.<br />
The rates tendered shall include for <strong>the</strong> provision, calibration, <strong>and</strong> erection <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> float <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
receiver instrument <strong>and</strong> for <strong>the</strong> provision <strong>and</strong> fixing <strong>of</strong> all connecting tables, pipes, wiring,<br />
cables, ect., including <strong>the</strong> setting to work <strong>and</strong> site testing <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> instruments.<br />
B. FIBERGLASS PARSHALL FLUME LINER<br />
PART 1 - GENERAL<br />
Description<br />
This section covers supply <strong>and</strong> installation <strong>of</strong> a fiberglass Parshall flume liner as indicated<br />
on <strong>the</strong> Drawings. Flow metering equipment for <strong>the</strong> Parshall flume is included in Section 9.<br />
Related Work<br />
O<strong>the</strong>r items <strong>of</strong> equipment <strong>and</strong> work that relate to <strong>and</strong> are referenced in this section include,<br />
but are not limited to, <strong>the</strong> following sections:<br />
PART 2 - PRODUCTS<br />
Materials<br />
Submittals<br />
Cast-in-Place Concrete<br />
Instrumentation <strong>and</strong> Control<br />
Materials used shall be Plastic Laminate, Polyester or o<strong>the</strong>r suitable plastic reinforced with<br />
fiberglass, with gelcoat <strong>and</strong> top coat, to <strong>the</strong> following specification:<br />
Tensile Strength at 1000 Kg/sq. cm min., ASTM D638.<br />
Break<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
134<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
Flexural Strength 1700 Kg/sq. cm min., ASTM D790.<br />
Tangent Modulus <strong>of</strong> 900,000 min., ASTM D790.<br />
Elasticity<br />
Finished Thickness<br />
Within plus or minus 10 percent <strong>of</strong> nominal.<br />
Construction<br />
The Parshall flume liner shall conform to <strong>the</strong> dimensions shown on <strong>the</strong> plans <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
requirements detailed below:<br />
The Throat width, shall be 250 mm<br />
The Throat length, shall be 300 mm<br />
The liner shall be accurate in all dimensions <strong>and</strong> shall include, in one integral piece, <strong>the</strong><br />
approach, throat, <strong>and</strong> downstream sections. Each section shall have a floor <strong>and</strong> vertical<br />
sidewalls. The inside surfaces shall be smooth <strong>and</strong> free from irregularities.<br />
Flanges <strong>and</strong> anchors shall be provided as necessary on <strong>the</strong> outside surfaces to ensure that <strong>the</strong><br />
liner will be permanently anchored to <strong>the</strong> concrete.<br />
The liner shall be stiffened <strong>and</strong> braced so that <strong>the</strong> deflection caused by concrete placement<br />
shall not exceed 2 mm at any point. Internal braces shall be readily removable after concrete<br />
is placed without damage to <strong>the</strong> inside surfaces <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> liner. All permanent-reinforcing<br />
members shall be completely encased in plastic.<br />
The flume shall be shipped in one piece ready for setting in <strong>the</strong> channel formwork, prior to<br />
pouring <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> concrete. The flume shall be furnished with tie strips bolted in place across<br />
<strong>the</strong> top <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> flume to retain <strong>the</strong> vertical sides <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> liner during concrete backfilling. These<br />
tie bars may be removed following setting <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> backing concrete.<br />
The flume liner shall be fabricated in one piece utilizing corrosion resistant resin, reinforced<br />
with fiberglass mat to provide a minimum wall thickness <strong>of</strong> not less than 6 mm <strong>and</strong> a glass<br />
content not less than 30 percent by weight. Resin shall be resistant to raw sewage containing<br />
large amounts <strong>of</strong> hydrogen sulphide.<br />
The flume shall be equipped with a flush-mount mounting track <strong>and</strong> ground connection to<br />
accommodate installation <strong>of</strong> a Drexel brook Type admittance probes or be capable <strong>of</strong> track<br />
attachment.<br />
PART 3 - EXECUTION<br />
Installation<br />
The liner shall be carefully leveled <strong>and</strong> rigidly braced <strong>and</strong> anchored in position before <strong>the</strong><br />
adjacent concrete is placed.<br />
END OF SECTION<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
135<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> Works for <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
SECTION 12<br />
AIR BLOWER SYSTEM<br />
PART 1 - GENERAL<br />
Description<br />
This section covers <strong>the</strong> supply <strong>and</strong> installation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> following rotary positive displacement<br />
blowers complete with all appurtenances, including <strong>the</strong> air piping system <strong>and</strong> diffusers. Each<br />
air blower <strong>and</strong> diffuser system shall comprise a complete <strong>and</strong> workable system for <strong>the</strong><br />
diffusion <strong>of</strong> low-pressure air into a channel <strong>of</strong> liquid <strong>and</strong> for convenient <strong>and</strong> regular<br />
maintenance <strong>of</strong> all components <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> system:<br />
Number <strong>of</strong> blowers shall be supplied <strong>and</strong> installed as indicated <strong>and</strong> shown on drawings for<br />
Stage I <strong>of</strong> construction.<br />
Related Work<br />
O<strong>the</strong>r items <strong>of</strong> work that relate to <strong>and</strong> are referenced in this section include, but are not<br />
limited to, <strong>the</strong> following sections:<br />
Submittals<br />
Concrete<br />
Pipe work<br />
Electrical Works<br />
Submittals<br />
Drawings, specifications, <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r data showing complete details <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> design, fabrication,<br />
materials used, <strong>and</strong> construction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> air blowers, drivers <strong>and</strong> diffuser system, toge<strong>the</strong>r<br />
with complete data on operating conditions, curves, maintenance requirements, etc., shall be<br />
submitted in accordance with Section 3.<br />
PART 2 - PRODUCTS<br />
Blower Units<br />
The blowers shall be rotary positive displacement, two lobe involute type, complete with<br />
accessories as described, <strong>and</strong> shall be electric motor driven through V-belt drivers. Blower<br />
shall be mounted as shown with inlets <strong>and</strong> outlets located 180 degrees apart at <strong>the</strong> right <strong>and</strong><br />
left sides <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> blower as shown. (Horizontal airflow)<br />
Speed <strong>of</strong> each shall not exceed 4000 rpm.<br />
The blower rotor casing shall be <strong>of</strong> high quality grey cast iron <strong>and</strong> shall be ribbed to prevent<br />
case distortion when operating at rated pressure. Inlet <strong>and</strong> outlet connections shall be<br />
flanged, 125 psi relating to AISI B16.1, threaded as per manufacturer's st<strong>and</strong>ards.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
136<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> Works for <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
Each rotor <strong>and</strong> shaft shall be made from high tensile strength spheroidal graphite cast iron<br />
casting. The rotor shall be <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> straight, two lobe involute type <strong>and</strong> shall operate without<br />
rubbing on liquid seals <strong>of</strong> lubrication <strong>and</strong> shall be positively timed by a pair <strong>of</strong> accurately<br />
machined heat-treated alloy steel, spur tooth, timing gears. The timing gears shall be<br />
mounted on <strong>the</strong> rotor shafts on a tapered fit <strong>and</strong> secured by a locknut. Each rotor/shaft shall<br />
be supported on a single row <strong>of</strong> ball bearings.<br />
There will be provided a positive oil seal at each bearing into <strong>the</strong> air stream. Fur<strong>the</strong>r<br />
provision shall be made to vent <strong>the</strong> impeller side <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> oil seal to atmosphere to eliminate<br />
any possible carry-over <strong>of</strong> lubricant into <strong>the</strong> air stream.<br />
Gear-end, oil lubricated, double row, angular contact ball bearings, combined radial <strong>and</strong><br />
axial location <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> gears <strong>and</strong> rotors. The oil filler prevents <strong>the</strong> entry <strong>of</strong> external dust <strong>and</strong><br />
dirts, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> level plug prevent <strong>the</strong> possibility <strong>of</strong> over filling.<br />
The drive-end bearing single row shall be oil lubricated <strong>and</strong> shall be provided with a site<br />
glass,. The timing gears <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> gear-end bearings shall be oil lubricated by splash from <strong>the</strong><br />
gears dipping in oil. The oil level on <strong>the</strong> timing gears shall be regulated to <strong>the</strong> optimum by a<br />
metering orifice.<br />
V-belt Drive.<br />
V-belt drive shall be fixed speed type. An adjustable motor base shall be furnished allowing<br />
belt tension to be adjusted by turning a h<strong>and</strong> wheel.<br />
Equipment Base.<br />
A common base is to be supplied <strong>and</strong> mounted under each <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> electric-driven blowers <strong>and</strong><br />
<strong>the</strong>ir drive motors. The bases shall be fabricated <strong>of</strong> rigid steel, reinforced to withst<strong>and</strong><br />
normal loading. Tack screws are to be provided for levelling bases.<br />
Blower Accessories.<br />
Suction <strong>and</strong> discharge flexible connectors shall be provided, silencers, filters, cocks, <strong>and</strong><br />
valves on blowers shall be provided by <strong>the</strong> blower manufacturer as shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings.<br />
Relief valves on blower discharge shall be <strong>of</strong> sufficient capacity to prevent damaging<br />
overloads on blower <strong>and</strong> drive. Valves shall be <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> blower manufacturer's st<strong>and</strong>ard.<br />
Individual silencers shall be furnished for <strong>the</strong> inlet <strong>and</strong> discharge <strong>of</strong> each air blower. The<br />
shell shall be <strong>of</strong> commercial quality steel with welded seams. Provide unloading valves,<br />
which shall also be suitable for drainage <strong>of</strong> accumulated oil or water. Permitted noise levels<br />
shall not exceed 80 decibels at a distance <strong>of</strong> 1 m from <strong>the</strong> equipment housing.<br />
Filters on blower inlets shall be <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> dry type. Provide manufacturer's st<strong>and</strong>ard flexible<br />
connection, check valves <strong>and</strong> isolation valves, safety valve on <strong>the</strong> blower discharge lines as<br />
shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings, <strong>and</strong> furnish <strong>and</strong> install suitable mechanical couplings or adapters, if<br />
required, to connect <strong>the</strong> discharge isolation valves to <strong>the</strong> air pipeline to <strong>the</strong> solids contact<br />
tank. Provide 10 mm taps with brass stopcocks at <strong>the</strong> inlet <strong>and</strong> outlet <strong>of</strong> each blower as<br />
shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings for connecting pressure, vacuum <strong>and</strong> temperature test gauges.<br />
The interior shall be thoroughly cleaned <strong>and</strong> sprayed with a rust preventive. All openings<br />
shall be covered to prevent re-entry <strong>of</strong> dirt or o<strong>the</strong>r foreign matter.<br />
Motors<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
137<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> Works for <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
Motors shall be 1500 rpm, 50 cycles per second, 3 Phase, 380 V. Motors shall be drip-pro<strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>and</strong> torque design to NEMA B. They shall be designed for continuous duty at an ambient<br />
temperature <strong>of</strong> 40 degrees C. Motors to have manufacturer's st<strong>and</strong>ard bearings with rated life<br />
<strong>of</strong> 50,000 hours. Motor Windings are to be copper. Insulation is to be Class F.<br />
Motors shall be mounted on adjustable rails for belt tension adjustment on a common base<br />
supplied for <strong>the</strong> blower unit. Motors shall be furnished <strong>and</strong> installed by <strong>the</strong> blower<br />
manufacturer <strong>and</strong> shall be matched with <strong>the</strong> blowers.<br />
Painting.<br />
The blower units, including motors, shall be shop primed <strong>and</strong> finish painted at <strong>the</strong> factory to<br />
<strong>the</strong> manufacturer's st<strong>and</strong>ard.<br />
Air Piping<br />
Pipe <strong>and</strong> fittings for air piping from <strong>the</strong> blowers to <strong>the</strong> diffusers shall be galvanized steel <strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>the</strong> sizes shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings. Materials <strong>and</strong> installation shall conform to applicable<br />
parts. Trench excavation <strong>and</strong> backfill shall conform to <strong>the</strong> requirements <strong>of</strong> that section.<br />
Isolation valves on each <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> pipes extending down into <strong>the</strong> solids contact basin shall be<br />
bronze body, lever-operated ball valves. Provide a lever operator for each valve with <strong>the</strong><br />
lever firmly attached to <strong>the</strong> operating nut.<br />
Air Diffusers.<br />
- Air diffusers for aerated grit chambers:<br />
Diffusers shall be non-metallic, coarse bubble, fixed to a horizontal stainless steel tube,<br />
connected to a stainless steel tube down comer.<br />
The air diffusion system shall furnish range <strong>of</strong> 7 liters per second per meter <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> grit<br />
removal basin measured along <strong>the</strong> longitudinal axis.<br />
Blower Capacities<br />
The capacities <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> blowers shall be as follows:-<br />
Blowers for Grit Chambers<br />
Flow rate: 324 Nm 3 /hr each<br />
Head:<br />
1 bar<br />
Motor KW: 3.4<br />
Spare Parts <strong>and</strong> Special Tools.<br />
The blower manufacturer shall include <strong>the</strong> following spare parts <strong>and</strong> tools in <strong>the</strong> shipment<br />
with <strong>the</strong> blowers:<br />
1 full set <strong>of</strong> bearings for each size <strong>of</strong> blower.<br />
1 full set <strong>of</strong> gears for each size <strong>of</strong> blower.<br />
4 replacement V-belts for each size <strong>of</strong> blower.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
138<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> Works for <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
Any special tools required for maintenance or repair <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> blower/driver units.<br />
Any o<strong>the</strong>r spare parts items recommended by <strong>the</strong> manufacturer.<br />
The Contractor shall furnish 10% extra diffusers as spare parts.<br />
PART 3 - EXECUTION<br />
The blowers <strong>and</strong> accessories shall be installed in accordance with <strong>the</strong> manufacturer's<br />
recommendations as approved.<br />
Installation<br />
All piping shall be supported to preclude <strong>the</strong> possibility <strong>of</strong> exerting undue forces or moments<br />
on <strong>the</strong> intake <strong>and</strong> outlet <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> blowers.<br />
Misalignment caused by weight or stress shall be corrected <strong>and</strong> repairs made by <strong>the</strong><br />
Contractor at his own expense.<br />
Electrical<br />
Electrical connections for blower motors shall be as specified in Section 9.<br />
Painting<br />
Units shall have been finish painted at <strong>the</strong> factory. Only field touch-up shall be required.<br />
END OF SECTION<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />
139<br />
Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
SECTION 13<br />
REINFORCED CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE<br />
PART 1 - GENERAL<br />
1.1 REFERENCES<br />
A. The following is a list <strong>of</strong> st<strong>and</strong>ards which may be referenced in this section:<br />
1. Palestinian St<strong>and</strong>ards Institute – St<strong>and</strong>ard No. PS 49<br />
2. American Water Works Association (AWWA):<br />
a. C300, Reinforced Concrete Pressure Pipe, Steel-Cylinder Type.<br />
b. M9 (Manual), Concrete Pressure Pipe.<br />
3. ASTM International (ASTM): C361, St<strong>and</strong>ard Specification for Reinforced Concrete<br />
Low-Head Pressure Pipe.<br />
1.2 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS<br />
A. Design pipe in accordance with AWWA C300 <strong>and</strong> Contract Drawings.<br />
1.3 SUBMITTALS<br />
A. Action Submittals:<br />
1. Shop Drawings:<br />
a. Design calculations for pipe, reinforcing, fittings, welding.<br />
b. Complete data <strong>and</strong> fabrication plans for pipe, fittings, <strong>and</strong> joint details, including<br />
all reinforcement dimensions <strong>and</strong> spacing.<br />
c. Shop Drawings <strong>and</strong> laying diagrams showing <strong>the</strong> location <strong>of</strong> each pipe section.<br />
d. Type <strong>and</strong> amount <strong>of</strong> concrete admixtures.<br />
e. Welding procedure specifications.<br />
2. Samples:<br />
a. Aggregate.<br />
B. Informational Submittals:<br />
1. Test specimens, material, <strong>and</strong> manufacturing test reports.<br />
2. Letter from independent testing agency certifying that pipe furnished meets<br />
requirements <strong>of</strong> this section.<br />
3. Field Leakage Testing Plan: Submit at least 15 days prior to testing <strong>and</strong> at minimum,<br />
include <strong>the</strong> following:<br />
a. Testing dates.<br />
b. Piping systems <strong>and</strong> section(s) to be tested.<br />
c. Method <strong>of</strong> isolation.<br />
d. Method <strong>of</strong> conveying water from source to system being tested.<br />
e. Calculation <strong>of</strong> maximum allowable leakage for piping section(s) to be tested.<br />
4. Test report documentation.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 140 Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
PART 2 - PRODUCTS<br />
2.1 GENERAL<br />
A. Pipe shall conform to requirements <strong>of</strong> Palestinian St<strong>and</strong>ards PS 49, except as modified herein.<br />
B. Pipe may be furnished from <strong>the</strong> manufacturer’s inventory providing manufacturer can supply<br />
necessary documentation to indicate pipe meets specified requirements.<br />
C. Gaskets <strong>and</strong> lubricant shall be in accordance with <strong>the</strong> manufacturer’s recommendations.<br />
2.2 FABRICATION<br />
A. Concrete:<br />
1. Cement: Type I.<br />
2. Pozzolanic materials as a cement replacement will not be allowed.<br />
B. Reinforcement:<br />
1. Elliptical reinforcement as described in PS 49.<br />
2. Welds in Reinforcing Bars: Test in accordance with AWWA C300.<br />
C. Pipe Curing: Use any <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> methods as described in AWWA C300 or PS 49<br />
D. Pipe Marking:<br />
1. Mark each pipe section in accordance with AWWA C300.<br />
2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL<br />
A. Test concrete, mortar, steel, steel cylinders, rubber for gaskets, <strong>and</strong> welds in accordance with<br />
AWWA C300 <strong>and</strong>/or PS 49.<br />
B. Hydrostatic Testing <strong>of</strong> Completed Pipe <strong>and</strong> Joints:<br />
PART 3 - EXECUTION<br />
3.1 EXAMINATION<br />
1. Test all sections <strong>of</strong> pipe installed.<br />
2. Testing Procedure: In accordance with AWWA C302.<br />
A. Verify Conditions Prior to Installation.<br />
3.2 PREPARATION<br />
A. Verify pipe size, condition, <strong>and</strong> class prior to placement <strong>of</strong> pipe.<br />
3.3 INSTALLATION<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 141 Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
A. H<strong>and</strong>le <strong>and</strong> install pipe sections in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations <strong>and</strong><br />
AWWA M9.<br />
B. Immediately notify Engineer if pipe is damaged during <strong>the</strong> installation process.<br />
C. If manufactured using elliptical or quadrant reinforcing, verify that proper axis <strong>of</strong> pipe is<br />
placed in vertical position.<br />
D. Check gasket placement using feeler gauge as approved by Engineer.<br />
E. Joint Grouting: Grout interior <strong>and</strong> exterior <strong>of</strong> joints in accordance with AWWA M9.<br />
F. Prevent construction debris from entering <strong>the</strong> existing sewer system by providing barriers <strong>and</strong><br />
plugs as required during construction.<br />
3.4 CLEANING<br />
A. Thoroughly clean <strong>and</strong> remove all dirt <strong>and</strong> debris from <strong>the</strong> sewer system <strong>and</strong> dispose <strong>of</strong> <strong>of</strong>fsite.<br />
Wash <strong>and</strong> flush pipes to a clean condition to <strong>the</strong> satisfaction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer prior to<br />
leakage testing.<br />
3.5 FIELD TESTING<br />
A. Pipeline Hydrostatic Test:<br />
1. General:<br />
a. Notify Engineer in writing 5 days in advance <strong>of</strong> testing. Perform testing in<br />
presence <strong>of</strong> Engineer<br />
b. Test newly installed pipelines. Using water as test medium, pipes shall<br />
successfully pass a leakage test prior to acceptance.<br />
c. Isolate new pipelines that are connected to existing pipelines.<br />
d. Conduct field hydrostatic test on buried piping after trench has been completely<br />
backfilled. Testing may, as approved by Engineer, be done prior to placement <strong>of</strong><br />
asphaltic concrete or roadway structural section.<br />
e. Contractor may, if field conditions permit <strong>and</strong> as determined by Engineer,<br />
partially backfill trench <strong>and</strong> leave joints open for inspection <strong>and</strong> conduct an<br />
initial service leak test. Final field hydrostatic test shall not, however, be<br />
conducted until backfilling has been completed as specified above.<br />
f. Supply <strong>of</strong> temporary water shall be as stated in Section 01500, Construction<br />
Facilities <strong>and</strong> Temporary Controls.<br />
2. Preparation:<br />
a. Install temporary plugs <strong>and</strong> thrust blocking or o<strong>the</strong>r restraint as necessary to<br />
isolate <strong>the</strong> pipe sections to be tested <strong>and</strong> protect adjacent piping or equipment.<br />
b. Pipe may be tested at same time as manholes provided water can be maintained<br />
above top <strong>of</strong> pipes.<br />
c. Fill test section with water <strong>and</strong> allow to st<strong>and</strong> under low pressure prior to<br />
testing.<br />
3. Procedure:<br />
a. Maximum filling velocity shall not exceed 0.076 m/s, calculated based on <strong>the</strong><br />
full area <strong>of</strong> pipe.<br />
b. Expel air from pipe system during filling.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 142 Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
c. Test pressure shall be water at ground level or sufficiently above <strong>the</strong> top <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
pipes to maintain a static pressure to <strong>the</strong> satisfaction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
d. Maintain hydrostatic test continuously for 2 hours minimum, adding additional<br />
make-up water only as necessary to restore test level.<br />
e. Determine actual leakage by measuring quantity <strong>of</strong> water necessary to maintain<br />
specified test level for duration <strong>of</strong> test.<br />
f. If measured leakage exceeds allowable leakage or if leaks are visible, repair<br />
defective pipe section <strong>and</strong> repeat hydrostatic test.<br />
4. Allowable Leakage: Maximum allowable leakage for concrete pipe with steel cylinder<br />
shall not exceed 0.075 Litres/millimetre diameter/ 100 metres <strong>of</strong> pipe/hour. Allowable<br />
leakage for manhole can be added if tested coincidentally.<br />
END OF SECTION<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 143 Mechanical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
SECTION 1<br />
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS<br />
1-1 Scope <strong>of</strong> Work<br />
These specifications cover <strong>the</strong> following systems are intended to be used for <strong>the</strong> project in accordance<br />
with drawings, specifications <strong>and</strong> as directed <strong>and</strong> approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
- Electrical Power<br />
- Lighting<br />
- Telephone System<br />
- St<strong>and</strong> by Generator<br />
- Earthing System<br />
The specification shall be read in association with all o<strong>the</strong>r parts <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> tender documents.<br />
1-2 General Requirements<br />
The contractor shall supply all labor <strong>and</strong> material necessary <strong>and</strong> shall install, complete <strong>and</strong> ready for<br />
use, <strong>the</strong> above mentioned systems including <strong>the</strong> installation <strong>and</strong> wiring <strong>of</strong> miscellaneous equipment<br />
<strong>and</strong> devices, as indicated on <strong>the</strong> drawings <strong>and</strong> as herein specified.<br />
The contractor shall carry out <strong>the</strong> whole <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> electrical work in a workmanlike <strong>and</strong> substantial manner<br />
<strong>and</strong> in strict conformance with <strong>the</strong> code listed in <strong>the</strong> following clauses, or approved equal.<br />
The contractor shall supply <strong>the</strong> employer with one set <strong>of</strong> specialist tools for maintenance as<br />
recommended by <strong>the</strong> manufacturers for all <strong>the</strong> major equipments.<br />
Prior to commencement <strong>of</strong> work, <strong>the</strong> contractor shall be solely <strong>and</strong> fully responsible for complete<br />
coordination with <strong>the</strong> local electrical authorities requirements. The contractor shall obtain all necessary<br />
approvals <strong>and</strong> shall coordinate <strong>and</strong> be responsible for all fees required to conduct <strong>the</strong> required<br />
authorities tests needed for supplying <strong>the</strong> project with <strong>the</strong> proper power <strong>and</strong> also <strong>the</strong> same for<br />
supplying <strong>the</strong> project with <strong>the</strong> permanent power.<br />
The contractor must submit along with his tender <strong>the</strong> CV’s <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> electrical engineers, foreman, <strong>and</strong><br />
electricians for <strong>the</strong> approval by <strong>the</strong> employer.<br />
1-3 Protection <strong>of</strong> Electrical Equipments<br />
Electrical equipment shall be protected against mechanical damage <strong>and</strong> from <strong>the</strong> wea<strong>the</strong>r especially<br />
from water dripping or splashing upon it at all times during shipment, storage, <strong>and</strong> installment. Any<br />
equipment or material damaged by mechanical means or water should be replaced at <strong>the</strong> expense <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
contractor without extra charge.<br />
1-4 Codes <strong>and</strong> St<strong>and</strong>ards<br />
The contractor shall carry out all electrical works in accordance with <strong>the</strong> latest specifications <strong>of</strong> BS or<br />
IEC <strong>and</strong> where not in contradiction with <strong>the</strong> local electrical authorities requirements, all equipments<br />
<strong>and</strong> materials supplied for this contract shall be manufactured in strict compliance with <strong>the</strong> latest<br />
relevant recommendations <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> electrical local authorities, o<strong>the</strong>rwise, <strong>the</strong>y shall comply with <strong>the</strong><br />
latest relevant BS, CIBSE, IEE, specifications.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 144 Electrical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
1-5 Electrical Services<br />
The electrical power system will operate on 220/380 volt, 3-phase, 4-wires, 50 HZ system, with 4%<br />
maximum allowable voltage drop from main power supply panel.<br />
The low current system shall operate on <strong>the</strong> voltage specified or as recommended by <strong>the</strong> manufacturer<br />
to <strong>the</strong> approval <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
1-6 Local Electrical Authorities <strong>and</strong> Infrastructure Network Requirements<br />
The contractor shall attend on <strong>and</strong> afford all facilities to <strong>the</strong> local electrical authorities <strong>and</strong> to<br />
infrastructure electrical network, <strong>and</strong> shall be responsible for preparing any shop drawings for <strong>the</strong><br />
approval <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> authorities.<br />
The contractor shall also be responsible for coordination with all existing infrastructure network<br />
drawings <strong>and</strong> construction.<br />
1-7 Shop Drawings, Samples, <strong>and</strong> O<strong>the</strong>r Submittals<br />
The contractor shall submit shop drawings <strong>and</strong> samples for all <strong>the</strong> equipment or systems for <strong>the</strong><br />
Engineers’ approval, no equipment or system shall be ordered or installed unless all such drawings <strong>and</strong><br />
samples are reviewed <strong>and</strong> approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
The shop drawings shall reflect all necessary adjustments to <strong>the</strong> design to incorporate all requirements<br />
<strong>of</strong> all equipments. These shall be based upon <strong>the</strong> actual equipment to be installed, selected for use by<br />
<strong>the</strong> contractor according to manufacturers subsequently approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer. The contractor shall<br />
make such adjustments to <strong>the</strong> design as are necessary to accommodate <strong>the</strong> technical <strong>and</strong> physical<br />
requirements <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> selected equipment in <strong>the</strong> preparation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> shop drawings.<br />
The shop drawings shall be drawn to scale showing exact cable tray, conduit, <strong>and</strong> cable routing,<br />
junction box location, location in relevance to o<strong>the</strong>r equipment such as lighting fixtures or mechanical<br />
equipments, <strong>and</strong> exact heights for implementation, circuit wiring showing phase, neutral, earth, <strong>and</strong> <strong>of</strong>f<br />
lines.<br />
The shop drawings shall be to a minimum scale 1:50 <strong>and</strong> complex area, such as plant rooms, services<br />
ducts, any areas considered by <strong>the</strong> engineer, scales <strong>of</strong> 1:20 <strong>and</strong> 1:10 shall be employed.<br />
Manufacturer’s drawings or catalogue sheet, giving full fitness <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r pertinent facts shall be<br />
submitted to <strong>the</strong> engineer for approval before apparatus in question is ordered, built or installed for <strong>the</strong><br />
following systems.<br />
- Panel boards, sub-distribution boards, main distribution boards;<br />
- Lighting fixture, lighting equipments, <strong>and</strong> lamps;<br />
- ATS for st<strong>and</strong> by generator <strong>and</strong> control panel.<br />
The approval <strong>of</strong> drawings will be general, but approval shall not be constructed as permitting any<br />
departure from <strong>the</strong> contract requirements, not relieving <strong>the</strong> contractor <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> responsibility for any<br />
errors, including details, dimensions, materials, etc.<br />
1-8 As-Built Drawings<br />
The contractor shall submit <strong>the</strong> As-built drawings to <strong>the</strong> Engineer <strong>of</strong> every system after installation,<br />
contractor shall include all works, scale, format, <strong>and</strong> number <strong>of</strong> copies is to be to <strong>the</strong> approval <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
Engineer.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 145 Electrical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
Within thirty days <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> issue <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> certificate <strong>of</strong> completion, <strong>the</strong> contractor shall provide 3 sets (1<br />
Original + 2 Copies) <strong>of</strong> fully detailed as-built record drawings <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> whole contract works, toge<strong>the</strong>r<br />
with full operating <strong>and</strong> maintenance instructions taking <strong>the</strong> form <strong>of</strong> a manual in which is described <strong>the</strong><br />
layout <strong>and</strong> function <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> systems, schedules <strong>of</strong> components comprising each <strong>and</strong> every item <strong>of</strong><br />
equipment including manufacturer’s name, reference, serial number, <strong>and</strong> operating maintenance<br />
instruction based on <strong>the</strong> manufacturers st<strong>and</strong>ard instruction, to be checked <strong>and</strong> approved by <strong>the</strong><br />
Engineer.<br />
Drawings shall (Shop dwg. or As-built dwg.)<br />
- Indicate size <strong>and</strong> position <strong>of</strong> all equipments, conduit, trunking, under floor<br />
ducting, cable trays, <strong>and</strong> cable toge<strong>the</strong>r with inspection points <strong>and</strong> cable joints.<br />
- Indicate circuit reference for all equipment <strong>and</strong> each outlet shown.<br />
- Show <strong>the</strong> disposition <strong>and</strong> depth <strong>of</strong> all cables, whe<strong>the</strong>r buried direct in ground or<br />
through ducts or manholes.<br />
- Show <strong>the</strong> position <strong>and</strong> nature <strong>of</strong> all earth electrodes installed <strong>and</strong> range <strong>of</strong><br />
connection copper tapes.<br />
1-9 Labeling<br />
The contractor shall provide all identification nameplates for all boards <strong>and</strong> panels, <strong>and</strong> shall provide a<br />
complete labeling system for all components <strong>of</strong> boards to <strong>the</strong> approval <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> engineer.<br />
The contractor shall also provide labeling for cables, all power outlets, Low voltage points, <strong>and</strong> switch<br />
panels.<br />
1-10 Tests<br />
The contractor shall perform all required testing for <strong>the</strong> different components for <strong>the</strong> electrical works.<br />
All test fees if required, fuel, electric current, water, oil, or gas needed for <strong>the</strong> performance <strong>of</strong> such<br />
required test is <strong>the</strong> sole responsibility <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> contractor <strong>and</strong> shall be deemed to be included in <strong>the</strong> cost<br />
<strong>of</strong> supplying <strong>and</strong> or commissioning <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> equipments. No apparatus, equipment, plant, panels, or<br />
installation should be recognized as complete until all <strong>of</strong> specified inspection <strong>and</strong> all tests have been<br />
satisfactorily carried out <strong>and</strong> at <strong>the</strong> cost <strong>of</strong> contractor up to <strong>the</strong> date <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> issue <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> certificate <strong>of</strong><br />
h<strong>and</strong>ing over <strong>the</strong> work.<br />
1-11 Warranty<br />
Unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise noted, warrant <strong>the</strong> electrical work to be in strict accordance with contract documents<br />
<strong>and</strong> free from defects for a period mentioned in <strong>the</strong> general terms <strong>and</strong> conditions <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> contract starting<br />
from <strong>the</strong> date <strong>of</strong> issue <strong>of</strong> a certificate <strong>of</strong> h<strong>and</strong>ing over <strong>the</strong> work.<br />
END OF SECTION<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 146 Electrical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
SECTION 2<br />
CONDUIT AND FITTINGS<br />
1-1 General<br />
Conduit <strong>and</strong> fittings shall be distinctively marked as manufactured for electrical purpose <strong>and</strong> shall be<br />
designed <strong>and</strong> constructed that <strong>the</strong>y ensure reliable mechanical protection to <strong>the</strong> cables contained<br />
<strong>the</strong>rein, <strong>and</strong> shall withst<strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> stresses likely occur during transport, storage <strong>and</strong> installation, <strong>the</strong>y<br />
should be marked with <strong>the</strong> manufacturer name <strong>and</strong> Taken Stamp clearly.<br />
Conduit shall have a minimum 3/4” (outer diameter) size <strong>and</strong> shall be adequate for proper <strong>and</strong> easy<br />
wire pulls, <strong>and</strong> in no case shall <strong>the</strong> wires occupy across sectional area <strong>of</strong> more than 40% <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> inner<br />
conduit cross section.<br />
1-2 Metallic-Conduit<br />
Conduits shall be constructed for solid mild steel, outside <strong>and</strong> inside galvanized. The galvanized coat<br />
<strong>of</strong> zinc shall be uniform thickness applied to outside <strong>and</strong> inside including <strong>the</strong> threads. Each conduit<br />
shall be straight, free from blisters <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r defects, cut square <strong>and</strong> taper reamed.<br />
1-3 Flexible conduits:<br />
Flexible conduits shall be constructed by square locked galvanized steel with a pvc outer covering.<br />
1-4 Nonmetallic Conduit:<br />
Nonmetallic conduit shall be heavy gauge, pvc, having a maximum continuous service temperature <strong>of</strong><br />
70 0 C or more. Conduit installed above false ceiling shall be <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> fire resistant type. Each electrical<br />
or low voltage system shall run in a different color.<br />
1-5 Installation <strong>of</strong> Conduit<br />
Conduit embedded in ceiling slab, in walls <strong>and</strong> under floor shall be non-metallic type.<br />
Conduit exposed above false ceiling shall be fire resistant type.<br />
Conduit in boiler, pump, mechanical, main electrical rooms, <strong>and</strong> plant rooms shall be metallic type.<br />
Conduit connected to motors or equipments shall be galvanized flexible type.<br />
All conduit work <strong>and</strong> plastering shall be complete before wires are pulled. Conduit shall be plugged<br />
with cork <strong>and</strong> boxes covered appropriately to avoid filling with plaster.<br />
Conduit runs between outlets shall not contain more than three bends. The maximum run between two<br />
outlets shall not exceed 30 M for straight runs <strong>and</strong> 10 M for runs with one or more bends. Pull boxes<br />
shall be provided; location <strong>of</strong> pull boxes shall be accessible <strong>and</strong> approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />
Raceways (cable trays) exposed above false ceilings shall be supported from <strong>the</strong> slab above <strong>the</strong> ceiling<br />
by st<strong>and</strong>ard factory spacer bar saddles <strong>and</strong> shall not be supported from false ceiling supports.<br />
Approved manufacturer <strong>of</strong> conduit Superior, MeteZerplas, or approved equal.<br />
END OF SECTION<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 147 Electrical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
SECTION 3<br />
WIRES AND CABLES<br />
1-1 General<br />
The contractor shall supply <strong>and</strong> install all wires <strong>and</strong> cables necessary for <strong>the</strong> complete electrical<br />
system, as indicated on <strong>the</strong> drawings, as required <strong>and</strong> as herein specified.<br />
Approved manufacturers: Superior, Cable Heifa, Cable Zion, or approved equal.<br />
1-2 Wires <strong>and</strong> Cables for Lighting <strong>and</strong> Power<br />
All wires for light <strong>and</strong> power system shall be not less than 2.5 mm 2 , single core, insulated with pvc<br />
compound <strong>of</strong> grade not less than 450/750 volts <strong>and</strong> shall comply with BS6234 / 1987.<br />
Armored cables shall be multi-core, pvc shea<strong>the</strong>d, galvanized steel wire <strong>of</strong> double tape armored <strong>and</strong><br />
overall pvc extruded shea<strong>the</strong>d, <strong>of</strong> grade not less than 600/1000 volts, <strong>and</strong> shall comply with BS5467 /<br />
1989 <strong>and</strong> BS1442 / 1969, non armored cables <strong>of</strong> grade 600/1000 volts shall comply with BS6004 /<br />
1984.<br />
The core installation colors for single cable shall be red, yellow or blue for phase, black for neutral,<br />
green <strong>and</strong> yellow for earth, for multi core cables, <strong>the</strong> core installation colors shall be red, yellow, blue<br />
for phase, black for neutral, green <strong>and</strong> yellow for earth. All wiring shall be carried out using loop in<br />
system, with each phase wiring <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> same color at both ends with proper identification <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> circuit<br />
number.<br />
1-3 Installation <strong>of</strong> Wires <strong>and</strong> Cables<br />
Where more than one conductor is used per phase, neutral if any <strong>and</strong> ground wires shall be run in each<br />
conduit, conductor shall be continuous from outlet to outlet <strong>and</strong> no splices shall be made.<br />
The contractor shall not change any circuit number, especially from phase to a different phase. If such<br />
a change is necessary due to modification on site, <strong>the</strong> contractor shall bring this matter to <strong>the</strong> attention<br />
<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> engineer for approval.<br />
Armored cables used in vertical shafts shall be <strong>the</strong> steel wire armored <strong>and</strong> not <strong>the</strong> tape type. No joints<br />
or splices shall be accepted on main feeders.<br />
1-4 Cable Gl<strong>and</strong>s<br />
Cable gl<strong>and</strong>s shall be provided at <strong>the</strong> termination <strong>of</strong> cables at <strong>the</strong> enclosure <strong>of</strong> a distribution boards or<br />
any o<strong>the</strong>r equipment, cable gl<strong>and</strong>s shall be indoor or outdoor type, ordinary or wea<strong>the</strong>r pro<strong>of</strong> according<br />
to <strong>the</strong> location <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> termination, <strong>and</strong> to <strong>the</strong> approval <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> engineer.<br />
1-5 Cable Shoes<br />
Cable shoes shall be provided at cable ends.<br />
1-6 Directly Buried Cables<br />
All cables laid in <strong>the</strong> same trench shall be placed in <strong>the</strong> same horizontal plane leaving a space <strong>of</strong> at<br />
least 7.5 cm.<br />
Cable buried depth shall be at not less than 70 cm depth, cables shall be protected by 15 cm s<strong>of</strong>t s<strong>and</strong><br />
below <strong>and</strong> above, <strong>and</strong> 5 cm recast cover with a warning tape.<br />
END OF SECTION<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 148 Electrical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
SECTION 4<br />
WIRING DEVICES<br />
1-1 General<br />
Wiring devices shall be flush mounted type, unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise noted <strong>and</strong> shall be installed at heights as<br />
shown on drawings, or as directed by <strong>the</strong> engineer, samples <strong>of</strong> devices <strong>and</strong> plates shall be submitted for<br />
choice <strong>and</strong> approval <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> engineer.<br />
Location <strong>of</strong> wiring device shall be clearly marked on <strong>the</strong> shop drawings, shall conform to <strong>the</strong> furniture<br />
<strong>and</strong> equipment layouts, <strong>and</strong> shall be to <strong>the</strong> approval <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> engineer.<br />
Approved manufacturer: GEWISS – ITALY or approved equal.<br />
1-2 Device plates<br />
Plates shall be rectangular in shape, <strong>and</strong> designed to match associated device, plates for flush mounted<br />
devices shall be constructed <strong>of</strong> molded material <strong>of</strong> approved color. Fixing screw shall be chromium<br />
polished screws heads shall be finished to suit <strong>the</strong> plates.<br />
1-3 Switches <strong>and</strong> Switches Assemblies<br />
Switches shall be quick-make, quick-break with silver alloy contacts, trunnions <strong>and</strong> spring assembly<br />
lubricated for <strong>the</strong> life <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> switch neoprene bumpers.<br />
The general mounting height for all lighting switches shall be as specified on <strong>the</strong> drawings.<br />
Switches shall be fully rated for tungsten filament <strong>and</strong> fluorescent lamp loads, <strong>and</strong> up to 80% <strong>of</strong> rated<br />
capacity for motor loads, lighting switches shall be 10A rated. Double pole switches for water heaters<br />
shall be with silver contacts, on-<strong>of</strong>f indicator; safety interlocked cover <strong>and</strong> shall be suitable for flush<br />
mounting.<br />
Waterpro<strong>of</strong> switches shall conform to IP44 for wet areas, IP65 for outdoor installation <strong>and</strong> IP20 for<br />
indoor applications.<br />
1-4 Socket Outlets<br />
Socket outlets shall be <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> st<strong>and</strong>ard 2 pole + earth, non-switched, single general service phase,<br />
molded plastic type.<br />
Socket outlet shall be rated 16A. Air h<strong>and</strong>ling units socket outlet shall be rated 32A at least. H<strong>and</strong><br />
drier socket outlet shall be rated 20A.<br />
The general mounting height <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> socket outlets shall be as specified on <strong>the</strong> drawings.<br />
Waterpro<strong>of</strong> socket shall be IP44 for wet areas, IP65 for outdoor installation <strong>and</strong> IP20 for indoor<br />
applications.<br />
1-5 Control Stations<br />
Control stations shall be spring type with silver plated contacts; plates shall be constructed from rigid<br />
plastics <strong>and</strong> shall have two push buttons (Start & Stop), when line voltage is 380V. And <strong>the</strong> control in<br />
line connected a warning notice shall be inscribed in <strong>the</strong> device in a clearly visible manner.<br />
1-6 Disconnecting Switches (Isolators)<br />
Switches shall be quick-make, quick-break type capable <strong>of</strong> making; carrying <strong>and</strong> interrupting specified<br />
current at its rated voltage.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 149 Electrical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
Switches rated 200A or less, when used with motor shall be motor circuit type <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> horsepower rating<br />
equal to, or more than that <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> associated motor <strong>and</strong> having interrupting capacity at least equal to <strong>the</strong><br />
maximum operating overload current <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> motor at rated voltage. Enclosure shall be waterpro<strong>of</strong>,<br />
treated with rust inhibiting phosphate, <strong>and</strong> finish in gray baked enamel color.<br />
Approved manufacturers: Siemens-Germany, Merlin Gerin, Klockner Moeller or approved equal.<br />
1-7 Telephone System<br />
Telephone cabinets shall be a general-purpose type enclosure made <strong>of</strong> galvanized sheet steel 1.5mm<br />
thickness powder coated with enough space for terminals blocks for telephone system.<br />
Telephone outlet points shall be flush mounted <strong>and</strong> shall consist <strong>of</strong> terminals blocks fixed inside <strong>the</strong><br />
outlet box <strong>and</strong> special telephone socket, with at least 2 pairs cable or more <strong>and</strong> to <strong>the</strong> approval <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
engineer.<br />
END OF SECTION<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 150 Electrical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
SECTION 5<br />
ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION BOARDS<br />
1-1 General<br />
The contractor shall supply <strong>and</strong> install <strong>the</strong> electrical distribution boards <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> control boards as<br />
indicated in <strong>the</strong> drawings <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> board schedules <strong>and</strong> as herein specified. Form <strong>of</strong> construction shall<br />
conform to BS5486. All main, sub-main distribution boards <strong>and</strong> motor control panels shall be free<br />
st<strong>and</strong>.<br />
1-2 Cabinets <strong>and</strong> Fronts<br />
Fronts shall include doors <strong>and</strong> have locks with catches <strong>and</strong> spring loaded door pulls; completely<br />
concealed steel hinges shall mount doors. Fronts shall be <strong>of</strong> code gauge, full-finished steel with rustinhibiting<br />
primer <strong>and</strong> baked enamel finish color shall be Beige. Protection degree shall be IP44.<br />
1-3 Board Bus Assembly<br />
The bus for connections to <strong>the</strong> branch circuit breaker shall be <strong>the</strong> “distribution phase” or “phase<br />
sequence” type. Three phase, four-wire bussing shall be such that any three adjacent single pole<br />
breakers are individually connected to each <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> three different phases. All bus bars shall comply<br />
with BS159.<br />
Neutral bus bars shall be full size <strong>and</strong> shall incorporate one neutral terminal for each single pole <strong>and</strong><br />
neutral way.<br />
Cabinet shall be provided with grounding terminals with a minimum number <strong>of</strong> cable terminations<br />
equal to <strong>the</strong> single pole number <strong>of</strong> way <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> board.<br />
1-4 Molded case circuit breakers (MCCB)<br />
MCCB shall comply with BS EN60947-2 1992 <strong>and</strong>:<br />
- Shall be triple pole with each pole internally gauged <strong>and</strong> operated by one control toggle.<br />
- Shall have <strong>the</strong>rmal <strong>and</strong> magnetic tripping adjustable mechanism.<br />
- Shall be electric type to trip units with interchangeable rating plugs for breakers with<br />
250 or 400 A.<br />
- Shall have solid-state trip unit complete with built in current transformer, solid-state trip<br />
unit for breakers <strong>of</strong> 600A <strong>and</strong> above.<br />
- Shall be operated by a toggle type h<strong>and</strong>le, with quick-make, quick break over center<br />
switching mechanism that is mechanically trip free.<br />
- Shall provide complete circuit over current protection by having inverse time.<br />
- Shall have minimum RMS symmetrical interrupting not less than 25KA.<br />
- Disconnecting time shall not exceed 5 seconds.<br />
- MCCB’s interrupting capacities shall be <strong>the</strong> same as <strong>the</strong> panel.<br />
- Over capacity <strong>of</strong> MCCB shall not be less than 125% <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> rated amp for 90 minutes.<br />
- Labeling shall be provided to MCCB.<br />
1-5 Miniature Circuit Breakers (MCB)<br />
All shall be plug-in type, quick-make, toggle mechanism, <strong>and</strong> shall have minimum short circuit<br />
rupturing capacity <strong>of</strong> 10KA.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 151 Electrical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
1-6 Earth Leakage Circuit Breakers (ELCB)<br />
ELCB shall be current operated type providing protection against overloads, short circuit, <strong>and</strong> low<br />
level earth faults <strong>of</strong> 30MA.<br />
It shall be plug-in type. ELCB shall have 3000A interrupting capacity <strong>and</strong> shall have minimum<br />
rupturing capacity <strong>of</strong> 10KA.<br />
1-7 Starters<br />
Starters shall have horsepower ratings at least equal to rating <strong>of</strong> motors <strong>the</strong>y serve.<br />
Star-delta starters shall be provided for all motors having rating <strong>of</strong> 7.5KW or more, <strong>and</strong> less than<br />
7.5KW motors shall be equipped with D.O.L. starters.<br />
S<strong>of</strong>t starters with by bass contactor shall be provided for all motors having rating <strong>of</strong> 25KW or more.<br />
1-8 Control<br />
Control relays shall be heavy duty, industrial, or machine tool type with at least two normally closed<br />
<strong>and</strong> two normally opened auxiliary contracts.<br />
Control power transformer shall be provided as applicable to limit <strong>the</strong> control voltage to 220 volts.<br />
Automatic alternator shall normally select alternative motors automatically during normal operation.<br />
Push buttons shall be heavy duty, oil tight type with removable contact blocks; contact rating shall be<br />
10A Continuous current.<br />
Selector switches shall be heavy-duty oil tight type.<br />
Indication lights shall be equipped with reduced voltage transformers <strong>and</strong> 6-volt lamps.<br />
All main distribution boards shall be supplied with microprocessor based metering package installed in<br />
front <strong>of</strong> each panel with <strong>the</strong> provision <strong>of</strong> connection to a building management system.<br />
1-9 Installation <strong>of</strong> Boards<br />
The boards shall be aligned, leveled, <strong>and</strong> securely fastened to <strong>the</strong> building for free st<strong>and</strong>ing boards; it<br />
shall be installed directly above trenches to enable cables installation.<br />
All unused openings in <strong>the</strong> board’s cabinets shall be properly closed.<br />
Approved Manufacturer: (ABB, Siemens –Germany, WH, Klockner Moller, <strong>and</strong> Merlin Gerin)<br />
END OF SECTION<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 152 Electrical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
SECTION 6<br />
GROUNDING (EARTHING) SYSTEM<br />
1-1 General<br />
The earthing system shall be in full compliance with <strong>the</strong> requirements <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> IEE wiring regulations<br />
16 th edition, local authorities particles <strong>and</strong> specifications.<br />
The contractor at no extra cost shall do any modification required by local authorities <strong>and</strong> codes <strong>of</strong><br />
practice.<br />
All material used for main reinforcement steel underground earthing shall be galvanized steel strips<br />
size <strong>and</strong> thickness to be suitable to rated current supplied, <strong>and</strong> all materials used for grounding<br />
(electrodes) system shall be <strong>of</strong> copper.<br />
1-2 Grounding System<br />
1. Foundation earthing welding a galvanized strip as a ring around <strong>the</strong> building in accordance with<br />
drawings.=<br />
2. Copper bus bar in <strong>the</strong> electrical room inside main panels.<br />
3. Copper electrodes shall be dogged under ground <strong>and</strong> connected to main bus bar, complete with<br />
an inspection pit. The resistance <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> electrode system shall not exceed 1 ohm. The system<br />
shall be tested through its various stages <strong>of</strong> construction to confirm <strong>the</strong>se requirements.<br />
1-3 Grounding Pit<br />
The grounding electrode shall be made from copper clad steel. The inspection manhole shall be<br />
according to drawings <strong>and</strong> shall have an approved steel cover.<br />
1-4 Main Connections<br />
All metallic incoming services shall be bonded to <strong>the</strong> electrical earthing system at <strong>the</strong> location <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>ir<br />
entry point, between joints; this shall include all services where metallic pipes, ducts, cable trays etc.<br />
are used in project.<br />
1-5 Transformer <strong>and</strong> Generator<br />
The start point <strong>of</strong> each transformer shall be connected to an adjacent bar using pvc insulated copper<br />
tape not less than 3x25mm 2 . The transformer tank <strong>and</strong> frame shall be separately bonded to <strong>the</strong> earth<br />
bus bar with a similar conductor.<br />
The start point <strong>of</strong> a generator shall be connected to an earth bus bar in <strong>the</strong> generator room through a<br />
neutral earth conductor 3x25 mm 2 pvc insulated copper tape.<br />
END OF SECTION<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 153 Electrical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
SECTION 7<br />
EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY<br />
1-1 Description<br />
1. The output rating <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> generator shall be a minimum 450KVA with an 80%<br />
lagging power factor, 220/380V, 50MZ<br />
2. Direct Electric Generator.<br />
3. Fuel Storage Tank.<br />
4. Automatic Fuel Pump.<br />
5. Exhaust System.<br />
1-2 Tests <strong>and</strong> Acceptance Criteria<br />
1. Perform manufacturer’s st<strong>and</strong>ard load testing at factory.<br />
2. Perform site acceptance test to demonstrate that <strong>the</strong> generator set is in proper<br />
working order.<br />
3. Generator output voltage shall be 380 / 220 volts.<br />
1-3 Applicable codes <strong>and</strong> st<strong>and</strong>ards<br />
1. Materials <strong>and</strong> workmanship: all materials, equipment <strong>and</strong> parts comprising<br />
<strong>the</strong> units specified herein shall be new <strong>and</strong> unused, <strong>of</strong> current manufacture<br />
<strong>and</strong> <strong>of</strong> highest grade.<br />
2. The diesel generator sets shall be furnished complete with all necessary parts<br />
<strong>and</strong> equipment whe<strong>the</strong>r specifically called for herein or not, to provide for<br />
starting, operating <strong>and</strong> shutting down units.<br />
3. Manufacturer: <strong>the</strong> engine, generator <strong>and</strong> all major items <strong>of</strong> auxiliary<br />
equipment shall be by manufacturers currently engaged in <strong>the</strong> production <strong>of</strong><br />
such equipment, <strong>the</strong> unit shall be factory assembled <strong>and</strong> tested by <strong>the</strong> entire<br />
manufacturer <strong>and</strong> shipped to <strong>the</strong> job site by his authorized dealer having a<br />
parts <strong>and</strong> service facility in <strong>the</strong> area.<br />
1-4 System <strong>of</strong> Operation<br />
Any electric failure lasting for 15 seconds or more in duration shall immediately signal<br />
<strong>the</strong> ATS, ATS shall simultaneously signal <strong>the</strong> automatic <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> st<strong>and</strong> by generator,<br />
which shall run up to speed, synchronize <strong>and</strong> switch in to feed <strong>the</strong> emergency loads.<br />
Upon restoration <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> main incoming supply, <strong>the</strong> ATS shall reverse to its normal<br />
closed position to carry <strong>the</strong> st<strong>and</strong> by generator to a cool down condition for at least 15<br />
minutes (adjustable) to automatically shut down.<br />
Under transient conditions, <strong>the</strong> governor shall have <strong>the</strong> capacity <strong>of</strong> restoring frequency<br />
within <strong>the</strong> limits as specified under <strong>the</strong> general technical requirements.<br />
1-5 Automatic Transfer Switch (ATS)<br />
ATS shall be on automatic mode with manual mode possibility. The ATS shall contain<br />
two No. 4-pole contactors manually <strong>and</strong> fully interlocked or two No.4-pole changes<br />
over switches for changing over from mains supply to emergency supply; both supply<br />
cables shall enter <strong>the</strong> cubicle via no-load isolators. The option <strong>of</strong> zero position shall be<br />
included in <strong>the</strong> change over switch. The change over switch shall include <strong>the</strong> control<br />
logic panel, which utilizes solid state sensing to initiate emergency modes.<br />
1-6 Acoustic Control<br />
Noise criteria shall not be more than 55db at 10 meters away from generator when <strong>the</strong><br />
set is operated at full load.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 154 Electrical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
1-7 Diesel Fuel Oil System<br />
All engine-mounted equipment, filters, pumps, piping, valves control required for <strong>the</strong><br />
automatic <strong>and</strong> proper functioning <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> diesel engine shall be furnished as part <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
engine.<br />
1-8 Engine Instruments Panel<br />
The following instrument shall be mounted in <strong>the</strong> instrument panel <strong>and</strong> shall be clearly<br />
labeled:<br />
1. Pressure gauge, fuel oil.<br />
2. Pressure gauge, lubricating oil.<br />
3. Temperature indicator, cooling water in.<br />
4. Temperature indicator, cooling water out.<br />
5. Temperature indicator, lubricating oil in.<br />
6. Temperature indicator, lubricating oil out.<br />
7. Thermometer exhausts gas temperature.<br />
1-9 Exhaust System<br />
All pipe work associated with <strong>the</strong> exhaust system shall be mild steel with a thickness not<br />
less than 5.4mm, rust pro<strong>of</strong>ed internally <strong>and</strong> externally. Joints between pipe works <strong>and</strong><br />
<strong>the</strong> silencer <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> flexible coupling shall be flanged.<br />
1-10 Engine Alarm System<br />
The engine <strong>and</strong> engine instrument panel shall be furnished completely <strong>and</strong> wired with<br />
all alarm <strong>and</strong> safety circuits for <strong>the</strong> operation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> unit <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> control panel shall<br />
include a fire alarm indication.<br />
1-11 Tests<br />
1. Factory Tests<br />
The set shall be tested at <strong>the</strong> factory for acceptance prior to delivery at no additional<br />
cost to <strong>the</strong> employer. Tests shall be performed in accordance with applicable DIN,<br />
VDI, VDE, Transient Voltage, frequencies, <strong>and</strong> temperature to be recorded during<br />
all tests.<br />
2. Field Test<br />
Following <strong>the</strong> complete installation <strong>of</strong> unit, field <strong>and</strong> operational tests shall be<br />
conducted under <strong>the</strong> supervision <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> manufacturer’s technical representative. The<br />
contractor shall provide <strong>and</strong> supply all instruments, labor, test loads required for <strong>the</strong><br />
test including fuel <strong>and</strong> lubricating oils.<br />
END OF SECTION<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 155 Electrical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
SECTION 8<br />
LOW VOLTAGE AC INDUCTION MOTORS<br />
PART 1 GENERAL<br />
1-1 RELATED SECTIONS<br />
A. This section applies only when referenced by a motor-driven equipment<br />
specification. Application, horsepower, enclosure type, mounting, shaft type,<br />
synchronous speed, <strong>and</strong> any deviations from this section will be listed in <strong>the</strong><br />
equipment specification. Where such deviations occur, <strong>the</strong>y shall take<br />
precedence over this section.<br />
1-2 REFERENCES<br />
A. The following is a list <strong>of</strong> st<strong>and</strong>ards which may be referenced in this section:<br />
1. American Bearing Manufacturers Association (ABMA):<br />
a. 9, Load Ratings <strong>and</strong> Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings.<br />
b. 11, Load Ratings <strong>and</strong> Fatigue Life for Roller Bearings.<br />
2. Institute <strong>of</strong> Electrical <strong>and</strong> Electronics Engineers, Inc. (IEEE):<br />
a. 85, Test Procedure for Airborne Sound Measurements on Rotating<br />
Electric Machinery.<br />
b. 112, St<strong>and</strong>ard Test Procedures for Polyphase Induction Motors <strong>and</strong><br />
Generators.<br />
c. 114, St<strong>and</strong>ard Test Procedures for Single-Phase Induction Motors.<br />
d. 620, Guide for <strong>the</strong> Presentation <strong>of</strong> Thermal Limit Curves for Squirrel<br />
Cage Induction Motors.<br />
e. 841, St<strong>and</strong>ard for Petroleum <strong>and</strong> Chemical Industry – Severe Duty<br />
Totally Enclosed Fan-Cooled (TEFC) Squirrel Cage Induction<br />
Motors – up to <strong>and</strong> Including 500 hp.<br />
3. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA):<br />
a. 250, Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1,000 Volts Maximum).<br />
b. C50.41, Polyphase Induction Motors for Power Generating Stations.<br />
c. MG 1, Motors <strong>and</strong> Generators.<br />
d. MG 13, Frame Assignments for Alternating Current Integral<br />
Horsepower Induction Motors.<br />
4. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 70, National<br />
Electrical Code. (NEC)<br />
5. Underwriters Laboratories (UL):<br />
a. 1, Flexible Metal Conduit.<br />
b. 674, St<strong>and</strong>ard for Safety Electric Motors <strong>and</strong> Generators for use in<br />
Division 1 Hazardous (Classified)<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 156 Electrical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
1-3 SUBMITTALS<br />
A. Action Submittals:<br />
1. Descriptive information.<br />
2. Nameplate data in accordance with NEMA MG 1.<br />
3. Additional Rating Information:<br />
a. Service factor.<br />
b. Locked rotor current.<br />
c. No load current.<br />
d. Guaranteed minimum full load efficiency <strong>and</strong> power factor.<br />
4. Enclosure type <strong>and</strong> mounting (e.g. horizontal, vertical).<br />
5. Dimensions <strong>and</strong> total weight.<br />
6. Conduit box dimensions <strong>and</strong> usable volume as defined in NEMA MG 1 <strong>and</strong><br />
NFPA 70.<br />
7. Bearing type.<br />
8. Bearing lubrication.<br />
9. Bearing life.<br />
10. Description, ratings, <strong>and</strong> wiring diagram <strong>of</strong> motor <strong>the</strong>rmal protection.<br />
11. Motor sound power level in accordance with NEMA MG 1.<br />
12. Maximum brake horsepower required by <strong>the</strong> equipment driven by <strong>the</strong> motor.<br />
B. Informational Submittals:<br />
1. Factory test reports.<br />
2. Manufacturer’s Certificate <strong>of</strong> Proper Installation.<br />
3. Operation <strong>and</strong> Maintenance Data: As specified in Section 01430, Operation <strong>and</strong><br />
Maintenance<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 157 Electrical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
PART 2 PRODUCTS<br />
2-1 MANUFACTURERS<br />
A. General Electric.<br />
B. Reliance Electric.<br />
C. MagneTek.<br />
D. Siemens Energy <strong>and</strong> Automation, Inc., Motors <strong>and</strong> Drives Division.<br />
E. Baldor.<br />
F. U.S. Electrical Motors.<br />
G. TECO-Westinghouse Motor Co.<br />
H. Toshiba International Corp., Industrial Division.<br />
I. WEG Electric Motors Corp.<br />
2-2 GENERAL<br />
A. For multiple units <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> same type <strong>of</strong> equipment, furnish identical motors <strong>and</strong><br />
accessories <strong>of</strong> a single manufacturer.<br />
B. In order to obtain single source responsibility, utilize a single supplier to provide a<br />
drive motor, its driven equipment, <strong>and</strong> specified motor accessories.<br />
C. Meet requirements <strong>of</strong> NEMA MG 1.<br />
D. Frame assignments in accordance with NEMA MG 13.<br />
E. Provide motors for hazardous (classified) locations that conform to UL 674 <strong>and</strong><br />
have an applied UL listing mark.<br />
F. Motors shall be specifically designed for <strong>the</strong> use <strong>and</strong> conditions intended, with a<br />
NEMA design letter classification to fit <strong>the</strong> application.<br />
G. Lifting lugs on all motors weighing 100 pounds or more.<br />
H. Operating Conditions:<br />
1. Maximum ambient temperature not greater than 40 degrees C.<br />
2. Motors shall be suitable for operating conditions without any reduction being<br />
required in <strong>the</strong> nameplate rated horsepower or exceeding <strong>the</strong> rated temperature<br />
rise.<br />
3. Overspeed in ei<strong>the</strong>r direction in accordance with NEMA MG 1.<br />
2-3 HORSEPOWER RATING<br />
A. As designated in motor-driven equipment specifications.<br />
B. Constant Speed Applications: Brake horsepower <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> driven equipment at any<br />
operating condition not to exceed motor nameplate horsepower rating, excluding<br />
any service factor.<br />
2-4 SERVICE FACTOR<br />
1.15 minimum at rated ambient temperature, unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise indicated.<br />
2-5 VOLTAGE AND FREQUENCY RATING<br />
A. System Frequency: 60-Hz.<br />
B. Voltage Rating: Unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise indicated in motor-driven equipment<br />
specifications:<br />
Size Voltage Phases<br />
1/2 hp <strong>and</strong> smaller 230 1<br />
3/4 hp through 400 hp 400 3<br />
C. Suitable for full voltage starting.<br />
D. Suitable for accelerating <strong>the</strong> connected load with supply voltage at motor starter supply<br />
terminals dipping to 90 percent <strong>of</strong> motor rated voltage.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 158 Electrical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
2-6 EFFICIENCY AND POWER FACTOR<br />
For all motors except single-phase, under 1 horsepower, multispeed, short-time rated<br />
<strong>and</strong> submersible motors, or motors driving gates, valves, elevators, cranes, trolleys,<br />
<strong>and</strong> hoists:<br />
1. Efficiency:<br />
a. Tested in accordance with NEMA MG ,.<br />
b. Guaranteed minimum at full load in accordance with as indicated in motordriven<br />
equipment specifications.<br />
2. Power Factor: Guaranteed minimum at full load in accordance with Table 1 or as<br />
indicated in motor-driven equipment specifications<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 159 Electrical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
2-7 LOCKED ROTOR RATINGS<br />
A. Locked rotor kVA Code F or lower, if motor horsepower not covered by<br />
NEMA MG 1 tables.<br />
B. Safe stall time 12 seconds or greater.<br />
2-8 INSULATION SYSTEMS<br />
A. Single-Phase, Fractional Horsepower Motors: Manufacturer’s st<strong>and</strong>ard winding<br />
insulation system.<br />
B. Motors Rated Over 600 Volts: Sealed windings in accordance with<br />
NEMA MG 1.<br />
C. Three-Phase <strong>and</strong> Integral Horsepower Motors: Unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise indicated in<br />
motor-driven equipment specifications, Class B or Class F at nameplate<br />
horsepower <strong>and</strong> designated operating conditions, except EXP <strong>and</strong> DIP motors<br />
which must be Class B with Class B rise.<br />
2-9 ENCLOSURES<br />
A. Enclosures to conform to NEMA MG 1.<br />
B. 400 V, 3 pH motors to be <strong>of</strong> cast iron construction.<br />
C. TEFC <strong>and</strong> TENV: Furnish with a drain hole with porous drain/wea<strong>the</strong>r plug.<br />
D. Explosion-Pro<strong>of</strong> (EXP):<br />
1. TEFC listed to meet UL 674 <strong>and</strong> NFPA 70 requirements for Class I,<br />
Division 1, Group C <strong>and</strong> D hazardous locations.<br />
2. Drain holes with drain <strong>and</strong> brea<strong>the</strong>r fittings.<br />
3. Integral <strong>the</strong>rmostat opening on excessive motor temperature in accordance<br />
with UL 2111 <strong>and</strong> NFPA 70.<br />
4. Terminate <strong>the</strong>rmostat leads in terminal box separate from main terminal box.<br />
E. Dust-Ignition-Pro<strong>of</strong> (DIP):<br />
1. TEFC listed to met UL 674 <strong>and</strong> NFPA 70 requirements for Class II,<br />
Division 1, Group E.<br />
2. Integral <strong>the</strong>rmostat opening on excessive motor temperature in accordance<br />
with UL 2111 <strong>and</strong> NFPA 70.<br />
3. Thermostat leads to terminate in a terminal box separate from main terminal<br />
box.<br />
F. Submersible: In accordance with Article Special Motors.<br />
G. Chemical Industry, Severe-Duty (CISD-TEFC): In accordance with Article<br />
Special Motors.<br />
2-10 TERMINAL (CONDUIT) BOXES<br />
A. Oversize main terminal boxes for all motors.<br />
B. Diagonally split, rotatable to each <strong>of</strong> four 90-degree positions. Threaded hubs for<br />
conduit attachment.<br />
C. Except ODP, furnish gaskets between box halves <strong>and</strong> between box <strong>and</strong> motor<br />
frame.<br />
D. Minimum usable volume in percentage <strong>of</strong> that specified in NEMA MG 1,<br />
Section 1, Paragraph 4.19 <strong>and</strong> NFPA 70, Article 430:<br />
E. Terminal for connection <strong>of</strong> equipment grounding wire in each terminal box.<br />
2-11 BEARINGS AND LUBRICATION<br />
A. Horizontal Motors:<br />
1. 3/4 Horsepower <strong>and</strong> Smaller: Permanently lubricated <strong>and</strong> sealed ball<br />
bearings, or regreasable ball bearings in labyrinth sealed end bells with<br />
removable grease relief plugs.<br />
2. 1 Through 400 Horsepower: Regreasable ball bearings in labyrinth sealed end<br />
bells with removable grease relief plugs.<br />
B. Vertical Motors:<br />
a. Thrust Bearings:<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 160 Electrical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
1. Antifriction bearing.<br />
2. Manufacturer’s st<strong>and</strong>ard lubrication 100 horsepower <strong>and</strong> smaller.<br />
3. Oil lubricated 125 horsepower <strong>and</strong> smaller.<br />
4. Minimum 50,000 hours L-10 bearing life.<br />
b. Guide Bearings:<br />
1. Manufacturer’s st<strong>and</strong>ard bearing type.<br />
2. Manufacturer’s st<strong>and</strong>ard lubrication 200 horsepower <strong>and</strong> smaller.<br />
c. Regreasable Antifriction Bearings:<br />
1. Readily accessible, grease injection fittings.<br />
2. Readily accessible, removable grease relief plu<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 161 Electrical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
2-12 NOISE<br />
A. Measured in accordance with IEEE 85 <strong>and</strong> NEMA MG 1.<br />
B. Motors controlled by adjustable frequency drive systems shall not exceed sound<br />
levels <strong>of</strong> 3 dBA higher than NEMA MG 1.<br />
2-13 BALANCE AND VIBRATION CONTROL<br />
In accordance with NEMA MG 1, Part 7.<br />
2-14 EQUIPMENT FINISH<br />
A. Protect Motor for Service Conditions:<br />
Outdoor industrial atmospheres, including moisture <strong>and</strong> direct sunlight exposure.<br />
B. External Finish: Prime <strong>and</strong> finish coat manufacturer’s st<strong>and</strong>ard.<br />
C. Internal Finish: Bore <strong>and</strong> end turns coated with clear polyester or epoxy varnish.<br />
2-15 SPECIAL FEATURES AND ACCESSORIES<br />
A. Screen Over Air Openings: Corrosion-resistant on motors with ODP, WPI,<br />
<strong>and</strong> WPII enclosures meeting requirements for Guarded Machine in NEMA MG 1,<br />
<strong>and</strong> attached with stainless steel screws.<br />
B. Nameplates:<br />
1. Raised or stamped letters on stainless steel or aluminum.<br />
2. Display motor data required by NEMA MG 1, Paragraph 10.39 <strong>and</strong><br />
Paragraph 10.40 in addition to bearing numbers for both bearings.<br />
3. Premium efficiency motor nameplates to also display NEMA nominal<br />
efficiency, guaranteed minimum efficiency, full load power factor, <strong>and</strong><br />
maximum allowable kVAR for power factor correction capacitors.<br />
C. Anchor Bolts: Provide anchor bolts meeting manufacturer’s recommendations <strong>and</strong><br />
<strong>of</strong> sufficient size <strong>and</strong> number for <strong>the</strong> specified seismic conditions.<br />
2-16 SPECIAL MOTORS<br />
A. Requirements in this article take precedence over conflicting features specified<br />
elsewhere in this section.<br />
B. Chemical Industry, Severe-Duty (CISD-TEFC):<br />
1. In accordance with IEEE 841.<br />
2. TEFC in accordance with NEMA MG 1.<br />
3. Suitable for indoor or outdoor installation in severe-duty applications<br />
including high humidity, chemical (corrosive), dirty, or salty atmospheres.<br />
4. Motor Frame, End Shields, Terminal Box, <strong>and</strong> Fan Cover: Cast iron.<br />
5. Ventilating Fan: Corrosion-resistant, nonsparking, external.<br />
6. Drain <strong>and</strong> Brea<strong>the</strong>r Fittings: Stainless steel.<br />
7. Nameplate: Stainless steel.<br />
8. Gaskets between terminal box halves <strong>and</strong> terminal box <strong>and</strong> motor frame.<br />
9. Extra slinger on rotor shaft to prevent moisture seepage along shaft into motor.<br />
10. Double shielded bearings.<br />
11. 125,000 hours minimum L-10 bearing life for direct-connected loads.<br />
12. External Finish: Double-coated epoxy enamel.<br />
13. Coated rotor <strong>and</strong> stator air gap surfaces.<br />
14. Insulation System, Windings, <strong>and</strong> Connections:<br />
a. Class F insulation, Class B rise or better at 1.0 service factor.<br />
b. Multiple dips <strong>and</strong> bakes <strong>of</strong> nonhygroscopic polyester varnish.<br />
15. Service Factor:<br />
a. At 40 Degrees C Ambient: 1.15.<br />
b. At 65 Degrees C Ambient: 1.00.<br />
16. Safe Stall Time Without Injurious Heating: 20 seconds minimum.<br />
C. Severe-Duty Explosion-Pro<strong>of</strong>: Meet requirements for EXP enclosures <strong>and</strong> CISD-<br />
TEFC motors.<br />
D. Severe-Duty, Dust-Ignition-Pro<strong>of</strong>: Meet requirements for DIP enclosures <strong>and</strong><br />
CISD-TEFC motors.<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 162 Electrical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
E. Submersible Pump Motor:<br />
1. Manufacturers:<br />
a. Reliance Electric.<br />
b. ITT Flygt Corp.<br />
2. At 100 Percent Load:<br />
Horsepower<br />
Submersible Pump Motors<br />
Guaranteed<br />
Minimum<br />
Efficiency<br />
Guaranteed<br />
Minimum<br />
Power Factor<br />
5 through 10 80 82<br />
10.1 through 50 85 82<br />
3. Insulation System: Manufacturer’s st<strong>and</strong>ard Class B or Class F.<br />
4. Motor capable <strong>of</strong> running dry continuously.<br />
5. Enclosure:<br />
a. Hermetically sealed, watertight, for continuous submergence up to<br />
65-foot depth.<br />
b. Listed to meet UL 674 <strong>and</strong> NFPA 70 requirements for Class I,<br />
Division 1, Group D hazardous atmosphere.<br />
c. Seals: T<strong>and</strong>em mechanical.<br />
6. Bearing <strong>and</strong> Lubrication:<br />
a. Permanently sealed <strong>and</strong> lubricated, replaceable antifriction guide <strong>and</strong><br />
thrust bearings.<br />
b. Minimum 15,000 hours L-10 bearing life.<br />
7. Inrush kVA/horsepower no greater than NEMA MG 1 <strong>and</strong> NFPA 70, Code F.<br />
8. Winding <strong>the</strong>rmal protection, moisture detection, <strong>and</strong> bearing overtemperature<br />
specified above may be monitored by a single device providing two<br />
independent 120V ac contacts, one closing <strong>and</strong> one opening on malfunction.<br />
9. Connecting Cables:<br />
a. One cable containing power, control, <strong>and</strong> grounding conductors.<br />
b. Each cable suitable for hard service, submersible duty with watertight<br />
seal where cable enters motor.<br />
c. Length: 9.2 m (30 feet) minimum.<br />
d. UL 1 listed <strong>and</strong> sized in accordance with NFPA 70.<br />
F. Inclined Motors:<br />
1. Motors suitable for operation only in horizontal position not acceptable.<br />
2. Bearings designed for thrust imposed by driven equipment <strong>and</strong> by motor rotor<br />
when motor is in inclined position.<br />
3. Lubrication system designed to provide adequate bearing lubrication when<br />
motor is in inclined position.<br />
2-17 FACTORY TESTING<br />
A. Tests:<br />
1. In accordance with IEEE 112 for polyphase motors <strong>and</strong> IEEE 114 for singlephase<br />
motors.<br />
2. Routine (production) tests on all motors in accordance with NEMA MG 1.<br />
Test multispeed motors at all speeds.<br />
3. For energy efficient motors, test efficiency <strong>and</strong> power factor at 50, 75, <strong>and</strong><br />
100 percent <strong>of</strong> rated horsepower:<br />
a. In accordance with IEEE 112, Test Method B, <strong>and</strong> NEMA MG 1,<br />
paragraph 12.59. <strong>and</strong> paragraph 12.60.<br />
b. On motors <strong>of</strong> 100 horsepower <strong>and</strong> smaller, furnish a certified copy <strong>of</strong> a<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 163 Electrical Works
<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />
Technical Specifications<br />
motor efficiency test report on an identical motor.<br />
B. Test Report Forms:<br />
1. Routine Tests: IEEE 112, Form A-1.<br />
2. Efficiency <strong>and</strong> power factor by Test Method B, IEEE 112, Form A-2, <strong>and</strong><br />
NEMA MG 1,Table 12-9 Table 12-11.]<br />
3. Temperature Test: IEEE 112, Form A-2.<br />
PART 3 EXECUTION<br />
3-1 INSTALLATION<br />
A. In accordance with manufacturer’s instructions <strong>and</strong> recommendations.<br />
B. Align motor carefully <strong>and</strong> properly with driven equipment.<br />
C. Secure equipment to mounting surface with anchor bolts.<br />
3-2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL<br />
Refer to Section 16080, Electrical Testing.<br />
3-3 MANUFACTURER’S SERVICES<br />
A. Furnish manufacturer’s representative at Site in accordance with Section 01640,<br />
Manufacturers’ Services, for installation assistance, inspection, equipment<br />
testing, <strong>and</strong> startup assistance for motors larger than horsepower.<br />
B. Manufacturer’s Certificate <strong>of</strong> Proper Installation.<br />
END OF SECTION<br />
Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 164 Electrical Works